GRIMOIRE OF GEOLOGICAL COMPUTING

7/31/2019 GRIMOIRE OF GEOLOGICAL COMPUTING

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/grimoire-of-geological-computing 1/448

WWW.GRANTJACQUIER.INFO/GRIMOIRE.PDF

GRIMOIRE OF GEOLOGICALCOMPUTING

Observatory Manual and Site Notes

Microsoft Office 2010 Edition

G. L. Jacquier



Geocomputing Management 2

About the Grimoire of Geological Computing

MASTER THE CORE OF EARTH SCIENCE: PREPARE THE PAST ANDPREDICT THE FUTURE

Grimoire of Geological Computing is the most complete, up-to-datebook on the core technology for geo-information. You‘ll learneverything you need to know about preparing earth models inspreadsheets, Microsoft Access, Geographical Information Systems(GIS), and Google Earth the latest, more powerful improvement inunderstanding nature. But it doesn‘t stop there. You also getpractical instruction in complementary productivity software such as

Microsoft Word, Publisher and Outlook, and Thomson EndNote;along with the Glossary of Geological Computing that makes it easierto understand the brochures for the purchases you will make. Tyingit all together is the author‘s expert guidance on planning,developing and maintaining effective, accessible geo-sciencecomputer systems.

Coverage includes

buying a computer Planning and developing public, personal and intranetsites

including images for maps creating consistent publication styles using batch scripts including multimedia creating dynamic databases validating field data

creating coherent, easily maintainable computer systems making your databases searchable accommodating users who don‘t have geological

knowledge Creating an earth model Extending the earth model with an ore system

Learn to develop effective earth science databases – then make theleap to building effective computer systems. Tackle advanced topicslike MS Excel formula, and Jscript. This book is filled with check lists




C:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2011014.docxLast printed 1/11/2012 11:24:00 AM

and instructions that will help you make the transition to the latesttechnologies. The book includes the ‗Glossary of GeologicalComputing‘ explaining software, hardware and managementinformation systems and more.

Visit www.grantjacquier.info for more information

About the author:

Grant Jacquier, the editor of the ―Computers in Geology‖ newsletter,the specialist how-to journal of tips on geological computing, hasbeen president of the Australian Geoscience Information Associationand founder of the Specialist Group in Computing of the Geological

Society of Australia. After twenty years contracting he is nowconcentrating on science stationery.

What the critics are saying:

… I‘ve just skimmed through it. It reminded me of War and Peace – long book, lots of characters, good plot, historical context and lots of gems just waiting to be plucked. (PM, 2011 Windows 7 edition)

USER LEVEL

ALL LEVELS

BOOK TYPE

HOW-TO/REFERENCE

CATEGORY

GEOSCIENCE INFORMATION

http://www.grantjacquier.info/







Topics

Grimoire of Geological Computing ............................................................................................ 1 About the Grimoire of Geological Computing .......................................................................................... 2 Topics ....................................................................................................................................................... 4

Publication notes ...................................................................................................................................... 6

Preface ...................................................................................................................................... 8

Contents .................................................................................................................................. 19 Facts and checklists............................................................................................................................... 24 Examples and graphs ............................................................................................................................ 27 Commands and algorithms .................................................................................................................... 28

Chapter 1 – INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................. 31 Why does the computing have to be geological? .................................................................................. 32 What are the key concepts? .................................................................................................................. 47 Why not just buy the software? ............................................................................................................. 65 How do I not blow my money?............................................................................................................... 67 How can I use a computer safely? ........................................................................................................ 77 Where can I get a computer? ................................................................................................................ 95

Chapter 2 – METHOD: an ore system acts on an earth model............................................... 97 Replacing my computer system ............................................................................................................ 98 Why use an earth model? .................................................................................................................... 138

More about an ore system ................................................................................................................... 182 The reference & indexing phase .......................................................................................................... 185 The loading data & verification phase ................................................................................................. 190 The analysis & processing phase ........................................................................................................ 205 Corporate information & data sharing phase ....................................................................................... 211 The presentation & mapping phase ..................................................................................................... 217 The archive & reporting phase............................................................................................................. 219 Further reading for IT management? ................................................................................................... 232

Chapter 3 – RESULTS: improving your capability ................................................................ 241 A glossary of your special words with dictionary files ......................................................................... 242

A convention poster in Microsoft Publisher ......................................................................................... 247 A Microsoft batch file for project management .................................................................................... 253 An HTML file to keep track of your projects ........................................................................................ 257 A quotation for work ............................................................................................................................. 264 A capital gains calculator ..................................................................................................................... 269 A comparison of vendor quotes ........................................................................................................... 272 A minimalist bibliography system ........................................................................................................ 275 A newsletter mailout............................................................................................................................. 278

Chapter 4 – DISCUSSION: integrating data ......................................................................... 282 A training or emergency plan ............................................................................................................... 283 A ‗Search Centre‘ for web-based research ......................................................................................... 286 A catalogue of document files.............................................................................................................. 291 Time and expense account.................................................................................................................. 301





An asset catalogue for the built environment .......................................................................................308 An asset catalogue for the natural environment ..................................................................................312 A GIS for an investigation site ..............................................................................................................336 One-significant-figure company tracker ...............................................................................................339 Simple cash flow model with scenarios ...............................................................................................341 Transfer of a computer system ............................................................................................................345

Recovery from a computer failure ........................................................................................................376

Chapter 5 – CONCLUSION ................................................................................................... 398 Further research ...................................................................................................................................399 Future scripting or purchases ...............................................................................................................403

Appendix – SCRIPTS ............................................................................................................ 405 poster.bat ..............................................................................................................................................406 projlib.xsl ...............................................................................................................................................409

Appendix - GLOSSARY ......................................................................................................... 411

Index ...................................................................................................................................... 437




Publication notes

Grimoire of geological computing. Microsoft Office 2010 Edition. byJacquier, G. L. (1962- ). Published and distributed by:

Computers in Geology40 St Anns Place, PARKSIDE, SA 5063

The bibliographic record in Thomson EndNote XML export format canbe found at http://www.grantjacquier.info/grimoire.xml. Details of previous revisons are given in Table 1. This book is intended to beprinted on recycled paper and bound in A5 format to sit convenientlybeside the computer keyboard or kept in a pocket of a computer

bag. Text, script extracts, programs, documents and any otherassociated material:

© 1998, 2000-2011 Computers in Geology, all rights reserved.

All statements and analysis contained in this Grimoire are opiniononly based on information from various sources which the authorbelieves to be correct. The author accepts no responsibility for

persons acting solely on this information for any purpose. All readersare advised to get independent advice tailored to their individualcircumstances.

Recommended retail price is AUD 10. Please pay this by eithercheque made out to ‗Grant Jacquier‘ and mailed to the aboveaddress, or give it to me in cash next time you see me at aGeological Society of Australia meeting.

http://www.grantjacquier.info/grimoire.xml

http://www.grantjacquier.info/grimoire.xml





Table 1 revisions of the text and reading list

EDITION (scope of purchasing information)

revisions 1

LogiTech (South Australia)

1. c:\data\c_in_g\letters\cig9803.doc2. c:\data\c_in_g\letters\c2000002.doc

3. c:\archive1\reports\unimelb\yr2000h2\j2000064.ppt

4. c:\data\c_in_g\letters\c2001004.doc

5. c:\archive1\reports\unimelb\yr2001q1\j2001079.ppt

6. c:\archive2\reports\unimelb\yr2002s1\j2002071.ppt

7. c:\archive2\reports\unimelb\yr2002s1\j2002079.ppt, j2002080.ppt




Officeworks (Australia)

11. c:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2005001.doc







18. c:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2011014.docx

NOTES1 The revisons in the main part of the table are for the text and reading list. The revison of thebibliographic database is:

i. c:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2001003.enl

ii. c:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2005013.*

iii. c:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2006036.*

iv. c:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2008003.*

and the revison of the glossary is:

1. c:\DATA\C_IN_G\KITBITS\glossary.20010430.enl

2. c:\data\c_in_g\letters\c2003002.rtf


4. c:\DATA\C_IN_G\KITBITS\glossary.20030905.enl

5. c:\data\c_in_g\letters\c2003004.doc6. c:\data\c_in_g\letters\c2004002.rtf

7. c:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2002001.enl

8. c:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2006020.*






Preface

Grimoire is a book of magical spells and this metaphor reminds meof how, when I first graduated, exploration and mine geologists

suspiciously viewed the idea of using a computer in the field. I coulduse the term black-box, but I worked for Century Geophysical

Australia running down-hole geophysics with the digital CompuLogsystem running in an air-conditioned dog box on the back of aToyota DA115 20-tonne truck, and that box was cream with bluestripes.

I had been convinced of the concept of ―geological‖ by Mr DavidStapledon, the head of school at the South Australian Institute of

Technology where I had studied. He had worked on foundation andtunnel stability for major earthworks, such as the Snowy MountainsScheme, and was then a member of the United Nations Commissionon High Dams advising developing countries on irrigation schemes.His idea of ―geological‖ was not: ―getting the names right on a boxof dusty specimens in a museum‖, but determining the ―earth-logic‖,as he called it, of the particular landscape where the constructionwas taking place, and then feeding back into the design, more

realistic estimates of the physical properties involved. He impressedme because it was a philosophy which put science to the folk lore Ihad grown up with: bushcraft, boat-handling and watching the sea;every good bushman, seaman, prospector, miner, farmer and builderwas a geologist, whether they knew it or not. In their time the logicdemonstrated by these workers, was as magical to the uninitiated,as the entrance of the First Fleet into Port Jackson was to the

Australian aborigine. Also at the Institute I had been givenopportunity to use the mainframe computer and after years of

suffering my manual calculation being spoiled by simple arithmeticerrors, I was grateful for how you could easily repeat and adjust any





calculation. The combined concept of ―geological computing‖ crystallised for me after I reduced all the data from the Lochiel TrialPit investigation, and demonstrated the simplest of dewateringmodels. I was then working for the Electricity Trust of South

Australia, who had embarked on a million dollar investigation, afterinitial measurements conducted by a consulting civil engineer hadindicated that dewatering was highly complex. In comparing thedata from the two studies, I found that the simplest of calibrationerrors and misplaced assumptions were the difference, and if theinitial results had been carefully adjusted it would have removed theneed for such an expensive follow-up experiment. Again moremagic.

So this particular grimoire is a collection of tables, diagrams andreferences to papers on all aspects of geological computing. It alsocontains glossary items that will be eventually transferred to the

‗Computers in Geology‘ glossary. At each draft I have tried to addmore functionality to the document to make it more applicable forspecial uses such as teaching, programming or system design but atthe same time use the separate parts to provide a morecomprehensive vision of geological computing. The next sections of this preface discuss how I have gone about this.

Who should read this grimoire?

Geologists will always suffer not being at the same scale as theirsubject, and have always been chasing down tools to help themencompass the sheer massiveness of the Earth. In earlier yearsgeologists have enlisted the stratigraphic diagram, and geologicalmaps then later there were globes for continental drift and aerial or

space photography. Computers are just another way of reducing amodel of the earth to about the size of a tabletop, so a handful of workers can share ideas and put forward theories based on the samedata set.

Apart from the general need for computing there are some specialcases that this grimoire addresses and provide the themes for theexercises:

The exploration geologist, funded by seed capital, [or moremodestly, a mortgage on the family home] who is preparing




an initial prospectus offering (IPO) before floating anexploration company on the stock exchange.

Tongea expands on the flexibility available to a consultantworking from an office at home and how it is an advantageto clients.

Roachb asks that every geologist thinks about preparing localfield guides for their local schools, to help improve deliveryof earth science education. Allowing a geologist to publish alocal geology field guide, without the full facilities of ageological survey, has only come about because of the riseof desktop publishing and mapping software for PCworkstations.

The examples generally are for what I call ‗light‘ computing systems.That is those systems, which are light in terms of weight, cheap andquick to build. Systems like these are required for geologists:needing a reasonably mobile field system, undertaking theirPhD/honours project, working on seed capital before floating anexploration company, leading a local environment group, making alocal field guide for schools, or running a one-person consultancy.

Other geological computing books

This Grimoire is not going to be for everyone; it is subjective, andtakes the perspective of an old-hand working alone. The shortage of skilled labour in the 21st century is encouraging more professionalsto remain practicing. For example ‗Technology & more‘ ran an articlein 2008c on one of their clients, a surveyor Jeff Gwin in SouthCarolina, who with 23 years experience, and ―lots of certifications inheavy construction inspection, materials testing‖ uses a robot

theolodite to peg a four-lane highway, be on call for the constructioncompany, and runs the whole thing out of a caravan parked next tothe new pavement. If you prefer something more fact-based youmight try:

a Rob Tonge, How to become a successful consultant in your own field (Coolum Beach, 1991).b Michael Roach, 'Australian earth science education and the GSA', The Australian Geologist no. 132(2004), pp. 22-26.c 'Efficient by Choice', Technology & more no. 2008-1 (2008), p. 25.





I reviewed Hilleld for The Australian Geologist e, and I foundthis a very practical and mathematical approach to appliedgeology, though he does not provide any programmingsolutions, only the algorithms.

Keith Johns (1974f ) a former Chief Government Geologisthas a short review on the role of a geological survey whichgives the policy behind geological data collection andmanagement practice.

Regan (1990)g is similar but for a commercial perspective, see Nadar (1992)h for the computing perspective, or Berkman (1989)i for field practices.

But if you still want something subjective, there are alternatives to

my industry focus. These approaches would better suit thosescientists in academia or government:

In 2005, Graziella Caprallelli j reviewed the work of Haneburgk which is based around the software Mathematicaloaded with the CompGeosci.m library.

In Dentith (2008)l the experience of the staff of theUniversity of Western Australia is outlined, in how to puttogether a digital mapping programme for students,including hints on the camp, equipment, software andtraining.

For the café latte drinkers doing their field work by mobilephone: Cockbain in 2011m reviewed the EarthObserverapplication for accessing the Marine Geoscience Data

d Daniel Hillel, Introduction to environmental soil physics (Burlington, Massachusetts, 2004).

e Grant L Jacquier, 'Introduction to Environmental Soil Physics by Daniel Hillel. The Elsevier AcademicPress.', The Australian Geologist no. (2004).f R. K. Johns (ed.), History and Role of Government Surveys in Australia (Adelaide, 1976).g Michael Regan, 'Copyright,' in Australian Business Dictionary (Melbourne: Australian Business Library,1990).h Jonah C. Nadar, 'Prentice Hall's illustrated dictionary of computing,' in Prentice Hall's illustrated dictionary of computing (Ealglewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentic Hall, Inc., 1992).i David A Berkman, Field geologist's manual , vol. 9 (Parkville, Victoria, 1989). j Graziella Caprarelli, 'Computational Geosciences with Mathematica', The Australian Geologist no. 137(2005), p. 39.k William C Haneburg, Computational Geosciences with Mathematica (2004).l Mike Dentith, 'Introducing digital geological mapping into a 3rd-year field unit: experiences at theUniversity of Western Australia', The Australian Geologist no. 149 (2008), p. 3.m Tony Cockbain, 'EarthObserver', The Australian Geologist no. 159 (2011), p. 41.




Systemn (GeoMapApp, Virtual Ocean) from Lament-DohertyEarth Observatory at Columbia University.

The physical format

This Grimoire began as a printed page of references that I thoughthad significance for a geologist using a computer. It has since thenbecome an A5 book hand bound with a metal binder complete withplastic cover and carbboard backing page and then as an e-book.Even though we are working outside which is obviously veryspacious, I often end up doing the paperwork undercover from therain or in other places where layout space is limited, such as site orhome offices and hotel rooms, so I have kept the book in A5 format.

I find this particularly useful for the check lists.

The typesetting has always been done in Microsoft Word, though thecompanion Glossary of Geological Computing has been stored in atext files, Windows Card file, Microsoft Excel and most recently aThompson EndNote bibliographic database. In 2002 FrancoSmargiani from StereoAid had visited and asked that any work I do Ikeep in Microsoft Word, so that when I was confident with what I

had, it would give them an opportunity to publish the Grimoire for Australian readers.

In 2006 I began experimenting with Microsoft Office DocumentImage format that was produced from Microsoft Word. From 13 th draft in 2007 the MDI file has been available for download from theComputers in Geology website. This gave me an opportunity to getfeedback from my clients, and practice what looked good in type. In2011, Paul Maconochie wrote to me that Microsoft had simply

removed the program for viewing .mdi files from Office 2007 and2010. If I was able to save the Grimoire to an alternative, lessproprietorial format (tif, pdf, doc etc), that would be appreciated. Hehad scanned the web for a reader, tried it and immediately got avirus warning so at that stage he gave up. I also hit that problemwhen I moved to Windows 7 but Microsoft Office 2010 has an Adobeportable document format (PDF) writer often used for documents

n The Marine Geoscience Data System (MGDS) includes web-sites: www.marine-geo.org, www.earth-observer.org, www.geomapapp.org, www.virtualocean.org

http://www.marine-geo.org/

http://www.earth-observer.org/


http://www.geomapapp.org/

http://www.geomapapp.org/



http://www.marine-geo.org/





and e-books. Paul‘s comments prompted me to finish my notes onthe migration to Windows 7, and so the ―draft 17‖/‖Windows 7‖ edition was uploaded (six months ahead of schedule) in PDF formatcomplete with bookmarks to help navigation. It does take about aminute to download but as I only do a new edition each year, youcan just download it once and keep it on your laptop.

Script reference introduced in draft 14

In draft 14 of 2008, a script reference was set up in the appendix.This came about because I have been increasing the use of complexeXtensible Markup Languages (XML) documents to re-format rawdata files into specific reports on web-pages. For example this

method gives me the advantage of keeping a running list of searchengine references and then uploading a new edition of the data fileto the web-site, without having to re-edit that particular HTML pageof the report. I can check and edit the data file in ThompsonEndNote, a computer program for managing bibliographies, fasterthan I can keep a block of links and text in a web-page.

I have some theories on why this will work out better in the long

term but it is not something that I would recommend generally, so Ihave left the explanation on my web siteh . Instead I have copied afew of the more useful scripts into the appendix just for you to makethe best use of as you can, and to help, there are suggestions in theExercises chapter.

Exercises formalised into teaching units from draft 12

In draft 12 of 2006, the appendix of exercises was shifted to ‗Chapter 4 – METHODS: improving your capability‘, with eachexample being more difficult than the last, it provides a syllabus for aseries of computing practicals. This structure is primarily intended forteachers but may also be of interest to the retired scientist getting toknow their recently purchased system. The examples are still crossreferenced in the main text to allow you to build up a system as youneed it.

The appendix of statistical distributions is now ‗Chapter 5 – RESULTS: statistical distributions‘ this reflects that computingmethods are essentially numeric and thought must be given to the




nature of the expected outcome of any operation. The previous two-part bibliography has been separated into ‗Chapter 6 – DISCUSSION;further reading‘ and the ‗Appendix: REFERENCES‘, the latter containsonly those items referenced in the narrative. The ‗REFERENCE‘ nowfollows the Index, as this allows me to use the automatic endnotefacility available with the Thompson EndNote program.

The Ballarat map-sheet case study has been dismembered fromChapter 4 and combined into the two background chapters. Thisgives the opportunity for an example for a sub-section even wherethere isn‘t a narrative. Finally a conclusion was added to bringtogether the most important things that still have to be sorted outfor these >$10 000 geo-computing systems.

Cross-references and Indexes

In draft 9 the indexing of proper nouns was introduced and wherethis corresponded with a headword in the glossary, the page numbergiven in the index was marked in bold. In draft 13 of 2007 the indexwas situated behind the glossary before the Appendix with thereference, to put it at the back of the book.

I have also tried a few things with the reading lists. In draft 11 thestructured reading lists from the appendix were attached to differentchapters as the last section of each chapter. In draft 18, I movedthem to make a discussions chapter. In future editions, I hopefootnotes will replace the need for reading lists altogether:

1. Principally, footnotes are being used to allow readers tophotocopy a particular page and stick it to the wall as a

reminder, or use it as check list or working plan, in thefashion of Berkman (1989)o.

2. With draft 14, I got rid of the reference; the footnotes wereenough, so the index was the last section. Then in draft 19,Thomson EndNote XI software put all the references back atthe end of the book. This is not a bad thing as the footnotesare brief and the extended reference will help you find thebook, so I haven‘t bothered to turn that feature off.

o Berkman, Field geologist's manual .





3. With the second edition I found that the footnotes weretaking up too much room and I reformatted them to thesame size as the tables.

4. With Microsoft 2010, I was able to restart the footnotenumbering by section, thereby coping with multiple pagetables, and keep the numbering using letters (some of thefootnote labels were getting impractically long for examplemmmmm), and stop confusion with any table notes that douse numbers.

Examples

This book uses Australian examples. This is because it is targeted to

Australian geologists practising in the mining industry. However, thisdoes not preclude use in an international context, quite the reversein fact. A peculiar combination of custom, luck and economics makes

Australia an ideal case study for geological computing. It was by luck that Australia was wholly settled by the British, which led to the firstcontinent nation – Australia. Geologists with one language andwithout passports can examine the complete geological system fromocean crust to ocean crust. It was custom that decided that themineral wealth should belong to the Crown and so all geologicalrecords are freely (or almost freely) available to the public and thatthat wealth should be untouched until the nineteenth century. Theeconomic strength of the very active Australian mining industrymeans the Australian continent is well studied. With the Internetaudience in mind, tables include northern hemisphere examples forcomparison and regular professional use.

For geologists getting their first computer I have included the

specification I used to select my most current computer. In draft 11the case study has been rewritten from bullet-points into narrative.The case study is supplemented by specific exercises within thediscussion to help scientists and students build their own system asthey are reading the notes. I have taken care to select software thatis available for commercial use. For example the Student & Homeedition of Microsoft Office, and FamilySearch Personal Ancestral File,are very nice software, but the licensing is restricted to home ornon-commercial use. On the other hand if you pay more it is always

tax deductible either as a cost of business or education. That said, Ihave shopped on a budget to maximise the money for the




conventional research items like satellite imagery, field expenses andlaboratory fees.

Check lists

In draft 11 of 2005, the large and more complex data tables of previous drafts were moved to the ‗Computers in Geology‘ tableserverp. Where this has occurred there will be pointer to the directweb address of that table. The remaining tables were slowly turnedinto check lists and these you can print two pages to an A4 page, orprint the A5 page in the corner of the A4 page for extra editingspace.

To print out the check lists two pages to an A4 sheet with thebinding gutter on the outside, you can put these in a clipboard, theclip occupies the gutter margin, and leave on it on your lap while youuse your laptop propped up on the dashboard (still plugged into thecigarette lighter). The example commands to do this are Equation 1.

Equation 1 printing out two pages of check lists

File | Print…

Pages: 177-178Pages per sheet: 2 pagesScale to paper size: No Scaling

In the second method, I print the A5 checklist on a single A4 page,and I use this where I am adjusting or modifying the check list orwhere I think I will need a lot of additional notes. The broad marginsto the right and bottom of the checklist give me plenty of room foradditional notes, edits and layout improvements – lots of arrows and

scribbled notes. The final mad scrawl can be filed into a single folderto act as a work journal and is a more structured record of the work (usually there is a date and some files names at least) than if I hadwritten it free form in a notebook.

In writing this book I also use these check lists. If I have new work and I think it will resemble work I have done previously, I look it upin procedural order, take the page number/ table references and findthe adjacent procedures. These often have already been updated,

p The URL for the Computers in Geology table server is http://www.grantjacquier.info/develop.htm





from another task, in the latest version; and I modify them further.In this way I get more general procedures, make the check listsmore fact rich, and find opportunities for scripting repetitious tasks.




Acknowledgement

The following people were colleagues and participated in this book by their interaction in work that forced these concepts to be

recognised. Business is a voluntary association and I thank thesepeople for talking to me.

Triegue ALLEN Jim ALVEY ANAWATI Maria Wayne ASPINALL Steve AUFDERHEIDEMatthew BALL Richard BEARE Claire BEHAN Danielle BIEG Iain BISHOP Mark BISHOPRowan BLAKE Jeremy BOLTON Keith BOYLE Belinda BRIDGMAN Mark BROWNE RobinBROWNE Mike BRUMBY Suryakant BULGAUDA Kingsley BURLINSON David CARVER Helen CHALLEN Nico CHART Adrian CORVINO Aaron CUMMINGS Jim DAY LesterDAVIES Michael DeBROUGHE Steve DeCAUX Patrick DesPLAND Wayne DEGANCE NeilDONNELLAN Matt DUBSKY Ian EDWARDS Graeme ERRINGTON-WOOD David EVANS

Julian EVANOCHKO Mark EVERSON John FACCI Shane FARRELLY Bernie FARROWMary-Ellen FEENEY-FERNANDEZ Max FRATER Tomas GANDUGLIA Darren GRAETZCarmine GRASSO David GRYBOWSKI Chris HALL Lisa HALL Jo-Ann HART RachelHARVEY Alasdair HAMILTON Nanthea HANNING Tanya HAYWARD Rob HEATH LanairHEDGER-SMITH Martin HENDERSON Richard HILLIS Volker HIRSINGER MalcolmHORTON Sarah HOWIE Peter HOPGOOD Curtis HUMPHRIES David HUDSON GarethHENDERSON Gary HUNTER Brendan ISBISTER Jim JAGO Lisa JEFFRIES Mark JOLLY Bob JOHNSON Chris KAY Irene KIVIOR Zbigniew KIVIOR Neil KOWALD AndrewKREMOR Rudhi KURNIADI Bob LAWRENCE Joseph LEACH Nick LEMON LOOI Siew Yuan Chris LUXTON Steve MACKIE Shaylene McCLURE Paul MACONOCHIE JohnMcCORMACK Leigh MacPHERSON Andy MAGEE Robert MALCOLM Mandy MARLOW

Greg MARCUS Dave MASTERS Angelos MAVROMATIDIS Ben MORETTI Dewi MORGAN Alistair MUIR Ed NEIL Dutch NEISWENDER Rob NORMAN Mick O‘BRIAN Cliff OGILVY John PARKER Nick PAPNICOLAOU Malcolm PARK Joanna PEARSON Annette PETERSCarrina PHOENIX Andy PIETSCH Chris PORTER James PRICE Tim RADY Ilene REXJulie ROBERTS Steve ROBERTSON Brett ROGERS Daniel ROGERS Rod RYBURN MilenaROUSSEKOV Dave SALVIN Naz SAUNDERS David SAVAGE David SCHUBERT RobSHAW Jeremy SIMPSON Jill SLATER Ric SMIT Cheryl SMITH Kerry SMITH ElaineSPENCE Ray SPICER Gavin SPRINGBETT Wence SULDA Darren STANTON DavidSTAPLEDON Ed TADIAR Paul THEOLOGOU Lisa THOMAS Ann TOOMATH Melissa VALLEE Sam WALKER David WARNER Jasi WATSON Mark WEBER Bob WILTSHIREKerryn WINKLEY Kuniko YAMADA Zuraidah





Contents

Grimoire of Geological Computing ............................................................................................ 1 About the Grimoire of Geological Computing .......................................................................................... 2

Coverage includes ........................................................................................................................ 2 About the author: ........................................................................................................................... 3 What the critics are saying: ........................................................................................................... 3

Topics ....................................................................................................................................................... 4 Publication notes ...................................................................................................................................... 6

Preface ...................................................................................................................................... 8 Who should read this grimoire? .......................................................................................................... 9 Other geological computing books ...................................................................................................10 The physical format ..........................................................................................................................12 Script reference introduced in draft 14 .............................................................................................13 Exercises formalised into teaching units from draft 12 ....................................................................13 Cross-references and Indexes .........................................................................................................14 Examples ..........................................................................................................................................15 Check lists.........................................................................................................................................16

Acknowledgement ............................................................................................................................18

Contents .................................................................................................................................. 19 Facts and checklists ...............................................................................................................................24 Examples and graphs.............................................................................................................................27 Commands and algorithms ....................................................................................................................28

Chapter 1 – INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................. 31 Why does the computing have to be geological? ..................................................................................32

A big bamboozle ...............................................................................................................................34 Surely it is just spatial information ....................................................................................................35 Variation of scale is common in geology ..........................................................................................38 Perhaps it is the uncertainty of it all ..................................................................................................42

What are the key concepts? ...................................................................................................................47 stratigraphy .......................................................................................................................................47 mathematical context ........................................................................................................................49 earth model .......................................................................................................................................54 natural history computing system .....................................................................................................56

ore system ........................................................................................................................................59 application of geological computing .................................................................................................60 Why not just buy the software? ..............................................................................................................65




How do I not blow my money?............................................................................................................... 67 Understanding the weaknesses of the American marketing style ................................................... 69 Understanding the weaknesses of the Australian marketing style .................................................. 71 Understanding the weaknesses in the British marketing style ........................................................ 72

A little experience with the Nordic style of marketing ...................................................................... 75 How can I use a computer safely? ........................................................................................................ 77

Intellectual property hazards ............................................................................................................ 81 Marital hazards ................................................................................................................................. 84 Data theft .......................................................................................................................................... 85

Identity Crime .............................................................................................................................. 87 Legionellosis, temperature and humidity stress............................................................................... 92

Where can I get a computer? ................................................................................................................ 95

Chapter 2 – METHOD: an ore system acts on an earth model............................................... 97 Replacing my computer system ............................................................................................................ 98

The “MrsPots” system, used 2005 to 2011 .............................................................................. 103 The “Luminiere” system, used 2000 to 2005 ............................................................................ 103

Environment of use ........................................................................................................................ 105 Software modules .......................................................................................................................... 107 operating system software ........................................................................................................ 109

Optional utility software ....................................................................................................... 110 Software for finding computer viruses ................................................................................ 112

software required to be supplied .............................................................................................. 115 System Hardware ........................................................................................................................... 116

The chip set for the computer ................................................................................................... 120 secondary storage .................................................................................................................... 122 data backup device ................................................................................................................... 123 Computer ports and a local-area-network (LAN) ..................................................................... 125

More than just ports ............................................................................................................ 127 Modem and wide-area-network (WAN) .................................................................................... 127 printer ........................................................................................................................................ 129

Hewlett Packard Deskjet 880C ........................................................................................... 131 Hewlett Packard Photosmart C2780 Multi-function printer ................................................. 132 Cannon Bubblejet ................................................................................................................ 133

Manuals, servicing and maintenance support ............................................................................... 134 Comparison and delivery ............................................................................................................... 136

Why use an earth model? .................................................................................................................... 138 The Ballarat sheet earth model ...................................................................................................... 139 The logic processing sub-system ................................................................................................... 139

Establishing the logic of the Ballarat earth model .................................................................... 146 The geometry processing sub-system ........................................................................................... 147

Public mapping standards ........................................................................................................ 151 Recommended projections ....................................................................................................... 153

universal transverse Mercator ............................................................................................. 159 Albers Equal Area Conic ..................................................................................................... 163 VICMAP-TM (Transverse Mercator) ................................................................................... 163 VICMAP and VICGRID ....................................................................................................... 165

Other projections in general use .............................................................................................. 166 Ballarat cartographic module .................................................................................................... 167

Astronomy processing sub-system for an earth model ................................................................. 167 Astronomy processing module for the Ballarat earth model .................................................... 170

The algebraic processing sub-system ........................................................................................... 171 analytic module for the Ballarat earth model ............................................................................ 174 The grammar processing sub-system............................................................................................ 176





The rhetoric processing sub-system ..............................................................................................179 Desktop publishing system .......................................................................................................180 Microsoft PowerPoint ................................................................................................................180

More about an ore system ...................................................................................................................182 The development phases of a Ballarat ore system ........................................................................184

The reference & indexing phase ..........................................................................................................185

Electronic reference and indexing ..................................................................................................186 Reference and indexing for a Ballarat ore system .........................................................................188 The loading data & verification phase ..................................................................................................190

Statistics for field data ....................................................................................................................192 Discrete distribution of variables ...............................................................................................192 Continuous distributions of variables ........................................................................................201

The analysis & processing phase ........................................................................................................205 Analysis & processing for a Ballarat ore system ............................................................................207

Geological model - facts ...........................................................................................................208 orogenic gold mineralisation ................................................................................................208

Geological model - fiction ..........................................................................................................208 Mathematical model ..................................................................................................................209

Assumptions ........................................................................................................................209 GIS model ............................................................................................................................209

Select the input data .................................................................................................................209 Intersections of faults and host rock .........................................................................................210 Select fault intersections within hydrothermal influence ...........................................................210

Corporate information & data sharing phase .......................................................................................211 The Head Office syndrome .............................................................................................................212 Some theory of database design ....................................................................................................213

A good bet: the Extranet .................................................................................................................214 The Ballarat demonstration ............................................................................................................215

The presentation & mapping phase .....................................................................................................217

Presentation & mapping for a Ballarat ore sytem...........................................................................218 The archive & reporting phase .............................................................................................................219 Mapping the layout of your directories to projects..........................................................................224 Managing your archive and reporting system ................................................................................225 The hardware considerations .........................................................................................................229

Further reading for IT management? ...................................................................................................232 Further reading regarding Reference & indexing ...........................................................................238 Further reading regarding Analyses & processing .........................................................................238 The future for corporate information & data sharing ......................................................................238 Further reading regarding Mapping & presentation .......................................................................239

Chapter 3 – RESULTS: improving your capability ................................................................ 241 A glossary of your special words with dictionary files ..........................................................................242

Adding your custom dictionaries to Microsoft Office and Thompson EndNote..............................245 A convention poster in Microsoft Publisher ..........................................................................................247

Adding extra figures to the poster ..................................................................................................249 A Microsoft batch file for project management ....................................................................................253 An HTML file to keep track of your projects .........................................................................................257

XML provides versatility in data handling .......................................................................................259 A quotation for work .............................................................................................................................264

Calculations for a campaign of field work .......................................................................................264 A capital gains calculator .....................................................................................................................269

A comparison of vendor quotes ...........................................................................................................272 A minimalist bibliography system .........................................................................................................275 Make a concordance file for Microsoft Word. .................................................................................276




Make a glossary from the glossary database. ............................................................................... 276 Apply the concordance file to make index. .................................................................................... 276 Format the bibliographic references .............................................................................................. 277 Insert the glossary document into the report document ................................................................ 277 Update the report index .................................................................................................................. 277

A newsletter mailout............................................................................................................................. 278

Assumptions ................................................................................................................................... 278 Procedure ....................................................................................................................................... 279 Results............................................................................................................................................ 281 Conclusion ...................................................................................................................................... 281

Chapter 4 – DISCUSSION: integrating data ......................................................................... 282 A training or emergency plan ............................................................................................................... 283 A ‗Search Centre‘ for web-based research ......................................................................................... 286 A catalogue of document files.............................................................................................................. 291

Software and assumptions ............................................................................................................. 292 The use of Thomson EndNote in preference to Microsoft Excel as a catch-all document database

........................................................................................................................................................ 294 Methods of making a catalogue file ............................................................................................... 297 Export an HTML catalogue direct from Thomson EndNote ................................................ 299 Using Microsoft Excel for editing of the catalogue .............................................................. 300 The future: dedicated catalogue applications ..................................................................... 300

Time and expense account.................................................................................................................. 301 Summarising your work for an accounting period ......................................................................... 302 Preparation of the Journal function in Microsoft Outlook ............................................................... 304 Configuring your Journal reporting spreadsheet ........................................................................... 305 Report the figures for an accounting period ................................................................................... 306

An asset catalogue for the built environment ...................................................................................... 308

An asset catalogue for the natural environment .................................................................................. 312 Google Earth versus HTML links between plans ........................................................................... 315 Make a location plan as the abstract ............................................................................................. 316 Make a KML file for the introduction .............................................................................................. 317 Use photographs as the background ............................................................................................. 320

Share the folders of your digital photographs on your intranet ................................................ 320 Showing thumbnails with Microsoft Internet Explorer .............................................................. 322 Mount the photographs in Google Earth .................................................................................. 325

Show your methods by local government area.............................................................................. 326 Plot your results as thematic data .................................................................................................. 328 Conclude with a map published to the intranet .............................................................................. 329

A GIS for an investigation site ............................................................................................................. 336 Manipulating Atlas boundary files .................................................................................................. 337

One-significant-figure company tracker ............................................................................................... 339 Simple cash flow model with scenarios ............................................................................................... 341 Transfer of a computer system ............................................................................................................ 345

Documenting your computer .......................................................................................................... 346 Before acceptance activity ............................................................................................................. 348

After acceptance testing................................................................................................................. 351 Make your own Panic sticker ......................................................................................................... 353 Installing Microsoft Office data ....................................................................................................... 354 Transferring Microsoft Outlook data............................................................................................... 357

business data ............................................................................................................................ 360

correspondence received ......................................................................................................... 361 Loading and configuring software .................................................................................................. 363 Setting up an intranet ..................................................................................................................... 364





Installing the IIS service ............................................................................................................366 Mounting directories on the intranet .........................................................................................367 Mounting Microsoft Access databases on the intranet .............................................................368 Making a splash page ...............................................................................................................370 Cleaning out specific disk references .......................................................................................370

Preparing a computer for disposal .................................................................................................371

Removing Microsoft Office data ................................................................................................373 Recovery from a computer failure ........................................................................................................376 Glossary of panic ............................................................................................................................377

asset folder ................................................................................................................................377 diagnostics ................................................................................................................................377 display folder .............................................................................................................................378 DSL............................................................................................................................................378 OEM ..........................................................................................................................................378 recovery disk .............................................................................................................................379 universal serial bus (USB) ........................................................................................................379

Do this if you are panicking! ...........................................................................................................379 If you have panicked do this! ..........................................................................................................380

Return the computer to Internet use .........................................................................................381 Mobile phone network .........................................................................................................384

Return the computer to printing documents use .......................................................................386 Return the computer to editing documents use ........................................................................389 Return the computer to book-keeping use................................................................................392 Return the computer to communications use ...........................................................................393 Restart the science data processing .........................................................................................396

Chapter 5 – CONCLUSION ................................................................................................... 398 Further research ...................................................................................................................................399

Orphaned references ......................................................................................................................401 Future scripting or purchases ...............................................................................................................403 Generating a catalog file .................................................................................................................404 Converting image files to Grid files .................................................................................................404

Appendix – SCRIPTS ............................................................................................................ 405 poster.bat ..............................................................................................................................................406 projlib.xsl ...............................................................................................................................................409

Appendix - GLOSSARY ......................................................................................................... 411

Index ...................................................................................................................................... 437




Facts and checklistsTable 1 revisions of the text and reading list ................................................................................................ 7 Table 2 definitions of spatial information sourced by Winter (2008) ........................................................... 36 Table 3 Geological cartoon by terrain class and use with type of development (after Berkman) .............. 41

Table 4 mapping database design steps to geological computing concepts ............................................. 47 Table 5 stratigraphic systems ..................................................................................................................... 49 Table 6 relating three broad regimes of mathematics to geoscience application ...................................... 50 Table 7 geological modelling in a universal context ................................................................................... 50 Table 8 geological modelling in a spatial context ....................................................................................... 52 Table 9 geological modelling in a spatial-historical context ........................................................................ 52 Table 10 components of a computer system used for natural history ........................................................ 55 Table 11 a matrix of software for Computers in Geology before the introduction of Google Earth prior to

2005.................................................................................................................................................. 56 Table 12 natural history computing system for Computers in Geology circa 2010 .................................... 58 Table 13 review of algorithm against geophysical measurement, processing and hardware .................... 62 Table 14 marketing examples and commercial risk in geological computing ............................................ 70 Table 15 check list of system-design measures against hazard category ................................................. 80 Table 16 a comparison of risk reduction for data theft................................................................................ 87 Table 17 risk matrix for identity theft ........................................................................................................... 90 Table 18 consequences of identity crime.................................................................................................... 90 Table 19 previous systems for Computers in Geology ............................................................................... 96 Table 20 shopping list for a geological computer system ......................................................................... 102 Table 21 minimum specification for a new computer system ................................................................... 107 Table 22 software for the ‗Computers in Geology‘ computing system ..................................................... 108 Table 23 major vendors and key to Table 22 ........................................................................................... 109 Table 24 drivers for additional devices ..................................................................................................... 110 Table 25 utility software against function .................................................................................................. 111 Table 26 satisfaction matrix for virus-protection for a laptop .................................................................... 115 Table 27 software to be supplied with the hardware ................................................................................ 116 Table 28 computer components (central processing unit) ........................................................................ 119 Table 29 current backup policy using a range of materials ...................................................................... 124 Table 30 ports for a hub, computer or printer ........................................................................................... 126 Table 31 check list for an observatory printer ........................................................................................... 131 Table 32 resolution for the HP Photosmart printer ................................................................................... 133 Table 33 packing lists for different activities ............................................................................................. 135 Table 34 checklist for the premier quote and delivery .............................................................................. 137 Table 35 script editors for capturing logic ................................................................................................. 141 Table 36 pick list of MapViewer files for maps .......................................................................................... 149

Table 37 suggested projections by terrain class ....................................................................................... 153 Table 38 general guide for use of map projections ................................................................................... 154 Table 39 Lambert Conformal Conic projections ....................................................................................... 155 Table 40 geodetic monitoring networks after Featherstone 2 ................................................................... 157 Table 41 central meridian2 for western hemisphere UTM zones1 ............................................................ 159 Table 42 central meridian2 for eastern hemisphere UTM zones1. ............................................................ 159 Table 43 estimates of offset from the MGA (Mapping Grid of Australia) coordinates for the old AMG

(Australian Mapping Grid) and other datum................................................................................... 160 Table 44 official mapping grids used by Australian governments, sorted by projection used.................. 161 Table 45 increasing precision of geodetic data ........................................................................................ 162 Table 46 geoid models .............................................................................................................................. 163 Table 47 Albers Equal Area Conic projection for VICMAP ....................................................................... 163 Table 48 cartographic spheroids sorted by geometry............................................................................... 166 Table 49 projections for government publications in Victoria ................................................................... 167 Table 50 recommendation for time axes versus action examples ........................................................... 169





Table 51 mathematics for geological problems after Berkman .................................................................171 Table 52 official height data. ......................................................................................................................172 Table 53 digital elevation models in order of sophistication. .....................................................................172 Table 54 pick list of the analytical data themes for the Ballarat sheet earth model ..................................175 Table 55 grammar and style rules for Microsoft Office proofing tools against report type .......................178 Table 56 desktop-publishing software categories .....................................................................................179

Table 57 possible Pangaea/Gondwana/Australia ore systems1

...............................................................182 Table 58 the exploration/computing life cycle ...........................................................................................184 Table 59 sample conversion of key words into project codes ...................................................................185 Table 60 electronic file indexing schemes for geology..............................................................................188 Table 61 general notes to the discrete distribution functions ....................................................................193 Table 62 remote sensing and geological computing stages .....................................................................207 Table 63 - checklist for an ore system .......................................................................................................208 Table 64 Feldspar and quartz mineralogy of some igneous rocks ...........................................................209 Table 65 check list for the General Folder in Microsoft Outlook ...............................................................212 Table 66 equivalent data structures. .........................................................................................................213 Table 67 the alignment of database design and presentation. .................................................................213 Table 68 browsing software for presenting data .......................................................................................217 Table 69 check list of reporting against archive for Computers in Geology..............................................222 Table 70 hierarchy of allocating documents to research projects .............................................................224 Table 71 service levels versus document management ...........................................................................226 Table 72 backup system versus archive system .......................................................................................227 Table 73 emergency recovery plan ...........................................................................................................228 Table 74 abbreviations and conversion of disk capacity ...........................................................................229 Table 75 geological assessment of data-related philosophies .................................................................232 Table 76 popular IT management phrases and where you can find formal definitions ............................235 Table 77 a check list for a rational approach to geoscience data management .......................................236 Table 78 custom dictionary files for Computers in Geology ......................................................................244 Table 79 check list to layout a poster in Microsft Publisher ......................................................................248

Table 80 check list of file documentation ..................................................................................................255 Table 81 check list when writing an XML file.............................................................................................259 Table 82 checks for the basic structure of an XML file .............................................................................262 Table 83 basic financial facts ....................................................................................................................264 Table 84 net income calculation ................................................................................................................265 Table 85 Campaign costs ..........................................................................................................................266 Table 86 Venture profit/loss analysis.........................................................................................................266 Table 87 integrating the venture costs into balance statement .................................................................267 Table 88 key cells for making a capital gains calculator ...........................................................................270 Table 89 computer proposals ....................................................................................................................272 Table 90 check list for making a table map ...............................................................................................285 Table 91 named values for the insert in database.html ............................................................................287 Table 92 named formuale for composing engines.js ................................................................................288 Table 93 checks for making a 'search centre' ...........................................................................................290 Table 94 other types of documents on a computer ...................................................................................292 Table 95 alphabetical list of fields from EndNote with equivalent start tag from the EndNote proprietary

XML .................................................................................................................................................296 Table 96 check list for making a catalogue of files ....................................................................................298 Table 97 expenses incurred by geologists1...............................................................................................301 Table 98 Using Microsoft Outlook for tracking project hours ....................................................................302 Table 99 check list for calculating project hours .......................................................................................303 Table 100 example conversion of project codes into expense type .........................................................306 Table 101 summary table for work time allocation ....................................................................................307 Table 102 formulae and headings for a MS Excel-based ‗built asset‘ list.................................................309 Table 103 Using Golden Software MapViewer for mapping .....................................................................312 Table 104 making a plan in Golden Software MapViewer ........................................................................314




Table 105 the three main activities of moving to a new computing system ............................................. 346 Table 106 facts for a new computer .......................................................................................................... 348 Table 107 acceptance check list for a computer system .......................................................................... 350 Table 108 check list for cutting across to a computer system .................................................................. 352 Table 109 the Computers in Geology recovery plan ................................................................................ 354 Table 110 Installing and customising Microsoft Office ............................................................................. 356

Table 111 Configure additional e-mail other accounts, signatures .......................................................... 358 Table 112 Checklist for transferring any science software ....................................................................... 364 Table 113 check list for setting up an intranet .......................................................................................... 366 Table 114 check list for tidying up after a new computer ......................................................................... 372 Table 115 cleaning out Microsoft Office before resale ............................................................................. 374 Table 116 the disks for the recovery in the order they are needed .......................................................... 377 Table 117 operating system activation details ......................................................................................... 381 Table 118 network activation details ........................................................................................................ 384 Table 119 check list for configuring a mobile phone for data sharing ...................................................... 386 Table 120 peripherals and plotting software details ................................................................................. 387 Table 121 Microsoft Office installation details .......................................................................................... 389 Table 122 restoring your documents ........................................................................................................ 390 Table 123 checklist for recovering critical data from the default folders................................................... 391 Table 124 restoring your accounting system ............................................................................................ 393 Table 125 restoring your e-mail system .................................................................................................... 395 Table 126 science data processing software customisation .................................................................... 397 Table 127 the impact of proposed development on the work flow ........................................................... 404





Examples and graphsFigure 1 ignoring the logic of the earth causes computing problems .........................................................36 Figure 2 the compliance pyramid ................................................................................................................54 Figure 3 count of software demonstrating the laws of geology ...................................................................66

Figure 4 a geological computer system marked with the date when components were integrated ...........68 Figure 5 an example of hyperbole from an American software developer .................................................69 Figure 6 plot of risks, for geological computing, by hazard and incident ....................................................79 Figure 7 definition of Insider Trading from Ryan (1990)..............................................................................86 Figure 8 definition of "Confidential Information" from the ITCRA Code of Conduct, 2008 .........................86 Figure 9 identity crime definitions from the South Australia Police .............................................................88 Figure 10 occurrences of selected notifiable diseases from South Australia (after Buckett 2009,

Communicable Disease Control Branch Report) .............................................................................92 Figure 11 temperature tolerances for selected computers plotted against critical temperatures for

Leginellae bacteria............................................................................................................................93 Figure 12 acceptable limits for humidity in computer operation and storage..............................................94 Figure 13 laptop computer air pressure tolerances ...................................................................................106 Figure 14 the increasing speed of the micro-processor chip for geo-computing ......................................121 Figure 15 random access memory capacity for geo-computing ...............................................................122 Figure 16 previous disk capacity specifications ........................................................................................123 Figure 17 modem speeds for LAN: Ethernet, WiFi (or Bluetooth) ............................................................127 Figure 18 modem speeds for WAN connections: PSTN, 3G, ADSL2+ ....................................................129 Figure 19 checking MapInfo export files ....................................................................................................146 Figure 20 some of the mapping files provided with Golden Surfer MapViewer ........................................147 Figure 21 hierarchy of public mapping projection standards ....................................................................151 Figure 22 displacement of boundaries after reprojecting ..........................................................................153 Figure 23 point displacement between AMG, WGS84 and MGA plots. ...................................................161 Figure 24 comparison of spectral frequency and average equivalent distance of a pixel for several remote

sensors ...........................................................................................................................................174 Figure 25 the height of Mount Everest ......................................................................................................205 Figure 26 policy for archive versus backup systems .................................................................................226 Figure 27 equivalent number of archive tapes ..........................................................................................230 Figure 28 equivalent numbers of disks ......................................................................................................231 Figure 29 a print preview of a poster showing cut and pasting lines ........................................................251 Figure 30 essential elements for an HTML file ..........................................................................................261 Figure 31 Scenario window .......................................................................................................................268 Figure 32 is the configuration for the Microsoft Outlook journal function ..................................................305 Figure 33 the Field Settings window..........................................................................................................307 Figure 34 a list of shared photographs for a location ................................................................................320

Figure 35 http://localhost/om2008/Jacquie008325/000011.JPG shown in Google Earth ......................322 Figure 36 the Photo Album folder template for Microsoft Explorer ...........................................................325 Figure 37 map label for MapViewer...........................................................................................................331 Figure 38 add projection details in MapViewer .........................................................................................332 Figure 39 the settings for those little yellow pins on a research summary map .......................................334 Figure 40 MapViewer intranet publishing ..................................................................................................335 Figure 41 cash-flow analyses plotted against risk-reward curve ..............................................................344 Figure 42 panic sticker ...............................................................................................................................353 Figure 43 the Find and Replace screen from Microsoft Wordpad ............................................................371




Commands and algorithms

Equation 1 printing out two pages of check lists ......................................................................................... 16 Equation 2 resistance as a function of current and voltage, and the uncertainty for that value ................. 43 Equation 3 uncertainty function for geochemistry ....................................................................................... 43 Equation 4 an uncertainty function for a geological story of n facts ........................................................... 45 Equation 5 using VicMine data in Microsoft Excel .................................................................................... 170 Equation 6 loading raster heights and Bougeur gravity in ArcView .......................................................... 175 Equation 7 adding site measurements to the raster image in ArcInfo ...................................................... 176 Equation 8 specifying a flat plane. ............................................................................................................ 176 Equation 9 using Microsoft Excel for a regional maths model .................................................................. 189 Equation 10 URL for code translation ....................................................................................................... 190 Equation 11 binomial distribution of a population ..................................................................................... 194 Equation 12 binomial distribution of samples by a Normal model ............................................................ 195 Equation 13 discrete geometric distribution .............................................................................................. 196

Equation 14 uniform distribution................................................................................................................ 197 Equation 15 Poisson distribution of elapsed time ..................................................................................... 198 Equation 16 Poisson distribution of counts per second ............................................................................ 199 Equation 17 Gaussian distribution ............................................................................................................ 200 Equation 18 uniform distribution of a continuous variable ........................................................................ 201 Equation 19 Poisson distribution of a continuous variable ....................................................................... 202 Equation 20 Standard Normal distribution of a continuous variable ......................................................... 203 Equation 21 Normal distribution of a continuous variable ........................................................................ 204 Equation 22 reference to the continuum of statistics ................................................................................ 205 Equation 23 iterations required for a Bayesian crawler ............................................................................ 206 Equation 24 iterations required for a Fuzzy Logic crawler ........................................................................ 207 Equation 25 - selecting input data in ESRI ArcView ................................................................................. 209 Equation 26 – Microsoft Excel formula to calculate the ―check‖ field. ...................................................... 228 Equation 27 commands to make a dictionary from a Thomson EndNote database ................................ 243 Equation 28 converting an ANSI coded glossary.DIC file to the Unicode standard used with Microsoft

Word 2010 ...................................................................................................................................... 244 Equation 29 modifying the dictionary in Microsoft Office 2010 ................................................................. 245 Equation 30 Adding your glossary to the custom dictionaries in Microsoft Word ..................................... 245 Equation 31 adding your glossary to the custom dictionaries in Thomson EndNote ............................... 246 Equation 32 making the poster background lighter .................................................................................. 250 Equation 33 adding a snapshot to the poster ........................................................................................... 250 Equation 34 starting poster.bat from Microsoft Windows ......................................................................... 253 Equation 35 statements used for project management in a batch file...................................................... 253

Equation 36 XHTML extract showing a link to the project file poster.bat ................................................. 257 Equation 37 DTD (Document Type Definition) statements for various XML subsets............................... 260 Equation 38 XML Schema namespaces ................................................................................................... 260 Equation 39 - making a new worksheet .................................................................................................... 264 Equation 40 Creating named cells ............................................................................................................ 265 Equation 41 URL for a comparison spreadsheet ...................................................................................... 272 Equation 42 URL for an example computer specification ......................................................................... 273 Equation 43 conditional formatting for numeric cut-offs ........................................................................... 273 Equation 44 conditional formatting for ranked specifications ................................................................... 274 Equation 45 identifying backward compatibility ........................................................................................ 274 Equation 46 EndNote bibliography template for a concordance file ......................................................... 275

Equation 47 MS Excel formula for an Index style concordance file ......................................................... 276 Equation 48 Selecting addresses from Business Data Manager ............................................................. 279 Equation 49 Discriminating records by date ............................................................................................. 279 Equation 50 Discriminating contacts by category ..................................................................................... 280





Chapter 1 – INTRODUCTION

This chapter deals with those broad questions that I get asked atGeological Society of Australia drinks and always make a hash of

answering in twenty five words or less:

Why does the computing have to be geological? Why not just buy the software? What are the key concepts? Where can I get a computer? How can I use a computer safely? How do I not blow my money?




A big bamboozle

So, some of the things, which I think scare or bamboozle the clerk working for the first time in the agricultural, mining or construction

industries:

the massive size of the data sets (Yacopetti and Mundellv quote doubling in size every 12 to 18 months),

the great inter-dependence of the measurements the great uncertainty of any analysis the subsequent cost of an error in processing (perhaps

deaths) the requirement for continually having to improve the

methods of discovery, and subsequent purchases of newsoftware

the role of the Crown in retaining the data the very high cost of acquisition of data the inter-disciplinary need for the data the long currency or shelf life of the data the high latency in our data sets general misunderstanding of the earth the small differences between a valid and an invalid data

set

Yacopetti and Mundellw are more prosaic, making a simile of geological information with a living organism that grows, replicatesand mutates with time; as compared to the ―static information‖ of conventional IT. That is why I needed this book, to write down allthe little tips I have picked up from the other geologists listed in the

Acknowledgement, which the information technology texts don‘t

cover. However, I am also careful to return quickly to regularpractice where I can. I take care to do this because if too

‗bamboozled‘ the clerk managing the organisation‘s computing willbegin to believe that geology is a rogue and random science, andrefuse to accept any kind of earth logic, just like a drilling contractorwho subscribes to pattern drilling after spending too much timearound second-rate field geologists.

v Matt Yacopetti and Stephen Mundell, 'Improving the quality of geoscientific information,' in Bowen BasinSymposium 2010 (2010).

w Ibid.





Surely it is just spatial information

Geological computing also has a spatial, geographical or landsurveying component and Williamsonx points that this introduces

further peculiarities which he lists as:

spatial data is scale-dependent spatial queries are inherently complex all spatial data is dependent on data models, which have

many and varied dimensions integrating spatial data with other data other data types

is particularly difficult, due to different data structures

Williamson also stresses the importance of the data because humansthink spatially and he sees an 8400 year development, with imagesovercoming language difficulties:

i. primitive hunter gatherer societies usingtopologically-correct mappings, to convey criticalspatial-dependent issues of survival, just as with

Aboriginal cave paintings

ii. property ownershipiii. infrastructure developmentiv. trade and defence

I disagree with him, I think the critical issue to the cave paintingsand early maps is not that it has spatial information or are languageindependent but rather they act as prototypes to allow people topractice hunting or keep taboos or test a group endeavour beforeactually putting the community or any resources at risk. Jahshan

(2009y) stresses the need for something that is ‗spatial +‘ for themodern corporate world with:

‗Spatial applications lac k the intimate integration with

mission critical systems would a paradigm shift in thinking and planning. … the heart of any accounting system is the

general ledger… the single most mission -critical application

for any organisation‘

x Ian Williamson, 'Is spatial special', Position no. 21 (2006), p. 17.y Jahshan, 'Changing corporate philosophy', no.




Support for my view has come from Mackier who found empiricallythat the modelling activity dominates the oil/gas sector decisionprocess, and perhaps this is a modern reflection of that primalinstinct. Also Spencer in 2011z stresses that the introduction of webtechnologies has side-lined the bland application of geographicalinformation systems and the specialist now needs to provide

―geographic projections, generalisation, symbolisation and heavyspatial analysis‖ which curiously for me could be called ―setting,methods, results and discussion‖ the work of any earth scientist.However, Williamson hasn‘t overlooked this concept totally, he alsohas found problems with the implementation of technology bybureaucrats where there hasn‘t been due consideration to what weknow of the logic of nature as in his quote of Figure 1.

―All too often, governments have responded to this complexity by creating massive, replicated databases, largely ignoring the

capacity of spatial information to establish relationships

between datasets.‖

Figure 1 ignoring the logic of the earth causes computingproblems

Winteraa

dissects spatial information again in 2008, this timespecifically mentioning ―field phenomena‖ of ―elevation, soil,temperature, wind or humidity.‖ In that article he examines thedefinitions from different surveying groups which I have summarisedinto Table 2.

Table 2 definitions of spatial information sourced by Winter(2008)

group spatial information definition. ANZLIC Any information about a location space or time

Association of GeographicInformation

Information about objects or phenomena that are associated with alocation relative to the surface of the earth

―The value of spatialinformation‖ study

SI describes the physical location of objects and the metricrelationships between objects

z Brad Spencer, 'Spatial is not so special', Position no. 48 (2011), pp.

54-55.aa Stephan Winter, 'What is the Value of Spatial Information?', Position Magazine no. 35 (2008), pp. 54-55.





He claims that the study definition is the least useful from a businesssense and makes these points about what are missing from thatdefinition, which I think have resonance with the kind of problemsoverlooked by clerk-designed systems:

1. It neglects ―field phenomena‖ of ―elevation, soil, temperature,wind or humidity.‖

2. it neglects all non-metric spatial information (Winter asks youto think of the London Underground Transport map) pointingout that ―place descriptions are hierarchic and purelytopological which makes them effective in communication‖

3. time is missing4. scale is neglected

He feels that indications of connectedness, nearness, size andtardiness may even be more important than the measured distance,especially when you are catching a bus. It is a bit hard to argueagainst that as who takes shortcuts to the bus stop when they knowthe next bus will have no spare seats. He does seem to address ourproblems but immediately throws in the disclaimer ―microbiologicalor astronomical problems are often very spatial, but outside our[surveyors] realm‖. He then goes on to puts some computer aideddesign (CAD) outside of the realm as well. Conversely, in the samemagazine in 2009 Kinnebb argues that bringing CAD and GIS datatogether, as pioneered by architects for the using shade effects inthe design of air conditioning, is a requirement of planning fordevelopment, citing for that situation that:

it provides an alternative decision path to makingconservative decisions where understanding is

incomplete it reduces conflict where developments of a large value it handles the increased complexity of compliance

requirements for large developments it provides realism for decision-making by a general

population

Again we have echoes of the principles of loss of opportunity[missing the gold strike], the problem is too massive, the problem is

bb Peter Kinne, 'The Digital World', Position Magazine no. 38 (2009), pp. 65-66.




too complex, the problem is too arcane and yet the development hasa high impact on the people involved. For me that demonstrates itdepends on the individual surveyor whether they will take on, orleave your particular scientific computing requirements.

Variation of scale is common in geology

Often the first introduction a person has to geology is primary schoolclasses on dinosaurs. Dinosaurs are to geology, what Vikings are tohistory, a guaranteed crowd pleaser. After terrifying children for tenminutes, you can put them to sleep by the pleasant notion that theseferocious ground tremblers evolved into the peaceful and delicatehoney-eaters (the Australian equivalent of humming birds). So how

does this relate to measurement, a recent article by Smith gives theexample of Egyptologists, who as practising a sub-branch of archaeology are required to think geologically [remember that thefirst classical geologists were Anglican ministers speculating onNoah‘s flood]. Smithcc points out that

―Archaeologists are the most meticulous and versatile of

explorers. They may cover vast distances in a few days or

mere inches in a month. Their discoveries can range from massive temples or burial sites to tiny shards of pottery scattered across an endless desert plain‖

Surveyors are very uncomfortable with variance of scale, bothWilliamsonx and Winteraa mention the recognition of scale as criticalin the distinction of spatial information systems for other computingsystems. How do surveyors cope? Well they don‘t, they make do.Their methods developed from well-populated and flat England,

require the selection of evenly spaced points to mark up thegeography. These points must be spread into a network of regularlysized cells, which are then used to distribute an error inmeasurement around the boundaries of each cell. The size of the celldecides the relative accuracy of the points taken in that area, thelargest cell in the network decides the absolute accuracy of all themeasurements taken.

I can now recall many times when working on the pod-like basins of the Leigh Creek Coalfield, that surveyors would put a temporarybenchmark, take sights on my instruments and then bring that mark





in later after I had packed up. What they did was then make up aseries of temporary marks to close on that bench mark and extendthe mine grid. I can think of three exercises where I didn‘t payenough attention to keeping the cells of the surveying network similar and then puzzling over why I couldn‘t close the grid to thesatisfaction of my supervisors. One was at South Australian Instituteof Technology when we surveyed an urban park and one of themarks was at the irregular narrow end of the park, which caused anelongated cell in the network. It was the trap for young players,which I never picked up on even though I can also remember beingtold to make those cells regular by my surveying lecturer, Mr Tan,we should have slipped into the work some temporary marks. Theother example was when I was working for Ken Bampton at the

Mutooroo solution copper mine, then leased to Adelaide WallarooFertilisers., It is located near the state border the states of South Australia and New South Wales. The Muteroo deposit is associatedwith the passage of copper rich fluids along a sheared zone, linear inextent, so the mine workings are not placed together but strung out.Well I just shot from corner of building to corner of building, notbothering to make nice cells and all these years I have wonderedhow I could have made so many errors of transcription that theresulting drawing in the Adelaide office was so obviously wrong. The

third example was picking up drill holes with compass and pacingalong the road and fire break outside of the mine fence at theNabarlek uranium mine in Arnhem Land in the Northern Territory. Ican even remember the surveyors later taking the trouble to work inside the fence to make more regular cells. I have heard thisanisotropy in distribution of measurements, called sampling bias, butthat is from the view of the technology provider, and not thescientist doing the work, and funding the budget.

The unsuitability of conventional surveying has even resulted in thetotally alternative methods such as those for archaeology describedin Smithcc, resulting in tedious narratives of where finds were madealong roads and in the passing to the major archaeological site,which may take years to reconstruct into a useable map. Often thesite would be surveyed during excavation but its absolute positionwould not be known well and Smith gives examples of wherecomplete digs have been lost and could not be relocated for follow

up work. The good news as Smith emphasises is that GPS (Global

cc Jason Smith, 'Mapping Ancient Sites', Position Magazine no. 39 (2009), pp. 53-55.




Positioning System) has been very popular with natural historians of all types because it does in practice allow for variations in scale.Widely spaced points along a traverse can be surveyed quickly andtheir accuracy is not the best but it is effective in that context. Whenyou do get to a site of significance which requires closemeasurement and intensive activity, you just leave the GPS turnedon for longer to use additional transits of satellites and the accuracyimproves, also effective as the archaeologist are flat out digginganyhow and won‘t be moving for a while.

And there is even more hope for the future, because when data istransformed from the geographical domain to the space-timecontinuum (introduced in the next section), the variations of scale

are reduced, there is no anisotropy in the distribution of measurements, and the conventional surveying techniques becomeaccurate without adaption. This is what is done graphically in ageological block diagram; some of the best I have seen are in Table3. Taken to the theoretical extent there is the oddity of theTetrahedral Hypothesis resurrected recently in ‗The AustralianGeologist‘ dd where, before the general acceptance of continental drifttheory, a gentleman, Lothian Green, was reported to argue that thedistribution of the continents on the earth could be explained by

considering the oceans as a series of facets with the continentsoccupying the intersections of planes. This hypothesis is the basis of the block modelling in ‗The logic processing sub-system‘, where thefacets are the surfaces of the block diagrams produced out of GoldenSoftware‘s Surfer. In more grounded sense, the world‘s most usedmining software Datamine has the Folded Geostatistics option in theStudio 3 softwareee which demonstrates this principle.

dd Tor Mentor, 'A few more teasers to exercise the brain in 2009', The Australian Geologist no. 151(2009), pp. 34, 44.ee 'Studio 3 and Folded Orebody Data ', 2009 (Datamine LLC, 2009).





Table 3 Geological cartoon by terrain class and use with typeof development (after Berkman)

Terrain class

(and when it is relevant to development) 1

Province(mineral exploration, deep underground work, first estimates of rock properties)

Terrain pattern

(transport specification, topographic survey for hydropower dams)

Terrain unit

(location of transport, buildings, open cut mines and major dams)

Terrain component

(flooding, trafficability, pavements, foundations, portals and farm dams)

geological cartoon

your situation:

Rift Basins – part 1 and 2 by Kirk 2011ff,gg X X

Origins series of the Weekend Australianhh X X

‗Basin Floor Fans – part 1 to 4‘ by Kirk 2010ii,jj,kk and 2011ll X X

‗Source Rocks – Part 1 to 2‘ by Kirk 2011mm,nn X X

‗Slopes‘ Part 1 to 2 by Kirk 2010oo,pp X

‗DHI Seismic facies‘ by Kirk 2009qq X X

Cryogenian Reef Complexes by Wallace et.al. rr X X

‗Sesimic Facies Mapping‘ Part 1 of Kirk 2011ss X

7.4.2 ‗Classification of Landslides‘ in Berkman 1989 i XLEGEND

X : this cartoon is confined to the context of this terrain class.

ff Rob Kirk, 'Rift Basins - Part 1', PESA News Resources no. 110 (2011), pp. 52-54.

gg Rob Kirk, 'Rift Basins - Part 2', PESA News Resources no. 111 (2011), pp. 60-62. hh Leigh Dayton, 'The red heart,' in The Weekend Australian (Sydney: 2005)Leigh Dayton, 'From blackrocks to red gums,' in The Weekend Australian (Sydney: 2005)Leigh Dayton, 'Before the dreamtime,' inThe Weekend Australian (Sydney: 2005).ii

Rob Kirk, 'Basin Floor Fans - Part 1 of 4', PESA News no. (2010), pp. 76,78 & 80. jj Rob Kirk, 'Basin Floor Fans - Part 3 of 4', PESA News no. (2010), pp. 68-71.kk Rob Kirk, 'Basin Floor Fans - Part 2 of 4', PESA News no. 107 (2010), pp. 64-66. ll Rob Kirk, 'Basin Floor Fans - Part 4 of 4', PESA News Resources no. 109 (2011), pp. 62,63,64,65.mm Rob Kirk, 'Source Rocks - Part 2', PESA News Resources no. 113 (2011), pp. 60-62.nn Rob Kirk, 'Source Rocks - Part 1', PESA News Resources no. 112 (2011), pp. 45-46. oo Rob Kirk, 'Slopes - Part 1 of 2', PESA News no. 104 (2010), pp. 61-63.pp Rob Kirk, 'Slopes - Part 2 of 2', PESA News no. 105 (2010), pp. 24-30. qq Rob Kirk, 'DHI seismic facies', PESA News no. 100 (2009), pp. 57-61.rr Malcolm Wallace et al., 'Cryogenian Reef Complexes of the northern Flinders Ranges,' in 6th Sprigg Symposium: Unravelling the northern Flinders and beyond , ed. Caroline J. Forbes, Abstracts 100(Adelaide: Geological Society of Australia, 2011). ss Rob Kirk, 'Seismic Facies mapping: Part 1', PESA News Resources no. 114 (2011), pp. 69-71.




NOTES1 7.9 Stages of engineering construction in relation to the terrain classes, page 291 of Berkman 1989 i

Perhaps it is the uncertainty of it all

Jon Fairall was the editor of the GIS User, which became PositionMagazine, for 20 years. In his interview reported there in 2010tt hespoke how the enduring issue was the quality of the data. He nextmentions how this develops into a ―fixation with database integrity‖ and custodians controlling and owning data, without allowing accessby others. People are constantly worrying about the quality of theirdata for the purposes that other people want to use it for. His adviceis that timeliness is essential, allowing end-users opportunity to

adjust that data, to speed the process. So thirdly, with some data intime as the only practical outcome, expressed as a mathematicalbasis, there is an emphasis on uncertainty of the data, even to theextent that the uncertainty is more important than the value.Though, the uncertainty should also be a value as Griffiths (2011uu)finds that the debate about man-induced climate change to be ‗arm-waving‘ instead of the ‗quantitative contribution to forecasting‘ required for the International Panel on Climate Change.

When I first started consulting, colleagues would tease me with thewords ―All I need is a program which will tell me where to drill‖.Similar to the concerns of Griffiths, I am not sure that meets thepolicy from departments of mines, nor the JORC code for the ASXstock exchange. Those parties would prefer some knowledge of thehealth and safety aspects at least, but I did recently realise what analgorithm for that would look like. Mathematically it would give ‗theuncertainty that the cut-off for commercial grade of ore was belowat mineable depth‘, and so the nearer to zero, the more likely is youshould drill, you don‘t need anything else to be plotted. Does thishave a real impact? Lamontvv, in paper on geophysical modelling foroil drilling concedes that it does.

―Different information has value on its own, but independent

tt Paul Kelly, 'The final view', Position Magazine no. 46 (2010), p. 10. uu Cedric Griffiths, 'Geological community arm-waving on Climate Change', PESA News Resources no.(2011), p. 17.vv Matthew Lamont, 'A discussion of seismic amplitude analysis in the new millenium', PESA News no.100 (2009), pp. 52-55.





information adds non-linearly. That is if two bits of independent information say the same thing, then the whole is

more valuable than the sum of its parts, one plus one can equal four and vice versa. Therefore it is very important to

anlyze prospects from every meaning ful way possible.‖

How this works, is that geology is really about telling a story linkingfacts together with one or more of the twenty laws found in theDictionary of Geological Termsww In contrast say geophysics willexploit one equation such as determining the resistance of the rock mass in (a) of Equation 2. The uncertainty involves the product of the probabilities of true readings of the current and the voltage, nomean feat if you have thick, conducting soils like we do in Australia.

Equation 2 resistance as a function of current and voltage,and the uncertainty for that value

n

i

p(i)-U

-p(I.R))(U

)-p(I).p(R)(U

V

I R

1

1

(b)1

1

(a)

Conversely, for a geochemical system the reactions are related toproximity and the early work of Krig in 1930s on gold sampling hasgiven his name to the uncertainty principles, very roughly

paraphrased from Knudsen 1987xx

in Equation 3.

Equation 3 uncertainty function for geochemistry

n

i

i y y x x zc f U 1

2

01

2

01.

ww William H Matthews, III and Robert E. Boyer (eds.), Dictionary of geological terms (Garden City, NewYork, 1976).xx H. Peter Knudsen, 'A capsule view of Geostatistics', in Ernest Y. Baafi (ed.), Geostatisitics - theory and

practice. A 4 day short course July 7,8,9,10, 1987 (Wollongong, New South Wales, 1987).




Alternatively, in a geological story of diverse, numerous facts, theprobabilities of the different observations are additive as per thegeneralised case of Equation 4. Though this does assume that therewill be a large number of cases or sites, and the occurrence of theevent will be unlikely, and roughly the same uncertainty for eachobservation. This may seem a particularly onerous set of circumstances, but this is very typical of fossicking, explorationdrilling or extreme weather.




exclusive of each other. But once you start examining uncertaintiesyou can demonstrate a geological system from a geophysical or ageochemical system, and the most important thing to take fromEquation 4 is a geological computer system will reduce uncertaintyby associating diverse facts.





What are the key concepts?

In considering geological computing from a classical context, I didnot want to abandon the years of research into the theoretical logic

of computing, called systems analysis, but at the same time Iwanted to focus immediately on the rocks and not the computers. Iliked the approach of White (1987yy) where he quickly mapsmanagement principles onto exploration activities, to gain hisreaders interest. In my case I see the steps in database design fromMcFadden & Hoffer (1991zz) mapping across to the earth scientist‘sthinking as in Table 4. This gives a framework to explain each of thegeological computing concepts, and the conjoining specifications,mixing in systems analysis and geology as I need.

Table 4 mapping database design steps to geologicalcomputing concepts

steps in database design 1 GEOLOGICAL COMPUTING

specification (geological equivalent )

Step 1 - requirements definition STRATIGRAPHY

requirements specification (stratigraphic systems)

Step 2 - conceptual design EARTH MODEL

information architecture (mathematical context )Step 3 - implementation design ORE SYSTEM

application program specifications (application of geological computing )

Step 4 - physical design NATURAL HISTORY COMPUTING SYSTEM

NOTES1 From page 168 of McFadden & Hoffer (1991zz)

stratigraphy

Stratigraphy, the logical arrangement of layers of rock in the earth‘scrust, is the most important tool in dividing measurements intostatistically coherent subsets. Brown (2011aaa) gives thatInternational Subcommission on Stratigraphic Classification (ISSC)considers multiple stratigraphies including multiple bio-, chemo-,sequence-, cyclo- and magneto-stratigraphy. In Table 5, there areseveral types of these systems of classifying rocks into packages or

yy Andrew. H. White, Management of mineral exploration (Moggill, Qld.: Glenside, S. Aust., 1997).zz Fred R. McFadden and Jeffrey A. Hoffer, Data base management (Redwood City, California, 1991).aaa Cathy Brown, 'International connections - current activities and future opportunities', The AustralianGeologist no. 158 (2011), p. 12.




groups in the ground. The only system which reflects events fromkilometres down to the smallest size is the litho-stratigraphy that isthe classical concept of a formation introduced many years ago byWilliam Smith in the first geological map of Britain. Therefore whilegeochemists are more than happy to divide their analysis by rock type or lithology, and generate for themselves statistically reliableresults, the geologist requires when the whole story of all the earthprocesses involved including those which act at a kilometre scale,then the results should be rendered on the basis of formation. Therecognition of the primary importance of the concept of a formationin computer modelling is the single most important step for anycomputer geologist to progress from theory and the laboratory toworking with clients for money in the field. The other elements of

stratigraphy also have significant use in practical observation and aresummarised in Table 5.





Table 5 stratigraphic systems

stratigraphic system (rock package) specific property of change

litho-stratigraphy

sequence stratigraphy 2 (system tract) depositional trend1

chrono-stratigraphybio-stratigraphy 3, fossil content1

chemo-stratigraphy

(synthem) 5 conformity

magneto-stratigraphy 5 (magnetosomes) magnetic polarity 1

characteristics

Time indicators

Iso-chronous Y n P

influence radius (of the surrounding rock)

in excess of kilometres - ? n n n Y Ykilometres - P n n n Y Y

decametres - P n P Y Y Y

metres - Y P Y - - Y

centimetres P Y Y Y - - Y

millimetres Y Y Y Y - - Y

LEGEND

Y YES, n : no; P perhaps, partially or nearly; - beyond the limits of detection

NOTES1 from Embry (2003)bbb:The importance of stratigraphy for computer modelling stems from what Embry

calls ―recognition and correlation of changes in a specific property of the strata‖ which is the basis of allstratigraphy and equally the goal of any computer modelling.2 Embry refers to sequence stratigraphy as quasi-chrono-stratigraphy for constraining facies andinterpreting depositional history:

sub-aerial unconformity

maximum flooding surface

maximum regressive surface

shore face ravinement3 Embry remarks that bio-stratigraphy is harder and more costly to obtain than sequence stratigraphy4 Embry suggests that chemo-stratigraphy and magneto-stratigraphy are very rare, especially for subsurface investigation.5 Embry defines a synthem as a package of strata bounded by unconformities.6 The rationale behind magneto-stratigraphy is discussed in detail in Brakel 2006ccc.

mathematical context

There could be as many approaches to geological computing asgeologists, each with quite subtle differences that even to the

bbb Aston Embry, 'Coming to grips with sequence stratigraphy', The Australian Geologist no. 128 (2003),pp. 21-22.ccc Albert Brakel, 'Magnetosomes: a new kind of rock unit', The Australian Geologist no. 141 (2006), p. 1.




experienced reviewer are not apparent. However, in Table 9 I haveput forward that there are three distinct types of earth modellingmathematics. Hirsinger (2008ddd) supports these thoughts providingequivalent descriptions of physical implementations for theapplication level, though differentiates the use of thesauri(Knowledge Based Linking) and graphical searching (Spatial Linking),though both applications use keywords and are mathematicallyequivalent [co-ordinates and geographic names are just digital codesto be sorted as far as the computer is concerned].

Table 6 relating three broad regimes of mathematics togeoscience application

mathematics application level 1

universal context Search Based Linking

spatial context Knowledge Based Linking

Spatial Linking

spatio-historic context Direct Linking

NOTES1 Taken from the themes of Hirsinger (2008 ddd)

The first is the approach where no earth logic is used and the fieldmeasurements are considered to be equally significant and a fullyempirical approach is taken. When considering two outcomesproduced from these techniques, such as two drilling proposals, ortwo flood mitigation schemes, or two business plans, they arecompared in a universal context that is all aspects are consideredequally. This approach features in Table 7.

Table 7 geological modelling in a universal context

computing

techniques

data mining

multi-variate analysisGoogle searches 1

strengths No geologists needed for data analysis

No geologists needed for data preparation.

Superficial text based search links can be established without any extradata management 1

May 'discover' new relationships and information 1

weaknesses Very slow with large volumes of data

Gives all measurement techniques equal significance

As it is fully empirical it cannot predict new deposit/event styles. Can only

ddd Volker Hirsinger, 'Just give me the well completion report,' (Adelaide: Petrosys Pty Ltd, 2008).





find overlooked deposits/events

Further data collection does not necessarily reduce the uncertainty.

Data preparation must be finished before start of analysis

May 'obscure' important connections through 'noise' from irrelevantinformation 1

No guarantee that a given link will be presented when data is sought. 1

Enthusiasm for spatial searches and metadata may create a whole new – and costly - layer of data management 1

general use insurance companies

financial institutions

strategic analysis for government

materials laboratories

case study least squares regression in Sutherland (2005)eee

NOTES1 These are provided in a comparison of ‗Direct Linking‘ to ‗Search Linking‘ in Hirsinger (2008fff )

eee F. L. Sutherland et al., 'Belmore Volcanic Province, northeastern New South Wales, and someimplications for plume variations along Cenozoic migratory trails.', Australian Journal of Earth Sciences vol. 52, no. 6 (2005).fff Hirsinger, 'Just give me the well completion report.'




In the second approach where, an attempt has been made throughmaps or a GIS to ensure that the model is spatially competent, anycomparison between two proposals derived from that model is beingconsidered in a predominantly spatial context. This approachfeatures in Table 8.

Table 8 geological modelling in a spatial context

computingtechniques

weights of evidence

GISggg

strengths No geologists needed for data preparation.

can predict unknown deposit/event styles

Further data collection reduces uncertainty on specified outcome.

weaknesses Geologist needed for data analysis

need to ignore some data

Is cumbersome for very large amounts of data.

Can only be used for a single outcome

Data preparation must be finished before start of analysis

Cannot predict missing components (mineralogy, freak or collateralevents etc), where there is no empirical evidence.

general use geological surveys (exploration initiatives)

academic institutions

some exploration-only companies

land managers

emergency services

case study Fractal-dimension analysis1 in Hodkiewitcz (2005)hhh 1 This case study may be a cross-over between the two approaches of Table 8 and Table 9 and this isalso recognised by the author who concludes the abstract with ―Fractal-dimension analysis thus providesa link between empirical map features and the processes that have enhanced hydrothermal fluid flow andresulted in the formation of larger orogenic-gold deposits.‖

However, geologists make comparisons of two areas on the basis of their geological history. A geological history considers both theposition and timeliness of events or processes and so two proposals

are compared in a spatial-historical context. Before computers wassummarised in the geological cartoons like those of Table 3 in theprevious section. This approach features in Table 9.

Table 9 geological modelling in a spatial-historical context

computing geological history

ggg Joseph K. Berry, Beyond mapping : concepts, algorithms, and issues in GIS (1993).hhh P. F. Hodkiewitcz et al., 'Complexity gradients in the Yilgarn Craton: fundamental controls on crustal-scale fluid flow and the formation of world-class orogenic-gold deposits.', Australian Journal of EarthSciences vol. 52, no. 6 (2005).





techniques holistic approach

whole-of-earth model

true 4D GIS

strengths integrates very large volumes of data

Analysis can begin while data is still being prepared.

Predicts unconsidered deposit/event styles.

model can be used for many activities, by many disciplines

further data collection reduces uncertainty for all activities

Are reproducible 1

Provide a confident way of exposing a known view of information 1

Encourage quality control and expose potential errors 1

weaknesses Geologist needed for data preparation and analysis

greatest cost and time lag in setting up

requires planning

Require significant investment in rigorous data management 1

Only present the relationships that the data managers know about 1

Are not good at dealing with vaguely defined information1

general use companies involved in both exploration & production

engineering geology consultants

case study Climate proxies in Appleyard (2005)iii

Thermodynamic modelling in Mason (2004) jjj

Quantifying fault movement in Quigley et. al. (2006)kkk

NOTES1. These are provided in a comparison of ‗Direct Linking‘ to ‗Search Linking‘ in Hirsinger (2008lll)

The computing for techniques used in a universal context, are welldefined and documented by mathematicians. Similarly, geographersand surveyors have done a large amount of work on comparison inthe spatial context, but there is very little on preparing computers fortechniques working in a spatio-historical context, Geologists do usethe other styles of modelling but the most successful, versatile andsafe outcomes are achieved taking the spatio-historical approach.They are consistently used by the field geologist, whether workingon a mine, for United Nations flood mitigation, or a drainage plan fora sub-division and the rest of this guide will focus on this style of work.

iii S. J. Appleyard, 'Late Holocene temperature record from southwestern Australia: evidence of globalwarming from deep boreholes ', Australian Journal of Earth Science vol. 52 no. 1 (2005 ). jjj D. R. Mason, 'Thermodynamic modelling of lode gold deposits in Archaen granitoids: Woodcutters andLady Bountiful mines, Kalgoorlie region, Western Australia.', Australian Journal of Earth Sciences vol. 51,no. 3 (2004).kkk M. C. Quigley, M. L. Cupper, and M. Sandiford, 'Quaternary faults of south-central Australia;palaeoseismicity, slip rates and origin', Australian Journal of Earth Sciences vol. 53, no. 2 (2006).lll Hirsinger, 'Just give me the well completion report.'




earth model

In Anonymous (2011mmm) the concept of a ―shared earth model‖ was ―well known‖, but I will go through it here anyhow. The earth model

in a geological sense is a collection (that is it is organised) of measurements (―numerical description‖ in Anonymous 2011) andrepresents the processes of the earth. It derives from the role of anyprofessional geologist to make an assemblage of field observationsthat comply with the constraints (―abstractions‖ of Anonymous 2011)listed in Figure 2.

Figure 2 the compliance pyramid

I think of the items in Figure 2 as business rules, as they includeboth natural and man-made controls to the best extent that weunderstand or can interpret them. When implemented on acomputer with the data loaded, and databases commissioned theearth model would be considered a computer system by computingprofessionals. This happens already in your thoughts and theorganised data types given as examples in Table 10 will be familiarto you as documents, and illustrate the features of an earth model.

mmm 'RokDoc's role in facilitating innovation in exploration andproduction', PESA News Resources no. 109 (2011), pp. 57-60.

GEOLOGY MAPSCOMMON-SENSE AND FREE ADVICE

GOV’T GUIDELINES AS/NZS STANDARDS

ACTSREGULATIONS




natural history computing system

Computer systems used for natural history when considered as a lotare very diverse. Natural history can encompass at least history,geography, geology, biology and archaeology. Possibly, they couldencompass every bit of software written. However, to the user,successful, well-used systems for these disciplines are different tocommercial or engineering systems, distinguished by the thefeatures in Table 10 to give a matrix of software like Table 11.

Table 11 a matrix of software for Computers in Geology

before the introduction of Google Earth prior to 2005

Initially I confined my thinking to just logic, cartographic, historic,analytic and rhetoric, which we had empirically found but this didremind me of the seven liberal arts and sciences introduced to me inmasonic ritual, and in that ritual those seven themes are chained tothe ―researches into the hidden mysteries of nature and science‖ in

the second degree working

a

. The most obvious was that writtenreports were done in Microsoft Word which had a grammar checkerand talks using Microsoft PowerPoint, including speaker notesnarrowly defined the two arts of GRAMMAR and RHETORIC. Inprinciple, seismic processing and sonic geophysical tools areassociated with MUSIC given the large amount of signal processingused, but some of the other practices are not so obvious, such aswhere does the rock records recovered from a drillcore sit. By the18th draft of this Grimoire I felt I could distinguish at least some

a Page 139 part of the S.E. Corner address in The ritual of the three degrees of craft masonry and investiture addresses, (Adelaide, 2004).




Table 12 natural history computing system for Computers in Geology circa 2010

APPLICATION GEO-COMPUTING MODULE

(outcome & activity) logic historic algebraic cartographic reporting

I. Reconnaissance(research & cataloguing)

DMCinG search

centre

MS Excel Google Earth

ISI R.EndNote

II. Field work(field data and verification)

CinG feldbuch.xls MS Outlook

III. Preparation of results(analyses & processing)

GS Mapper MS Excel GS Surfer MS Word

IV. Project review(corporate information & data sharing)

CinG Taumodel

CinGGeoTime3

CinG Intranet G. FreeView 9 MS Outlook

V. Proposal for further work(summary and presentation)

MS Powerpoint

VI. Reporting(archive & reporting)

ISI R. EndNoteMS Word




ore system

Similar to an earth model the ore system in a geological sense is acollection (that is a systematic agglomeration) of processes that

represent ore genesis (―reservoir simulation model‖ of Anonymous2011a). Again when implemented on a computer with the algorithmsapproximating those processes and the controlling conditionsestimated then the ore system is considered a physical model bycomputing professionals.

The data for a geological system must necessarily be physicalmeasurements but there are thousands of different devices andtechniques and Berkmanb uses nine groupings: physical properties;

gravity survey; magnetic survey; electromagnetic, resistivity andinduced polarisation survey; radiometric survey; seismic survey;down-hole survey; airborne survey methods; and earthquakemagnitude and intensity. To help decide what combination of components you want for any particular use, I have been keeping arecord of archetypical applications I have come across, the seires of case studies follows.

A. is the entropy analysis in Mason iii

B. is a treatment of Holocene surface temperatures in Western Australia with MATRIX 1.6 asper Appleyard jjj

C. is an amalgam of mobile mapping from GIS User with three references: Fairall (2001)a, „ GISUser: mobile computing hardware‘c and ‗GIS User: mobile computing software‘ d.

D. is a discussion of aerial digital surveys by Fairall in 2004Error! Bookmark not defined.

E. is monitoring Holocene coastal change in New Zealand with HallidayError! Bookmark not defined.

F. is where luminescence and ASTER images are used to quantify fault displacement inQuigley et. alError! Bookmark not defined.

G. is predicting sand drift with ThomasError! Bookmark not defined.

H. is a discussion of three bases for terrestrial scanning. Given examples of time of flight

scanners are Callidus, I-SiTE, Leica, MDL, Optech, Reigl and Trimble. For modulated i.e.phase-shift scanners are Iqvolution, Quantapoint and Z+F. No examples of triangulationscanners are given. The reference is Grieves (2004)Error! Bookmark not defined.

I. Discussion of seismic and sonic techniques for modelling noise affecting marine animals inHughes 2011e

a 'RokDoc's role in facilitating innovation in exploration andproduction', no.b See Chapter 9 Geophysics of Berkman, Field geologist's manual .c 'Hardware for mobile mapping', GIS User no. 47 (2001), pp. 32-36.d 'Software for mobile mapping', GIS User no. 47 (2001), pp. 32-36.e John Hughes, 'Seismic surveys and marine life: Why does the 'noise' mask the science and theindustry experience?', PESA News Resources no. 113 (2011), pp. 36-41.





seabed acoustic loggersn synthetic aperture radar/SAR 4 towed passive acoustic monitoring n tablet computer

The case studies from the ‗ore system‘ section are given in

Table 13 along with reviews of categories of algorithm andhardware, and referenced against the data group used. This ready-reckoner in

Table 13 came out of demonstrating at the University of Melbournein 2001 where I found many of the Victorian Institute of Earth and

Planetary Science graduate students were struggling to findprocessing to match up with what little data they had available tosupport their particular research topic.

m 'Peripherals survey', no.n Hughes, 'Seismic surveys and marine life: Why does the 'noise' mask the science and the industryexperience?', no.




Table 13 review of algorithm against geophysical measurement, processing and hardware

geophysical measurement (after, Berkman, 1989)1

9.9 Earthquake magnitude and density

9.8 Airborne survey

9.7 Down-hole survey

9.6 Seismic survey

9.5 Radiometric survey

9.4 Electromagnetic, resistivity & induced polarisation

9.3 Magnetic survey

9.2 Gravity survey

9.1 Physical properties

your situation

tick the available data:

Description of hardware used C, F, G B E,H

Hardware 3 tick

INPUT J I J D,I

PROCESSING J I D,I

OUTPUT J I I

STORAGE

DATA COMMUNICATIONS I I

airborne laser scanner 4

Egeophysical borehole logs B

global positioning system(GPS) G X X X X X X X

laser scanner, phase diff. H







9.8 Airborne survey


9.6 Seismic survey



9.3 Magnetic survey

9.2 Gravity survey


your situation


laser scanner, timed pulse H

mobile phone F

personal digital assistant/PDA a C

tablet computer C

processing category2

Fundamentals

Sorting Algorithms

Searching Algorithms

String processing

Geometric Algorithms C,G J J D

Graph Algorithms

Mathematical Algorithms E

a Fairall, 'Mobile mapping: What is it good for?', no.






9.8 Airborne survey


9.6 Seismic survey



9.3 Magnetic survey

9.2 Gravity survey


your situation


Advanced Topics A J A B,J F

LEGENDX : generic application to this component

A - H : particular case study (application)

NOTES1 These divisions are used by Berkman for his Chapter 9, Geophysics2 These divisions are used by Sedgewick for his eight major parts3 These divisions are used by Longd for parts of a computer system

b Berkman, Field geologist's manual .c Robert Sedgewick, Algorithms (Reading, Massachusetts, 1988).d Long, Introduction to computers & information processing, 2nd edition .




Why not just buy the software?

Geological computing is a great opportunity because for years

accountants have controlled outdoor activity in terms of unnaturalaccounts, but if we could find some digital representation of the rock record we could put it together into one computer with all thebusiness issues and against that put in all the relevant events inhistory and let it crank away to give really wise answers. Mostrecently, Mackier (from surveys of oil exploration companies) hasfound empirically that the correct tools to judge these variables,which he labels ‗Fit-for-purpose tools‘, will aid decision-making. I amnot surprised; divination has been an ongoing interest to leaders in

all societies.

I think Figure 3, is a count of the software titles I have surveyeda tosee if they can demonstrate the standard laws of geology. Itsuggests to me that there isn‘t a single program to do this work,perhaps we can expect that in the next fifty years, and that is shownby the ―ideal geological software‖. For the time being you will haveto cobble together several pieces to get the full coverage of all thelaws of nature and produce sensible estimates for your design

a The survey is available on my web-site at http://www.grantjacquier.info/home_files/softinfo.htm




These laws are taken from the entry for ―law…‖ in American Geological Institute Dictionary of geologicalterms, 1976b. The survey is recorded in full on the ‗Computers in Geology‘ web sitec.

Figure 3 count of software demonstrating the laws of geology

b Matthews and Boyer (eds.), Dictionary of geological terms.c http://www.grantjacquier.info/home/softinfo.htm

0 10 20

law of constancy of interfacial angles

law of crosscutting relationships

law of equal declivities

law of faunal assemblages

law of faunal succession

law of original continuity

law of original horizontality

law of reflection

law of refraction

law of stream gradients

law of superposition

law of universal gravitation

law of homonymy

law of priority

ideal geological software

count of software demonstrating this law

13 geocomputing software titles in survey

law of nature other law





How do I not blow my money?

When I first became involved with computing I was surpised not onlyby how quickly new products were available as in Figure 4 but also

the open deceit practised in the information technology (IT)industry. I was informed of the adage ‗that the difference between aused car salesman and computer salesman is that the used carsalesman knows when he is lying‘. However, I learnt that thechanging technology could be used to step around problems andthat the IT in the mining industry, worked on a basis of friendshipand trust. The need for trust has been higlighteded recently in theempirical work of Mackier on decision-making for geologicalsituations. Unfortunately, I have developed some inappropriatenational prejudice in analysing the information provided by vendorsand now see the marketing in several styles, which have to beexamined in the context of different weaknesses:

American marketing style Australian marketing styleNordic marketing styleBritish marketing style




Figure 4 a geological computer system marked with the date when components were integrated

Geol. system

S/W science S/W suppl. H/W obs.

2005

MRSPOTS

1999

LUMINIERE

screen1996

COGS’TH

CD-ROM1992

SARAH

modem

Backupdevice

Key board Track

ball

modem Fax machine Ext. drive hub printer

2008

scanner 1999

Colour

print1992

B/W print

Photo copier

H/W fieldcomputer




Understanding the weaknesses of the American marketing style

Australian mining software marketing will generally be based aroundthe principle of mutual obligation and friendship. This philosophy isin contrast to American software/services majors who are muchmore aggressive. For example a colleague brought to my attentionthe statement in Figure 5 from the web site listed as the first casestudy in Table 14, where the particular method of disseminatinginformation is compared to other methods from other suppliers.Curiously, less than a year later from when I read Figure 5, GoogleEarth was released onto the market, which did achieve some of

those objectives, but I never saw any similar blather, perhaps thehyperbole is itself a signal about the quality of the product.

‗ESRI has been selected by the Department of the Interior to develop the full implementation of the Geospatial One-Stop

Operational Portal (GOS 2). This next generation technology represents a dramatic advance not only for geographic information

system (GIS) on the Internet but also for the entire geospatial field.

It will provide new ways of sharing geospatial information that will help improve the business of government and decision making

processes‘

Figure 5 an example of hyperbole from an Americansoftware developer

This over-bearing attitude actually provides Australian developerswith an advantage in that developing countries where most mining

takes place are very sensitive to imperialistic attitudes and thefriendly, straightforward Australian approach is more appealing andthis may be one of the reasons that Australian mining softwaredominates the international market. However, I suggest a caveatthat the Australian innovation ritual is only superior where resourcesare limited. This is supported by Gouldiea, who in petroleumexploration and development, proposes a co-operative approach withservice companies when there are very few companies who can do

a T A Gouldie, 'To tender, re-negotiate or partner: Strategies for contracting service companies. ,' in APOGC 94 SPE 28745 (Houston, Texas: Society of Petroleum Engineers, 1994).




the work. Mackier also backs him up from another direction bystressing the need for a team-based decision, or at leastauthentication (the ―reduction of bias‖), among diverse technicalspecialists.

Table 14 marketing examples and commercial risk ingeological computing

case study 1

http://www.esriaustralia.com.au/company/pages/news/press/

http://www.smartconference.com.au/industryUpdate.php?id=142

Microsoft Excel 2003 Help Notes

Golden Software Voxler trial disk

'It's about trust, Oracle' by Michael S. Malone.

commercial hazard

Insufficient documentation available 5 4 1 3 2

Software requires massive data preparation 5 1 2 4 3

Software can‘t be used without extensive customisation 5 1 2 3 4

Target governments to adopt software to control standards 3 1 4 2 5

Promise improvements when not available 5 1 2 3 4

Government to government influence 4 3 1 2 5

Suggest software will replace all other software 5 1 2 3 4

rating, sum of ranks (low is less risk, high is more risk) 32 12 14 20 27

NOTES1 All these case studies refer to software companies which have their head office in the United States of

America.

RANK

1 : The software mentioned in the case study is least affected by this commercial hazard

5 : The software mentioned in the case study is most affected by this commercial hazard

The second URL in Table 14 is also another example of themarketing of a structured query language (SQL) database developer.The web articles in Table 14 are typical of the marketing style of thecorporate software houses that target the more centralisation-friendly government departments in order to influence standards andlock in mining companies and other smaller organisations into theirproducts. Malone‘s is the only article I have come across discussingmarketing tactics used to frustrate computer system developmentand is general, not Australian or geo-science specific. However, Ihave encountered several cases myself but they all are "Commercialand in Confidence" and can‘t be discussed here but Malone's paper

reflected the dissatisfaction that my client‘s exploration computing staff had at that time with those products.









In reflection the frustration with this type of marketing is a clash of cultures rather than anything illegal. I work with Ben Moretti whoassigns an adage to his father (Franco Moretti, a former principal of Kinhill, CEO of the Alice Springs to Darwin railway construction,director of Beach Petroleum etc) that 'Australians do business as if they are at a barbecue, Americans do business as if going to war,and the English as if business were a public school'. The case of Golden Software in Table 14 illustrates an exception and it is also myfeeling that Microsoft is far more even-handed and supportive, withcustomers and competitors who have become suppliers, than theyare given credit for in the newspapers.

Understanding the weaknesses of the Australian marketing style

I attended the Software Marketing 97 course put on by theUniversity of South Australia, which brought out professors VijayMahajan and Rajendra Srivastava, both associated with the'hothouse' at the University of Texas used to develop ideas of researchers into start-up businesses. From what they describedabout the hot-house method, innovators with a new idea aresupported by best-in-breed materials from established suppliers: HP,Texas Instruments, National Silicon etc; who are looking to expandtheir application base and increase their economy of scale.

Perhaps, where this D-Day style of build up comes unstuck in Australia is that we don't have the range of these suppliers, and sothey don't compete against each other to make the best use of aninnovation introduced into the hothouse. What happens in Australiais the prime contractor takes over in a "she'll be right" attitude andthey inevitably don't have the depth of technology to complete the

expectations of the customers. Surprisingly to me with suchwonderful companies on hand, Mahajan and Srivastava were openlycritical of the American model deteriorating in this way, and preach'love your customer' as a general remedy. They are supported intheir prejudice by research discussing the limitations of Americanpractice such as 'Loyalty and the Renaissance of Marketing'b and thisfollows the tradition established at least by 1912 with Dale Carnegieand his book ―How to make friends and influence people‖.

b 'Loyalty and the Renaissance of Marketing', Marketing Management vol. 2, no. 4.




A particular and well published Australian case is the privatisedtelecommunications supplier Telstra and this situation wassummarised by Fairall in 2009c. He states that ―Telstra is effectivelya monopoly because it has control of what telecoms engineers referto as ‗the last mile‘: the physical cable between the box in the streetand the box on the wall inside your house‖. Commenting on thecompany‘s technical effectiveness ―Telstra‘s network is functional,but it is also obsolete. It will eventually make the Australianeconomy uncompetitive….every year that passes is a year of monopolistic rents, so Telstra‘s strategy is to slow down anyreplacement process, using whatever means available‖. Of coursethere is an American precedent for this when the Supreme Courtbroke up the Bell Corporation. Fairall does comment that ―interests

of Telstra‘s shareholders are not the nation‘s‖ yet the share pricewas reduced 25% when the Telstra management derided theNational Broadband Network initiative of the Commonwealthgovernment because I think it is, to those shareholders [includingmyself], not good business to treat your customers [also myself]with contempt. The American remedy of ‗Love your customer‘ ringsout loud and clear.

The only other article I have come across on the Australian

innovation ritual being superior to the British model butunfortunately again with a military example is "Diggers learned theirway to glory" by Stephen Matchett in The Weekend Australian, whichdescribes how Monash harvested the innovation talent within the AIFto break through on the Western Front.d These men were incompetition both against the Germans but just as much against theprejudice of Europeans for colonial volunteers. So I can see thatwhere Australian organisations abandon the quest for a monopolyand enjoy the competition, embracing their own qualities, thecustomer is well serviced.

Understanding the weaknesses in the British marketing style

A published case study on Australian innovation which discusses theunderhand marketing of overseas companies, and also the friendly,mutual obligation between Australian developers and their customers

c Jon Fairall, 'The Trouble with Telstra', Position Magazine no. 39 (2009), p. 7.d Stephen Matchett, 'Diggers learned their way to glory,' in The Weekend Australian (Sydney: 2004).





(engendering niche development), is the history of theCommonwealth Aircraft Corporation Pty Ltd [a private enterprisewhich is often confused with the Government Aircraft Factory, butthere was only a fence between them at Fisherman‘s Bend, Victoria]by Brian L. Hill.e Hill gives several examples where Britishbureaucrats influenced, via Australian counterparts, thespecifications for Royal Australian Air Force (RAAF) airframes andengines, which resulted in planes that were not quite the bestavailable technology at the time. In contrast Hill describes that theRAAF had a very trusting and successful friendship with Wackett, theoriginal general manager of the Commonwealth Aircraft Corporation[Wackett was an ex-RAAF fighter and test pilot, so he had theirconfidence from the start] that lead to several innovative aircraft

particularly suited to Australian circumstances, but which also foundsales overseas. Similarly, Neville Shute in his autobiography ―SlideRule‖ places the responsibility for the destruction of the R101 airshipand the loss of the crew, to this bureaucratic interference culture,and contrasts it to the supportive, traditional shop-floor culture usedto build the R102. I don‘t think that either of these authors are beingunfair, as I saw for myself at the Harley Davidson centenary road-show in Melbourne the pre-World War II letter from thecommissioner of the South Australian Police, requesting an

exemption from the federal government requirement to use BSAmotor bicycles which the police found inferior to the HarleyDavidsons they had been using.

I can see the parallels to the IT situation but I don't think it would beclear to anyone else. I am confident that the mining industry hasenough money and the construction industry has enough experiencewith the standards associations, to step around this kind of government to government interference, but I don‘t think theLandcare groups are going to be able to disperse their environmentaleffort to keep the bureaucrats from enforcing an unsuitable ITregime. With my work on National Heritage Trust funding, I got thestrong impression from reading the research briefs, that IT and datacollection issues were being used as a way to enthral the catchmentmanagement authorities, without primary consideration being given

e Brian L. Hill, Wirraway to Hornet, a history of the Commonwealth Aircraft Corporation Pty Ltd(Melbourne, 1998).




to those councils. Jon Fairall, a former editor of Position Magazine,gave these points in his final editorial 2010f :

The spatial software and data products are being used more,and more widely.Software companies and bureaucrats will be brought toaccount for the weaknesses of their product (he gives theexample of Department of Sustainability and Environment(New South Wales) and Spatial Vision and faulty informationin bushfire maps in February 2010).Need improved ways of getting information that is speedierand correct. Perhaps a domestic satellite monitoring serviceis the answer. Perhaps crowd-sourcing of information [GJ : it

works really well for family history software just look atwww.ancestry.com and associated products including the TVseries ‗Who do you think you are?‖] The poor supply of information by government to car-navigation software manuafacturers. However, he doesexpect these to improve quickly as the suppliers are all incompetition.Public enterprises with big companies dominate the

Australian market, money is wasted, and not enough money

is given to small firms who can accommodate thecustomer/public more quickly. On the future he seesTreasury officials being more aware of what is required andcosy-relationships will be broken down.It is now harder than ever for small start-up firms to makenew products and break these technical log-jams. Even inpractice, the price of full featured computer systems isdriving out innovative smaller companies, despite that thesurveyor and geologist are expecting to be independent.Professional training has improved and will get better, withmore opportunities for life-long careers in GIS andcartography, though people come and go too often.

Jon Fairall also often commented obliquely on the aggressivemarketing by American software companies. In an earlier 2007g

f Jon Fairall, 'So long, and thanks for all the fish', Position Magazine no. 46 (2010), p. 9.g Jon Fairall, 'The Way Forward', Position Magazine no. 26 (2007), p. 7.

http://www.ancestry.com/







editorial he gives this prediction, regarding bureaucratic interferenceboth in public and private realms:

―…Partnerships are indeed the way forward. But the industry islittered with attempts at partnerships between IT departments andspatial scientists – and the results are not pretty. For every happy-ever-after story there are a dozen dysfunctional workplaces where amulti-million dollar IT system simply does not work.‖

He is critical of his own role and perhaps gives us an insight to whathe really thinks (he reinforces this with his final editorial in May2010h):

―Search as you might, you will never find an article in Positionentitled ‗The 20 Great Mistakes of Corporate Computing‘. And of course, you will never find the sub-title of that article either: ‗What Ilearned from them‘.‖

He implied that he is doing the best job of communicating; evengiven he had to pay the rent from software advertising revenues.Jon was very supportive of Australian industry and I think he did a

good job too, though he may have been too pessimistic in the quotebelow, because I found to be trustworthy, the methods of Microsoftand Golden Software shown in Table 14:

―There is no mechanism for sharing knowledge, and thus nomechanism for advancing it – except perhaps in some dustyacademic tomb where the information can be safely sanitised andkept from the children.‖

A little experience with the Nordic style of marketing

There is also, in geo-computing, use of a Scandinavian model forinnovation. The Western Australian Government is conducting aninvestigation into establishing a centralised Norway-style petroleumdata bank. I haven't had a chance to look on their web site to see if they have produced any reports yet, to see how it is all going.

h Fairall, 'So long, and thanks for all the fish', no.




I did have a visit from a Norwegian professor, a very long way forhim to come, who invited me for a drink and was discussing verycompetent software in which he has an interest, and was generallylow key in his discussions. This may be the case of extrememarketing, you actually get to speak to the development managerface-to-face, but if Norwegian programs are as effective as Nokiaphones, Volvo cars and Ikea furniture then we are in for sometreats. The weakness of this approach was that I had to rely on a tipfrom a colleague, and I then wrote a formal letter to the company,so don‘t expect in-your-face advertising, you have to tell thesepeople why you want their product.





How can I use a computer safely?

There are a series of hazards involved in geological computing anddealt with in Table 15, my risk reduction check list, and the groups

of hazards discussed here in order of seriousness:

0. Mine/field accidents (rockfall, vehicle roll-overs) whilecollecting detailed information for the database and otherphysical injuries. I also include repetive strain injuries andLegionellosis (Legionaire‘s disease) in this category.

1. You become unemployed in a cyclic downturn, depressionand other marital hazards

2. equipment failure or destruction

3. Computer viruses and other malicious activity including theft.I throw into this the white collar crimes of copyright violationand plagiarism.

For most of those listed I have a paragraph on each to try andsuggest directions to ameliorate the problem in the context of computer use. I originally thought that computing would beindependent of mine and field accidents, but I have found there are

often computing-related errors involved, such as:

1. The Air New Zealand crash on Mt Erebus, Antartica, where aclerk instead of a pilot typed the flight course into thecomputer (Stewart 2009i).

2. the 2010 Deepwater Horizon catastrophe reported by Caesar2010 j, which he describes as a ―direct analogue of the Piper

Alpha disaster in 1988‖, with a ―whole series‖ of problems,one of which was the ―engineers‘ inability to read a pressure

test correctly‖ (PESA resource News 2011k gives 11 menkilled, 17 injured, 4.9MM barrels of oil lost).

I think these are a subset of problems as discussed by Stapledon (in1996l he also gives a computing example) where engineers don‘t

i Stewart, 'Sightseers doomed before take-off.' j Ed Caesar, 'Blood, Oil & Money', The Weekend Australian Magazine no. (2010), pp. 10-18.

k 'US Regulator's Verdict in on Macondo', PESA News Resources no. 114 (2011), pp. 30-31.lD.H. Stapledon, 'Keeping the "Geo"; Why and How,' in 7th Australia New Zealand Conference on

Geomechanics: Geomechanics ina Changing World , ed. M.B. Jaksa, W.S. Kaggwa, and D.A. Cameron





Figure 6 plot of risks, for geological computing, by hazardand incident

Occasionally the geologist is confronted with a dangerous situation,in particular working on hazardous mines like the King Island

scheelite mine, the Moura coal mine or Long near Kambalda. Of course the more hazardous the more there is a requirement fordetailed information to put into the computer to try and work outsolutions. The exercise ‗ A capital gains calculator‘ gives guidance onhow to prepare a fact sheet for the writing of a will. The same factsheet doubles as documentation for applying for the dole (Newstartetc), a much more common and less permanent occurrence. If youdo use the same form at least you get the social security departmentto desk check your will for nothing. The documentation has three

parts:

A statement of expected capital gains for your investmentsin shares and projects

A statement of liquidity, that is current amounts of any bank accounts

Balance sheet of profit and loss for any business dealings

a g g

r e i v

e d p e r s o

n

h e a

v y e q u i p

m e n t

l i g h t

n i n g

s t r i k e

w a t e r

i n a / c

d u c t s

m o v i n

g v e h i

c l e

equipment damaged

Legionellosis

strike a person

fire

injury, lifting

injury, over-use

20.5-25.5

15.5-20.5

10.5-15.5

5.5-10.5

0.5-5.5

-4.5-0.5

amelioration none

Max of risk

hazard

incident




Table 15 check list of system-design measures againsthazard category

HAZARD

your hazard

data theft

Table 16 general data theft measures

accidental death or injury

Copyright and plagiarism

Marital stress and unemployment etc.

equipment failure or destruction

0 PREVENTION TYPE

method tick

I HARDWARE

your purchase:

- X - - - laptop/screen blocks

n X n X X use laptops instead of desk tops

- X - X X power surge protectors

X X X n X lockable filing cabinet

X - X - - reports to clients not on display

X n X n X laptop leash

- X - - - separate full-size keyboard

- X - - X laptop cooling pad

II SOFTWARE

your program:

X - X X - use separate logins

X - X X X Table 26 anti-virus software

III PROCESSyour process:

- - - n X use dust sheets

X X X - X lock your doors and windows

X X - - - use copyright banners in scripts

X X - - - use copyright declarations on web-sites

- - - X X computer advice to friends & family

X - X X X Table 29 backup policy

n - X X X Table 73 recovery plan

n - - X - Table 83 financial facts





HAZARD

your hazard

data theft

Table 16 general data theft measures

accidental death or injury

Copyright and plagiarism

Marital stress and unemployment etc.

equipment failure or destruction

0 PREVENTION TYPE

method tick

LEGEND

X : this method is useful against this hazard

- : this method is no obvious affect on this hazardn : this method increases this hazard

I : this is the primary method of protection

III : this is the least satisfactory method of protection

Intellectual property hazards

About 2006, I had to get hold of the Geological Society of Australia‘s ‗Code of Ethics‘ m for a careers night we were participating in atNorwood-Morialta High School, and as you do I had a quick readbecause I hadn‘t looked at them for twenty years. I was struck byhow relevant they were to the current computing situation. Theusual thing: Article I.3 has ―Honesty, integrity etc‖ which I havefound essential for consulting and the expectation that you will bedealing with other people‘s data. However, they got even more

specific to geological computing, take Article II.2 which is a verycurrent topic about re-use of data on the World-Wide-Web (consider Yahoo Pipesn if you want to understand more):

A geologist shall not knowingly permit the publication of his/her reports, maps, or other documents, for any

unsound or illegitimate undertaking.

m 'Code of Ethics for Geologists,' ed. Geological Society of Australia Incorporated (Sydney: GeologicalSociety of Australia).n To learn more about re-use of data on the World Wide Web, try the URL http://pipes.yahoo.com/pipes/




The counterpoint to this, such as cutting and pasting blocks of textfrom an Adobe PDF (portable document format) file into your ownMicrosoft Word document is mentioned specifically in Article IV 2:

A geologist shall freely give credit for work done by others

to whom the credit is due and shall refrain from plagiarism in oral and written communications, and not knowingly

accept credit rightfully due to another geologist.

When I talk to my solicitor I label these two issues as copyright andplagiarism. With copyright and plagiarism, it is not just a case of notdoing it and keeping things confidential. Scientists want their ideasreviewed, so you have balance providing your ideas for discussion

and publicising the worthy ideas of others, it really is our job. Thetips I have found so far in order of usefulness:

1. Talk about your own situation with your lawyer2. Ask him to write you a copyright notice that encourages

readers to re-use your material and get your ideas out andabout

3. Use a banner in your scripts giving copyright to your client if they paid for the time

4. Rather than use third-party web-sites like Panaramio toshow your photographs in Google Earth, use KML files to link your photographs and keep both on your web-site, for whichyou have paid a monthly fee for the storage of your work,and your copyright is acknowleded in the agreement.

5. Keep a watchful eye on government departments as theyfeel they have a right to all material written about the earthunder whatever act they feel gives them this right.

I like to put banners on the top of scripts I have written for clientsand Equation 95 has my usual banner. I did this out of routine andan opportunity to advertise but when questioned the other dayabout it I had a look at ―Copyright‖ in Regan 1990o which dealsprincipally with the result of the Commonwealth Copyright Act 1968under which this book is published, and which he prefaces with ―The interest that vests the exclusive right to publish‖ and gives:

o Regan, 'Copyright.'





Copyright subsists for unpublished original literary, dramatic,musical or artistic works of an author; literary works include

written tables, compilations and dramatic works, scripts including those for films; a painting, sculpture, drawing, or

photograph; computer programs, sound recordings, television

and radio broadcasts. Where an original work is published copyright continues to subsist in the work.

I noticed that that some other workers don‘t put banners on theirstuff and I thought ―oh dear just another example of my pedantry‖.However, in 2008 when Commander Communications Limited wentinto receivership they on-sold my contract to Peoplebank, and Irealised for the first time the affect of the confidentiality clause as I

was not to show the new managers what the old contract wasabout. If I had to demonstrate those scripts I had written under thatcontract belonged to my client it would be untidy because I couldn‘ tuse the clause in the contract about passing the copyright withoutbreaking the contract. So much easier to use the banner anddemonstrate that I am meeting that requirement.

Regan does emphasise the exclusive right of the author, but doesthis remain when dealing with the crown outside the commercialsphere. Position Magazine found in October-November 2008p that in

August of 2008, the High Court of Australia ruled that‖ surveyorsown copyright of their works, and that governments do not have animplied licence to use their material for free‖. The article does finishwith ―Despite the court ruling, there is still a way to go beforesurveyors will receive any payment for use of their work‖, so I amwaiting to see what the practical results are. It was in this frame-of-mind that I reviewed another article in Position Magazine, where it

described the efforts of the Ordnance Survey of Great Britain toprevent their data compilations being used in Google Maps becausethe Google Corporation was adopting the copyright. I am sorry I didnot record the article, assuming it was more propaganda to defendthe dominance of bureaucratic interests, as I had just read theGoogle conditions-of-use for my own purposes and did not considerwhat the OSGB were reported saying was a fair appreciation. Severalmonths later ‗The Weekend Australian‘ q reported something similar

p 'Surveyors Win Copyright', Position Magazine no. 37 (2008), p. 74.q Michaela Boland, 'Google assumes a right to all books,' in The Weekend Australia (Adelaide: The NewsCorporation, 2009).




for literary authors and the Google Books project. In this caseGoogle Corporation was reported as requiring the onus to be on theauthors to request the retention of their copyright, the reverse of what Regan outlined. So the debate continues.

Marital hazards

It is my belief that all geologists have the personality and charm thatecho Trollope‘s eulogy to the Bendigo gold miners (circa 1873)r:However the boom/bust cycle of work, long absences, and artisticfrustration can sour any relationship.

‗intelligent, manly and independent – altogether free from

that subservience which the domination of capital too often produces … in no community are the manners of the

people more courteous or their conduct more decent‘

Despite my faith, it is a tradition in South Australia for the geologistto seriously consider the impact of their career choice on theirmarital prospects. The bleak and lonely semi-desert requires this andthe song about copper mining in South Australia , ‗Blinman to the

Top‘, by Gary Atkins contains the lines

―take your wife, if she‘s prepared,to give up all,and venture forth‖

Despite being 150 years out of date, this verse still sums up theobligation required of a spouse [though this may be changing Tings in 2009 stressed the cooperation of your employer]. This problemhas been treated by other workers as well. Spriggt devotes a wholechapter to ‗Should a geologist marry?‘ in which he quotes the advicehe was given in 1937 but still seems relevant with the retrenchmentof field geologists in 2003 [and also 2009] i.e.:

r Geoffrey Searle, The rush to be rich, a history of the colony of Victoria, 1883-1889, vol. 1883-1889(Carlton, Victoria, 1970) p. 65.s Inga Ting, 'Advance Australia Fair?', Position Magazine no. 43 (2009), pp. 16-17.t Reg Sprigg, Geology is fun (recollections) or the anatomy and confessions of a geological addict. (Flinders Ranges, South Australia, 1989).





―Get it into your skulls that allheiresses are beautiful‖

Whitei is more abstract with the chapter on ‗Motivation andManagement‘ but interaction with the spouse is mentioned again. Ialso feel of all the occupations for a field geologist, the leastconversational is the study of computers AND rocks. There is the oldfallback of learning to play tennis or joining the bush walking clubbut I have found that maintaining a good knowledge of MicrosoftWord, and freely giving of that advice, gives you time with potentialspouses. If you are co-habiting consider setting up a user name foryour friend on your own computer to prevent you spending moretime fixing someone else‘s machine than doing your own work.

There is an also an old adage that an unskilled user will find thebugs faster than a knowledgeable user and it is always better to findthese problems at home base rather than in the field.

Data theft

I first researched identity theft, when I was concerned about abusiness asking for too much personal information, and read the

alert regarding identity theft on www.police.sa.gov.au, the web-siteof the South Australia Police. On a secondary issue but perhaps aneven more significant business best-practice problem, geo-sciencedata workers need to be really spot-on with data confidentiality if they want to provide computing technology to corporations reportingunder the JORC code to the ASX (the Australian Securities Exchange)with the implications of insider trading (see Figure 7) I have done adetailed risk analysis on identity theft which I have included here asa separate sub-section.

Insider trading

A term used to describe securities transactions undertaken by a person who stands in a particular relationship to the

company in whose securities he or she deals and who has

access to information which if generally available would be likely to affect the price of those securities (Corporations

Act 1989 s 1002(1)) to the general public or the securities

industry.




Insider trading is prohibited under part X of the Securities Industry Code and under Part 7.11 of the Corporations Act

1989.

Figure 7 definition of Insider Trading from Ryan (1990)u

I suspect the principles of protection of the two types of data aresimilar, the only difference being that trading information remainsvalid (that is until it is reported) for a shorter period than credit cardsand passports. If you exchange in your mind a photograph for adiagram of a drilling intersection (ASX release) or an auditedfinancial statement (annual report), the work is the same. TheInformation Technology Contract & Recruitment Association has adefinition of confidential information in taken from their code of conduct in ITCRA (2008v) with this encompassing view of confidential data.

―Confidential Information‖ refers to any information which

may reasonably be regarded as confidential, or which was communicated in circumstances implying an obligation of

confidence and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, includes information relating to any dealings,

trade secrets, transactions, or affairs of any Candidate or Client, and to any organisational or operational details.

Figure 8 definition of "Confidential Information" from theITCRA Code of Conduct, 2008

Generally you are considering keeping stock exchange reportinginformation confidential for months, where identity information willbe current for years. More time to steal things the easier it is.

Therefore, if your business can stop identity crime, it can stop insidertrading. On that basis I have a single list of all the remedies for datatheft in Table 16.

u Michael Regan, 'Insider Trading,' in Australian Business Dictionary (Melbourne: Australian BusinessLibrary, 1990).v ITCRA, 'Code of Conduct, authorised by the

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission

19 February 2008,' (Melbourne: Information Technology Contract & Recruitment Association, 2008).





Table 16 a comparison of risk reduction for data theft

hierarchy of control 1

BEST - eliminate

substitute

engineering/isolationadministration / training

WORST - personal protective equipment

risk reduction activity

your activity

destroy or shred the document when no longer needed 2 X X

don‘t carry around extra or unnecessary documentation 2, 3 X X

hire a post office box 3 X X

Make sure your letter box is a suitable size 3 X

Never use recycling bins for confidential documents 3 X X

lock up copies of documents X X

Destroy document before putting in the rubbish bin 3 X

reconcile bank and account statements 2 X

be very cautious when giving information out on the phone 2, 3 X

ask questions about the security of the information 2, 3 X

Empty your letter box every day 3 X

Ask Australia Post to hold your mail when you go bush3 X

lock your letterbox2, 3

X Xcross the copy of the document you provide X X

NOTES1 from Mount Isa Mines (2001)w 2 from 'When bad things happen to your good name'x 3 from the South Australia Police web-site in 2009 y

Identity Crime

I thought I should write on identity theft in this grimoire, becausegeologists are always travelling and using the Internet. The basicdefinitions from www.police.sa.gov.auz are quoted in Figure 9.

w Adapted from materials supplied by Mount Isa Mines, Risk Management Study Guide (Rockhampton,Queensland, 2001).x 'Identity Crime 'When bad things happen to your good name' a guide to community prevention

', ed. South-Western Pacific region Conference of Commisioners of Police (2003).y South Australian Police, 'Safety & Security > Safety & Security Tips > Identity crime ' in Safet & Security 2009 (Adelaide: Government of South Australia, 2006).z Ibid.




What is identity fraud?

Identity fraud is the use of a false identity to gain money,

goods, services or other benefits. It can include the following types of criminal activity: counterfeiting credit

cards, skimming (manually copying numbers or using a magnetic stripe reader) credit cards, the use of stolen credit cards or credit card numbers.

False identities

False identities are often established by: creating a

fictitious identity by manufacturing or forging proof of identity documents, identity theft from an actual person

(living or dead) by using stolen personal information or

forged or stolen identity documents.

What is identity theft?

Identity theft is stealing your name for the purpose of obtaining money, goods, services or other benefits. This

could include: opening fictitious accounts in your name at

banks, credit card providers or department stores,accessing your bank accounts and credit cards. Identity

theft often results in fraud by a 'takeover' of the victim's existing bank accounts or by the fraudulent operation of

new accounts opened in the victim's name.

Figure 9 identity crime definitions from the South AustraliaPolice

I didn't realise that the police in all the Australian states were soconcerned ( the National Identity Security Strategy was headlined inIdentity Security Branch, 2006aa) , though I was thinking the otherday how older people could be tricked by the spam e-mails, I justhadn't made the connection that they would be getting all thecomplaints [Jefferson 2004bb uses the phrase ―seeking assistancefrom the police to restore their good name‖], I sort of thought it wasa Telstra (the major Australian telephone company) issue. InOctober 2009, Detective Sergeant Andrew Bolingbroke, of the

aa Attorney General's Department Identity Security Branch, 'Home > Crime Prevention and Enforcement >Identity Security,' in Crime Prevention and Enforcement , ed. Attorney General's Department 2009(Canberra: Commonwealth of Australia, 2006).bb Judith Jefferson, 'Police and Identity Theft Victims - Preventing Futher Victimisation,' in ResearchPublications (Marden, South Australia: Australasian Centre for Policing Research, 2004).





Commercial & Electronic Crime Branch, kindly spoke to me, over thephone, about the responsibilities for employers or societies collectingpersonal information, and I made these notes.

You probably need to put lines through any images (toprevent them being used for fraud).He also commented that banks are sighting the documentsonly and not keeping copies because under the Federal anti-terrorism act: if you have it, you have to hand it over, andthen they can be sued.Don‘t put images on un-protected disks and don‘t send themthrough open e-mailDigital data/images are a concern to the Major Fraud Squad

because they can be so easily sent overseas and out of their jurisdiction.

Southam (2009cc) extended his statement for other businesses aswell with the advice of the Recruitment & Consulting Services

Association (RCSA) to only sight documents with photographs evenfor such mundane practice as verifying a driver‘s licence to use awork vehicle. After thinking about it, this not much different to anyother hazard that we encounter and I can put together a risk analysis in the same way. To begin with I can see the magnitude of consequences differing based on the five types of documents inTable 18. This is a good practice in itself, Main and Robson (2001dd)list the ―weighting of documents into categories‖ in their Figure 3

‗summary of registration and confirmation processes employed‘.However, the different approach in Table 17 is taken from the South

Australian identity theft acthh where all forms of identification aretreated equally including personal identification numbers and

alternatively the consequences vary if you are a minor, if you aretrying to buy alcohol or enter licensed premises, or if you justattempt to, rather than produce, distribute or exchange theprohibited material, separate from actually committing the fraud orother criminal act. Subsequently this makes sense of why the

cc Kate Southam, 'Keeping photos not on,' in The Advertiser (Adelaide: Advertiser Newspapers PtyLimited, 2009).dd Geoff Main and Brett Robson, 'Scoping Identity Fraud, an abridged version of a report on identity fraudrisks in Commonwealth agencies.,' ed. Attorney General's Department (Canberra: Commonwealth of

Australia, 2001).




Information Technology Contract and Recruitment Association havetheir code of conduct to supplement the legislation.

Table 17 risk matrix for identity theft

category of consequenceuse identity documents to commit another offence

produce, distribute or exchange identity documents

attempt to produce, distribute or exchange identity documents

use to purchase proscribed drugs or enter a licensed premises

use by minor

document storage method

electronic or digital image 11 16 20 23 25

physical possession 7 12 17 21 24

notated facsimile 4 8 13 18 22paper facsimile 2 5 9 14 19

sighting 1 3 6 10 15

NOTES

18 to 25 : High level of risk

6 to 17 : Medium level of risk

1 to 5 : Low level of risk

I can also imagine how the likelihood of a theft increases with the

way that data is stored. Until I spoke to Det. Sgt Bolingbroke I wouldhave put physical possession as being most likely opportunity formisuse, but the rating of likelihood after his advice is this:

1. sighting2. paper facsimile (photocopy)3. notated facsimile4. physical possession5. electronic or digital image

Now with hierarchies of consequence and likelihood, the risk matrix,in Table 17, is straight forward, and matches those found in anymine or construction siteee. Then it is a matter of minimising the risk factor for any given responsibility.

Table 18 consequences of identity crime

type of consequence

ee Mines, Risk Management Study Guide.





process Interruption

financial cost

personal injury, ‗damage ….caused to name and reputation‘ 1

RATING CATEGORY

consequence

1 USE BY A MINOR

embarrassment in the work place X

2 USE TO BUY ALCOHOL OR ENTER A LICENSED PREMISES

exclusion from membership 2 X

suspension from membership 2 X

maximum fine AUD 5000 2 X

reprimand or severe reprimand 2 X

directed to obtain advice 2 ? X

attend education courses 2 ? X

pay expenses of investigation and disciplinary action 2 Xpublicise name and details of breach 2 X

3 ATTEMPT TO PRODUCE, DISTRIBUTE OR EXCHANGE

as above X X X

4 PRODUCE, DISTRIBUTE OR EXCHANGE ID DATA

as above X X X

maximum imprisonment of 3 years 3 X

5 USE TO COMMIT ANOTHER OFFENCE

credit card, bank or utility account

as above X X Xdifficulty in restoring your credit rating 1 X X

regain the trust of financial institutions 1 X

valid passport especially a biometric one

as above X X X

LEGEND

X : this type involves this particular consequence

? : this type may involve this particular consequence

NOTES1 these consequences given in ‗When bad things happen to your good name‘ ff 2 these consequences from ITCRA Code of Conduct (2008gg)3 these consequences from Criminal Law Consolidation (Identity Theft) Amendment Act 2003 (2004hh)

Consequences may be further sorted by these types of documents:

i. personal identification number

ii. birth extract/ birth certificate

ff 'Identity Crime 'When bad things happen to your good name' a guide to community prevention

'.gg ITCRA, 'Code of Conduct, authorised by the

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission

19 February 2008.'hh 'Criminal Law Consolidation (Identity Theft) Amendment Act 2003,' (South Australia: South AustralianLegislation, 2003).




iii. driver‘s licence with photograph

iv. credit card, bank or utility account

v. valid passport especially a biometric one

Legionellosis, temperature and humidity stress

In 2011, the year of the floods in Queensland and Victoria, increasedwater flow into the River Murray and the re-opening of the mouth inSouth Australia, my land lady arranged for the house to be painted,but first she had to get the ―leak in the ceiling fixed‖. It turned outnot to be loose roof iron but water in the air-conditioning duct to mywork room. The increased humidity had caused icing within thesealed evaporator unit and this was melting into the duct. This

reminded me of the potential of diseases which be can be contractedby contact with water or soil such as Legionaire‘s disease (orLegionellosis as used within this category by SA Healthii )

Figure 10 occurrences of selected notifiable diseases fromSouth Australia (after Buckett 2009, Communicable DiseaseControl Branch Report jj)

ii

'You've Got What?,' (Adelaide: Government of South Australia, SA Health, 2009). jj Kevin Buckett, 'Prevention,' in Public Health Bulletin SA 6 (Adelaide: Government of South Australia,

SA Health, 2009).

0.1

1

10

100

1000

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Malaria Meningicoccal disease

Ross River virus infection Tetanus

Gonorrhoea Legionellosis





What is the likelihood of Legionellosis? An examination of Figure 10shows that likelihood is in the order of the other water-borne diseaseMeningicoccal disease (sometimes contracted from under-chlorinatedtap water) or getting malaria. From the geologist‘s point of view: it isan order of magnitude less than getting Ross River fever in a wetyear, but several orders of magnitude more likely than gettingtetanus from a rock graze. Against the general background of alldisease it is an order of magnitude less chance than gettingGonorrhea. So if using a condom every time is your average/mediumlikelihood, then there is a low likelihood. A quick check in Wikipediakk shows that bacteria causing Legionellosis breed in the temperaturerange for computer operation (Figure 11), but rapid growth is limitedto the 35 to 46 C range which is above operating temperature. I

haven‘t been able to find any guidelines for ducted air-conditioners,but if we assume the average romance routine is once-a-week, thenonce-a-month run the air-conditioner in the reverse cycle or leavethe air-conditioner off in summer for several days, to dry thoseducts. A heat wave should also do the trick as Wikipediakk gives thatat 55 C Legionellae die within 5 to 6 hours. If you don‘t have theopportunity to turn off the air-conditoner then operate it at 18 Cwhich keeps the Legionellae dormant.

Figure 11 temperature tolerances for selected computersplotted against critical temperatures for Leginellae bacteria

kk 'Legionellosis,' in Wikipedia 2011 (Wikimedia Foundation, Inc, 2011).

-60

-40

-200

20

40

60

80

Toshiba, 2005 HP, 2011 netbook, 2010 Legionellae d e g r e e s C e n t i g r a d e

make, year

max oper. T

max T

min Tmin oper. T




Generally, the health and safety warnings you have read in theleaflets accompanying a new system are straightforward andobvious. The only doubtful one is in regard to heat stress (see Figure11) and dust on the computer, which you have to ignore to someextent. Generally, as suggested by the humidity range increasing inFigure 12 and the netbook in Figure 11, the tighter the device is puttogether the less likely that dust, heat or humidity will affect it: so Iinspect the seams of any computer system I considering buying.

Figure 12 acceptable limits for humidity in computeroperation and storage

0

20

40

60

80

100

Toshiba, 2005 HP, 2011 netbook, 2010

% w

a t e r v a p o u

r

make, year

max oper. humid.

max humid.

min humid

min oper. humid.





Where can I get a computer?

This section is in the form of a specification for a new computersystem based on my historical requirements, the outcome of which is

shown in Table 19. There are further descriptions of the historicalcomputers in the ‗Replacing my computer‘ sub-section:

The ―MrsPots‖ system, used 2005 to 2011 The ―Luminiere‖ system, used 2000 to 2005

Please feel free to suggest any improvements for a geologist‘spersonal computing system as described by the hardware and

software listed in this section. In a number of cases there are graphsto help predict future capacity and aid the selection of centralprocessor unit etc.




Table 19 previous systems for Computers in Geology

component LuminiereMrsPots

( AUD 5 300 )

Period of use 1999 -2004 2005 -2011

operating system MS Win 98 MS Win XP

computer brand and model

HP Omnibook 4150 Toshiba Satellite M30

processing chip Pentium II Pentium M

random access memory 128MB RAM 1GB RAM

sound card NeoMagic MagicWave

peripheral HP Deskjet 880C

· Floppy Plus card reader

· USB Port replicator

· trackball

· HP Officejet 6500

accessory

· S-Notebook backpack

· Notebook leash

· MS Office 2003 Pro

http://www.officeworks.com.au/b2c_011/b2c/menuHandling.do?query=BJLOG0721

http://www.officeworks.com.au/b2c_011/b2c/menuHandling.do?query=BJLOG0721





Chapter 2 – METHOD: an ore system acts on anearth model

In this chapter I expand on the concept of the earth modelintroduced in the previous chapter. To this end I use examples from

the Eastern Goldfields around Ballarat, in Victoria, Australia. Themodel corresponds to the Ballart sheet regional geology mappublished by the Victorian Government. An earth model may havefive computing components of

sub-system for processing Logic data sub-system for processing Astronomical data sub-system for processing Geometric data

sub-system for processing Algebraic data sub-system for processing Rhetoric sub-system for processing Grammatical data

So this chapter is about fitting the data for the Ballarat sheet intothese modules ready for the ore system to be applied against it. Thatore system is then examined in the light of the phases of anexploration cycle.




Replacing my computer system

In 1999 I bought a geological computing system based around aHewlett Packard Omnibook 4150 laptop computer and an HP Deskjet

880C (the other specifics are given in the section for the ―Luminiere‖ system). I then completely depreciated that system and replaced itwith a Toshiba Satellite M30 laptop with several printers. Previous tothose two systems I had two desktop computer based systemswhich had the strengths of:

professional documentation secure packaging cheap good quality black and white printing from an

Epson LQ-570 5.25 ― and 2.5‖ drives plus CD-ROM the reduced compile time for C programs on the 120

MHz Pentium CPU

The documentation and good packaging are important when you aregoing bush. The weaknesses I found were:

a lack of disk space, heat stress affecting the calculations having to keep the machine running for receiving faxes

*, unable to fax from Windows *, relatively primitive visual presentations, modem too slow for Internet facilities, I could not do colour brochures, the backups to Travan tape were not easily browsed and

restored, having to limit my presentation files to less than 1.44 Mb

so I could transfer them to the printer to Bridgehead tobe converted to 35 mm slides or to Snap printing to beprinted out as posters.

Subsequently, I bought a standalone fax-answering machine and thisremoved those problems marked with *. The Kodak CD-RW writer

was purchased after the tape drive failed and was found moreuseful, so I never bothered to get the tape drive repaired. Everythingelse has generally been improved by adopting a laptop instead of the





desktop system and colour inkjet printers instead of dot matrix. Wemay be in for another cycle of improvement as in the Hazardssection later in the book, it is discussed that netbooks have greaterenvironmental tolerances than laptops.

My latest laptop is the HP Envy 1100. I chose it from several thatcomplied with the minimum specification shown for 2010 in Table 21because it had a:

a graphics chip compatible with DirectX the large 17.6 inch screen the gear was readily available at Officeworks the very small Imation USB2.0 Atom Flash Drive

a full version of Microsoft One Note wrapped in the OfficeProfessional 2010 software.

The packing case the best sealed I have seen The user manual, including health and safety manuals is on

SD flash card but there is also an option to automaticallyinstall these on the local disk, an option I used.

The Quick Web application for quickly starting an Internetbrowser, rather than having to start up Windows all the way.

The back-lit keyboard, including a switch to turn it off if youwant to save power.

The Microsoft Access exports the XML schemas as well asthe data, plus an example XSL(T) template for displaying onthe net, which saves an awful amount of time scripting thesethings up.

The things I don‘t like with the new observatory system are:

a 2 year warranty instead of 3 years, as a result of it beingreduced in price on clearance sale.,

not getting Microsoft InfoPath, special data loading softwarein the Microsoft Office Professional package, the mostupgraded package I could get.

The CD/DVD driver can‘t handle 8 cm compact disks The battery needs to be activated by turning on the

computer with the power on even after fully charging it asper the instructions. This was not mentioned in thoseinstructions.




The Microsoft Office 2010 suite is quite radical compared toprevious versions and I spend a lot of time convertingexisting documents which get corrupted when saving to thenew version formats, and finding how things work in detail.

The videos for as part of the help system, rather thanproperly laid out help files that can you can speed read.

The mirror affect on the display screen. In some lightconditions I end up looking at myself not the opendocument.

The intention from the desktop days was that there was to be a fieldcomputer linked to the observatory computer. I have trialled anumber of machines: Canon personal organizer, HP Ipaq, a Samsung

mobile phone, and a Digital portable computer. Most recently, 2010 Itried a Dell netbook. The things I liked about the Dell Inspironmin1012 are:

It has been set up to delete the supplied operating systemand replace it with an alternative, for example Linux.

The sim card from the Telstra radio modem can be inserteddirectly ino the computer.

Video camera LiIon battery technology allows recharging without having to

discharge completely. The screen very good in daylight conditions

Things that I thought were weaknesses for this application:

19V charger system Difficult recovery disk generation

Difficult updates for the BIOS 65C maximum temperature for batteries Not very clearly defined keyboard Pointing device was imprecise Screen was glary under electric light

From the experience with desktop, laptop and now netbook computers, I have generalised a shopping list of components inTable 20. Each of the components is described in further detail in thesections that follow discussion of environment of use.




Table 20 shopping list for a geological computer system

0 COMPONENT

specification need no. tick

A LAPTOP OR NETBOOK

your item:

central processing unit as per Table 28 I 2

multimedia components as per Table 28 I 2

secondary storage as per Table 28 I 2

modem as per Table 28 I 2

Table 30 connection ports

B SOFTWARE

Table 27 software to be supplied with the hardware

Table 25 utility software against functionTable 26 computer virus-protection for a laptop

Table 22 special software

C PERIPHERALS

Table 29 current backup policy

your item:

3g modem I 1

USB hub with ports as per Table 30 I 1

WiFi Hub (Ethernet capability) 11g/n as in Table 30 I 1Table 31 check list for an observatory printer I 1

D MISCELLANEOUS

your item:

8 GB USB drive for recovery disk I 2

security cable as per Table 15 I 2

notebook colling stand as per Table 15 II 1

notebook back-pack II 2

Uninterruptible Power Supply1

III 1Dr PC service III 1

LEGEND

I : must be present

II : should be present

III : could be present as it is nice to have

NOTES1 Please see my 2004 reviews of unterruptible power supplies (UPS) for the Australian GeoscienceTechnology web-sitell 2 Please see my website www.grantjacquier.info/develop.htm

ll Grant L Jacquier, 'Uninterruptible Power Supplies,' 2004 (Jacquier, Grant Leslie, 2004).





The “MrsPots” system, used 2005 to 2011

The computer hardware I am using at the moment is fromOfficeworks but previously I had a custom-built system from Logi-

Tech in Adelaide, see the section on ―Luminiere‖ and listed in Table1, and who will still do a nice multi-computer network for individualcontractors/consultants. You can see my review of potential systemsin the worksheet ‗Comparison‘ in the Microsoft Excel spreadsheetStudEx.xsl [student examples] loaded on this web site. I bought thestuff from Officeworks, rather than a boutique supplier like LogiTech(who provided the previous system), because I was keen to see if Icould do an off-the-shelf system: a complete geo-computer foraround AUD 10 000, that anyone in Australia could purchase and

setup. The accounting for this design, including the subscriptioncosts excluded from that initial cost, are shown in ‘parts‘ and‘reckoning‘ worksheets also in StudEx.xsl

Some problems from the MrsPots system:

The IOmega Floppy Plus drive and the Targus USB2.0 portreplicator gives security warnings when installing the device

drivers. This is mentioned in the Targus manual so I knew toover-ride it. The IOmega Floppy Plus, floppy drive does not work if

connected to the port replicator, it has to be connecteddirectly to the PC (also suggested in the IOmega manual).

the automatic installation from CD of the Business ContactManager (Office 2003) stalled, but was successfully installedwhen I went the through the ‗Add or Remove programs‘ function in the Control Panel.

The “Luminiere” system, used 2000 to 2005

The system that first replaced the desktop systems I used in the late20th Century was comprised of:

HP Notebook 4150 PII 300, 32 MB SDRAM, 6.4 Gigabyte HDD,

http://c/DATA/C_IN_G/LETTERS/Download.htm

http://www.logitech.com.au/

http://c/DATA/C_IN_G/StudEx.xls



http://www.logitech.com.au/

http://c/DATA/C_IN_G/LETTERS/Download.htm




1.44 Mb FDD, 32 speed CD ROM, 14.1‖TFT Screen, Xircom 56Kbps fax/modem, PS2 two button Microsoft Mouse, MS Office professional, HP 880C Colour inkjet printer (12 months RTD Warranty), Warranty: 36 months return to base for notebook, backup Exec software with Seagate Travan TR-1 cartridge

(400/800 Mb) , and other software of the time as suggested from the

spreadsheet www.grantjacquier.info/develop.htm

The things I liked about the Hewlett Packard system:

The 3-year warranty and service in each Australian state andthe two and half day turnaround to get a motherboardreplaced, when I was in Melbourne.

The ease of moving the laptop computer from office tohome to university, it was even better than the AppleMacintosh 512, I had in the late 80s.

Being able to use the computer while travelling on theOverland train.

The excellent printer drivers for the HP Deskjet 880C The LCD screen reduced eye strain I found Microsoft Wordpad superior to Microsoft Notepad for

editing text files Being able to use the CD backup disks as archives or as data

transfer disks as well. being able to let my girlfriend use the HP 880C with

Macintosh Blueberry.

The infrared connection to the university‘s HP laser printers,saved lots of time having to set up network connections orhook up a parallel cable, when I did need to do a printeddraft of a thesis.

Being able to configure a separate simplified environmentwhen my girlfriend wanted to borrow my computer.

Things I found I didn‘t like:

the flat keyboard made typing more difficult unplugging all the different cables from the array of ports





the sound card was not recommended for the Parrot headsetI got with the Dragon Naturally Speaking 5 software.

Re-writable CDs were not worth the trouble of loading the Adaptec DirectCD software. They could only have a coupleof backups before they were exhausted and couldn‘t be usedon any other machine except thatwhich had DirectCD loadedand running.

The USB Kodak CD-Writer stopping on me mid backup Problems reading Microsoft Write files in either Microsft

Word 2000 or Microsoft Wordpad The big stack of backup CDs that I have ended up with. Not being able to upgrade the ISI ResearchSoft EndNote

because the Microsoft Windows 98 operating system was not

longer supported. Not being able to read my girlfriend‘s USB2 thumb drive the intolerance to warmer office temperatures where there is

no air conditioning, such as the university.

Environment of use

My business is providing special computing services to the mineraland petroleum industries. This includes system and programdevelopment in Microsoft Windows, as well as site investigation andresearch. The laptop PC to for this work will be used to do:

software development general office administration client database and report archive maintaining financial accounts writing reports and theses

creating presentations and posters demonstrating software desktop publishing of newsletter and advertising pamphlets maintaining a web page

The laptop PC will be situated in an office, hotel room, train carriageor convention centre with mains power but not necessarily air-conditioning. Temperature and humidity limitations are treated inFigure 11 and Figure 12 of the Hazards section, later in the book. Tocomplete the usual nominated environmental constraints, I havealtitude in Figure 13, which hasn‘t ever been a consideration in my




work, but other geologists conducting air surveys may be interested.I think Figure 13 does indicate that computer manufacturers aremaking computers more suitable for carrying in the holds of aircraftby improving the maximum altitude at which they can be carried.

Figure 13 laptop computer air pressure tolerances

The minimum computing specifications for the computer are inTable 21. These are determined by considering the requirements forsoftware being used at that time. My web-site has a page dedicatedto the calculations at www.grantjacquier.info/develop.htm .

-1000

1000

3000

5000

7000

9000

11000

13000

15000

Toshiba, 2005 HP, 2010 HP, 2011

m e t r e s a b o v e s e a l e v e l

make, year

max oper. alt.

max alt.

min alt.

min oper. alt.

http://www.grantjacquier.info/develop.htm








Table 21 minimum specification for a new computer system

RESTRICTION

Your requirement tick

my options year OPERATING SYSTEM

your requirement:

Microsoft Windows XP 2010

Microsoft Windows ME 2005

DISK SPACE

your requirement:

12 Gigabytes 2010

9 Gigabytes 2005

PROCESSOR CAPACITY

your requirement:

Intel Pentium III 800 Mhz 2010

Intel Pentium III 500 Mhz 2005

your requirement:

512 Megabytes of RAM 2010

128 Megabytes of RAM 2005

VIDEO CARD

your requirement:

32 MB DirectX compatible 2010

1024×768, 16 bit color 2005

Software modules

The application software used in the ‗Çomputers in Geology‘ computing system is based around the concepts in Table 22. Youmay be surprised but this table was only filled in with the addition of

Google Earth in December 2007. Up until then the slot occupied bythat software was listed as ‗by hand on mylar over photos & maps‘. Theintroduction of Google Earth is a good example of the adage of an




applied scientist of ―twice the cost, ten times the functionality‖. WithGoogle Earth the same marked up photograph can be displayed atten (or more) different scales and there is even algorithms built-in tomake sure your pin marks don‘t overcrowd, as well as your photo isendless from one side of the earth to the other. Also from time totime the photography is updated all without disturbing your plottedmarks.

The following sections are the three lots of software which need tobe considered with every purchase of a computer:

operating system software Software for finding computer viruses

software required to be supplied

Table 22 software for the „Computers in Geology‟ computingsystem

APPLICATION GEO-COMPUTING MODULE

(activity) logic historic algebraic cartographic rhetoric

Reconnaissance(research &

cataloguing)

DMCinG search

centreMS Excel Google Earth

ISI R.

EndNote

Field work (field data andverification)

CinG feldbuch.xls MS Outlook

Preparation of results(analyses & processing)

GSMapViewer

MS Excel GS Surfer MS Word

Project review(corporateinformation & data sharing)

CinG Taumodel

CinGGeoTime3 CinG Intranet G. FreeView 9 MS Outlook

Proposal forfurther work (summary andpresentation)

MS Powerpoint / MS Publisher

Reporting(archive & reporting)

ISI R.EndNote

MS Excel ISI R. EndNote MS Word





The vendors for Table 22 are given in Table 23, but this itself is onlya summary of the full list of software employed. The full list can befound on the Computers in Geology websitemm .

Table 23 major vendors and key to Table 22

Principal vendors

CinG Computers in Geology

DM Data Metallogenica (web site)

GS Golden Software

Google Google

ISI R. ISI Researchsoft

MS Microsoft

G. Geomatica

operating system software

The minimum acceptable operating system is Microsoft Windows ME,or preferably better. This is also true for anti-virus software whichcomes bundled including a free update licence but I prefer to buy my

own and I discuss this in following section on anti-virus software.Other optional operating system software is covered in ‗utilitysoftware‘.In summary any computer package should also include thegraphical, machine and application interface software namely:

i. Microsoft Windowsii. An HTML and Java browser for Internet applications.iii. Drivers for the peripherals

Recommendations for device drivers are given Table 24.

mm http://grantjacquier.info/develop.htm#software




Table 24 drivers for additional devices

category response tick

question mine yours

universal serial bus (USB) Floppy disk drive

Model Iomega Floppy PlusDriver name: CITIZEN X1-USB Floppy

Driver date: 1/07/2002

Driver version: 1.0.01

universal serial bus (USB) hub

Model USB Composite Device

Driver name: CITIZEN X1-USB Floppy

Driver date: 1/07/2001

Driver version: 5.1.2600.0

Digital Signer Microsoft Windows Publisher

Printer

Name Deskjet 880C

description: HP Deskjet 880C

version: 5.1.2600.2180

manufacturer: HP

Optional utility software

Apart from the basic operating system Barnes 1989qq gives fivefeatures of additional utility software plus some examples requiredfor a geologist as given in Table 25. Barnes only allocates MicrosoftWindows to one category, but gradually over the years it has takenup many of the functions he employed other software for.

Additionally software accompanying or bundled with Microsoft

purchased products such as Microsoft Internet Explorer, Microsoft Active Sync and Microsoft Script Editor, while maintaining the theme,have greater functionality than the software specially purchased byBarnes in his time.





Table 25 utility software against function

functionality of utility software 1

Operating system organisers

File managers

backup and archiving softwarecommunication software

menu system software

your need:

software name

Adobe Quicktime (on making of Australia CD-ROM) X

Le Menu 1 n

Microsoft Internet Explorer 2 - -

Microsoft Active Sync 2 X

Dragon Naturally Speaking 3 X

Fastwire II 1 n

Laplink 1 n

Procomm 1 n

Microsoft Windows (XT and later) - - - - -

Alloy/Novell 1 n

PKARC 1 n

Sytos1

nLister 1 n

Microsoft Word 1 X

Norton Utilities 1 X X

Table 35 script editors 1, 2 X X n

Table 26 anti-computer-virus software X

LEGEND

X still superior to the Microsoft Windows offering

- the standard, usually Microsoft Windows

n was good in its time but now superseded by modern Microsoft WindowsNOTES1 from Barnes, 1989nn 2 this software comes bundled with Microsoft Office or other valid Microsoft licence3 I reviewed this software for the Australian Geoscience Technologies web-siteoo, though I have goneback to the Microsoft offering

nn Julian F. H. Barnes, 'Exploration computing in a small company environment. ,' in Computers inExploration - Where we are now and where we are going, Seminar No. 7 , Australian Institute of Geoscientists Bulletin No 9 (Perth: Australian Institute of Geoscientists, 1989).oo Grant L Jacquier, 'Dragon Naturally Speaking 5 - Preferred Edition,' (Parkside, South Australia:Computers in Geology, 2003).Ibid.




Software for finding computer viruses

Barnes states that ―software utilities comprise,in general, a group of programs which are designed to make the MS-DOS environment asefficient as possible‖ and this is very true of anti-virus software. Athese are conventional hazards associated with computing: computerviruses, Trojan horses, identity phishing etc. etc; I have found thatsubscription to a virus checking service has been adequate but Ihave developed some buying preferences which I have given inTable 26, an assessment form, but introduce here.

My favourite anti-virus software was the original Vet software whichprovided rescue disk and software on a monthly basis, just dropthem in the box with your backups and that is your disastermanagement plan. The Symantec product featured all the utilitiesfrom the Norton utilities program, plus a web-site for rescuing yourcomputer; it would do the scans from there. Norton Internet Security(netbook) software with a licence code for a years updates, availableoff-the-shelf at Officeworks, is on provided a USB thumb-drive which

made it very easy to install on a netbook, (and later on mynotebook, when the AVG subscription runs out) and can be stuffedinto the documentation folder for that computer.

So it is not all the fancy detection algorithms that influence me whenselecting virus-checking software but rather the features I like are:

Provided software disk for reloading when your system doesgo down

Routines to generate Rescue disks Extra utilities to fix files and handle corruption Nominating a file or folder to be checked when I need it

The annoying disadvantages I have found is interference with therunning of software (Trend Micro and Norton 360), interferingscheduled disk scans (AVG), requiring registration on the web-sitewith passwords and e-mail addresses even though you have paid the

money, have a license number and loaded the software which knowswhere to look for the files (both Symantec products and TrendMicro) and abusing the automatic update by sending advertising





(Trend Micro).

I don‘t understand why the updating on the Internet has to be sointrusive, when you consider that the time signal fromtime.microsoft.com does something similar and a lot of peoplewouldn‘t even know that their calendar and clock are being updated.I think it has been slowly improving after the backward step frommailed disks, and I found that I couldn‘t notice the updates fromNorton Internet Security (netbook) edition which features intelligentdownloading for people on the move in airports and the like, so it issuperior to the disks system of Vet.

On data going the reverse way I was surprised that in the 2009

upgrade of the AVG software that the conditions of use included aclause allowing for automatic sampling of files from your hard disk and return the virus centre. This may go down well in easternEuropean countries, but this undermines your data theft proceduresfor research (intellectual property), society (identity theft) and JORCreporting (insider trading) businesses. I retained the old version of

AVG and won‘t be renewing the license until their work methodchanges. After it was looking like things were getting worse, I feltthere was a general improvement with Norton Internet Security, thenetbook edition. This still required file sampling, in the license theywrote in the licence

―4. Privacy Data Protection

From time to time, the Software may collect certain

information from the computer on which it is installed, which may include: … Portable executable files that are identified as

potential malware … Such Automatic submission function may

be deactivated after installtion by following the instructions in the documentation for applicable products.‖

In summary the things I don‘t like in a virus checking software are:

Unauthorised file sampling Password registration e-mail marketing intrusive processing and messaging not coping with disconnection from the Internet





Table 26 satisfaction matrix for virus-protection for a laptop

Date: software

Minimising interference during the day while you are working

Rigmarole in updating the virus patternsMore obscure product so not deliberately targeted by hackers

Supplying a rescue disk and clean-up utilities

Supplying software on disk for disaster management

submission of sample files to the vendor

Your criteria:

Virus checking service name rating

a perfect score: 49

Your service

Vet by Vet 75% 6 7 6 7 5 7

Vet by Computer Associates 50% 5 3 5 5 1 5

Trend Micro PC-cillin 50% 7 5 3 4 3 2

Norton 360 by Symantec 40% 4 2 7 2 2 1

Norton Internet Security (netbook) 60% 3 6 4 3 7 6

McAfee‘s 2 25% 1 1 1 1 4 4

AVG via Laser IT (here in Adelaide) 45% 2 4 2 6 6 32 this software comes bundled with Microsoft Windows

software required to be supplied

There is software that will be re-used for the new system, so there is

no need to get a quote on it, and is mentioned here forcompleteness only. If you think there is a conflict with the otherparts of the specification, please let me know. The list and systemrequirements for all software are listed on the Computers in Geology web-sitepp. The software to be supplied is Microsoft Office includingMS Word, MS Excel, MS Outlook and MS Access as per Table 27.

pp http://www.grantjacquier.info/develop.htm#software




Table 27 software to be supplied with the hardware

computer: date:

SOFTWARE CATEGORY

item need1

quotation2

OKincl. sep.

m y m y m y

0 SOFTWARE THAT IS ASSUMED TO BE SUPPLIED NORMALLY

operating system I X

utilities I X

image editing software II -

Internet Browser I ?

1 PRODUCTIVITY SOFTWARE TO BE PURCHASED

Microsoft Word I XMicrosoft Excel I X

Microsoft Outlook (O+) I X

Microsoft Publisher (B+) II

Microsoft PowerPoint I X

M. Business Contact Manager (B+) II

Microsoft Access (P+) II

Microsoft OneNote (H+) III

Microsoft InfoPath (U only) III

2 UTILITY SOFTWARE TO BE PURCHASEDcomputer virus checker as per Table 26 I X

version Microsoft Office suite, most modules at top:

2003 Office Ultimate (U)

2007 Office Professional (P)

2010 Office Small Business (B)

other: Office Standard / Office Home and Business (O)

Office Home and Student (H) 1

NOTES1

Microsoft Office Home and Student is not available for commercial work

System Hardware

I choose a Microsoft Windows based machine because mostengineering, most surveying and a good deal of specialist geo-scientific software runs on it. Also Microsoft Windows machines aresupported more widely in rural Australia, so if I need maintenance or

assistance while working in the bush it is more likely to be available. Alternatively, running on an Apple Macintosh (Mac) just isolates you





from the best software, because if the Mac software is any good thesoftware developers can afford to port the code to the MicrosoftWindows environment and cash in on the economies of scale. Someof the heavy weight processing software still runs best on Unix orLinux but each year the major developers are porting more of theirmodules to the Microsoft Windows environment, to leave just theprocessing and data management core on the Unix server.

As for any concerns of Microsoft hegemony, any scientist should beconcentrating on the scientific issues of his data and application, notworrying about networks, printers, screen selection, disk management or even the usability of, or fatigue from the screeninterface. If there is a need to change in the future the accountants,

engineers and bank clerks will be changing as well, so do whateverthey do.

The modems come in two types, one for around the office usemaking a local area network (LAN) and the other for connectingoutside the office making a wide-area network (WAN).

1. 1 x modem for WAN use. This modem must be suitable forconnecting to an Internet service provider, as well as thirdparty bulletin boards. It would be of benefit if I could alsoconnect to the modems (+2400 baud) of my clients‘ mainframe computers. It would be nice if the modem was alsoable to send faxes.

2. 1 x modem for LAN use to access a Siemans Speedstream9671 WiFi , 100/10baseT Ethernet hub.

The hardware in Table 28 must run the above software effectively.

Where possible I have given indication of the minimum requirementbut please give advice on the suitability.

One integrated visual display unit is required including video card tobe able to support at least 1024×768, 16 bit color (SVGA?) mode.The PC should also have a Windows compatible sound card andintegrated speakers. A VGA port for attaching a second creen orprojector is required. A nice to have is the digital TV receiver, as thisgives you access to local weather and entertainment withoutincreasing the amount of gear you take into the field. The othercomponents discussed are:




Chip set Secondary storage Data backup device Ports local-area-networks (LAN) Modem and wide-area-networks (WAN) printer





Table 28 computer components (central processing unit)

0 COMPONENT


A COMPUTER CHIP SET

your item:

additional RAM III 1

DirectX compatible graphics chip II 1

nVIDEA graphics compatibility III 1

mathematics logic chip III 1

B MULTIMEDIA COMPONENTS

your item:

external microphone port I 1integrated speakers I 1

external speaker port I 1

web-cam I 1

digital television tuner III 1

C SECONDARY STORAGE

description min. size min. speed need no. tick

hard drive 12 GB I 1

CD-ROM compatible drive 640 MB 16x I 1

DVD R/W compatible drive 4 GB 4.7 GB I 1D MODEM

your item:

Table 30 connection ports I ?

fax capability V90 modem & facsimile II 1

inbuilt 3G modem III 1

E OTHER

your item:

security cable connector (Kensington lock) I 1

2 year service guarantee I 1

5 year service guarantee II 1

sub 12V charging III 1

LEGEND

I : must be present






The chip set for the computer

Barnes in 1989qq, explained that for a geology office there should beone or two computers, with the highest clock speed affordable, and

at that time that was at least 16 MHz, he preferred the Intel 8038616-bit processor; plus an arithmetic chip [actually built into thatmodel, but before the 386 it had been an expansion option, that iswhy he mentioned it]. The random access memory or RAM was tobe calculated by examination of the software, there were to be asmany ports as possible (a minimum of two parallel and two serial).

To this specification I would add: check the power supply. TheToshiba Satellite M30 laptop computer has a 15V DC power supply,

and I think all Toshiba models have this specification. It would bebetter for a field geologist if the computer could be run on 12Vpower supply from the cigarette lighter connection in a Land Cruiser.Lesser voltages are no worry as there are plenty of adaptors aroundto step down the voltage to 9, 6 or 5 volts, but I have only seen oneto step it up to 15V and that was at the stand of specialist marineelectrics stall at a boat show. Also I am not concerned that thecurrent supplied from the car battery would have to be higher,because you can either install a heavier duty battery or add anotherbattery in parallel as often is done for two-way radios. As we oftenhave to drive such long distances to get to site, there will not be aproblem recharging the car batteries at the end of the day.

In short form the update of the specification I used in 2005 forselection of the Toshiba Satellite M30 and then later for the Dell Mini10 netbook is:

a minimum of 128 Megabytes of RAM1x CPU with at least an Intel Pentium III, 500 Megahertzmicroprocessor or better. The prediction from Figure 14suggests between 2 and 4 Gigahertz.The serial/parallel port capability either directly as had beenthe case in the previous HP OmniBook, or as a USB hub.12 V or less internal battery power supply and the Li-Iontypeallows to recharge without first discharging the batterycompletely.

qq Barnes, 'Exploration computing in a small company environment. .'





The operating system and application interface should alsobe supplied.

y = 9E-186x41.116

0.1

1

10

100

1000

10000

100000

Jan-80 Jan-90 Jan-00 Jan-10

time (years)

p r o c e s s o r f r e q u e n c y ( M H z )

previous chip netbook Power (previous chip)

Figure 14 the increasing speed of the micro-processor chipfor geo-computing

There must be a minimum of 128 Megabytes of RAM as per theitems listed on the Computers in Geology web-sitepp. However, theMS Office software is probably the most demanding and if necessaryrequirements should be modified upwards to account for the latestversions of the productivity software. For the Toshiba Satellite M30system in 2005 the additional Legend RAM was installed in-store, butthere is a trick, you have to put it in at forty five degrees and then

push the board flat. This component also failed under heat stress in2007.




y = 1E-196x43.383

0.1

1

10

100

1000

10000

100000

Jan-80 Jan-85 Jan-90 Jan-95 Jan-00 Jan-05 Jan-10time (years)

R A M

c a p a c i t y ( M e g a b i t s )

previous chip netbook Power (previous chip)

Figure 15 random access memory capacity for geo-computing

secondary storage

Barnes in 1989rr, explained that for a geology office there should beone or two computers, with 5.25‖ and 3.5‖ floppy disk drives, andfor the hard disk he asked for the ―largest affordable (at least 60megabytes)‖. He noted that you should check for fast response timeas the hard/disk/operating system interface is ―main cause‖ of slowcomputer response. At that stage he recommended asking for avoice coil type, but nowadays you would be hard pressed to find onethat wasn‘t of that type and the continuing development of optical

disk drives for recording and playing movies has pushed thespecification of disk drive motors beyond what I need to care about.

Disk capacity still needs to be considered with the minimum of 9Gigabytes, as the sum of the capacity for the software items fromTable 22, plus data storage of 3 components:

c:/archive1, 639 MB, 323 files, 8 folders

c:/archive2, 641 MB, 729 files, 37 folders

rr Ibid.





c:/data, 338 MB, 3105 files, 217 folders

This suggests the minimums shown in Table 28. As a check, justconsider the measurements of disk capacity taken from previousspecifications in Figure 16, which suggests that the system willrequire in total 30 Gigabytes (10 000 MB for data, 20 000 MB forsoftware) by 2009.

0.1

1

10

100

1000

10000

100000

1000000

Jan-80 Jan-85 Jan-90 Jan-95 Jan-00 Jan-05 Jan-10

time (years)

d i s k c a p a c i t y ( M e g a b y t e s )

working data software

music Power (working data)

Power (software)

Figure 16 previous disk capacity specifications

data backup device

This device must be able to backup large portions of the hard disk without repeated changing of the media. Appropriate software mustbe supplied that enables restoration of data in full, by individualdirectories, or selected files. It must have the capacity of at least 150MB. I have used in the past a Seagate Travan TR-1 cartridge drive(400/800MB) with Backup Exec. After problems with the drive Ireplaced this with a Kodak CD-R/W writer, which I currently use withCD-R disks with the policy shown in Table 29. This policy is less

intensive than the one that Barnes (1989)ss gives in his Table 4,

ss Ibid.




which is a schedule for daily backups to a set of 9 tapes and wouldsuit an active multi-geologist office. Unfortunately with my scheme,the number of disks I am holding in total is about 50, but I multiplexmy time between projects and it could be years before I detect anerror for which I wish to restore an alternative.

Table 29 current backup policy using a range of materials

backup name sequence location 1 week 2 weeks work folders USB drive on key ring

week 3 c:\DATA 2 GB USB drive in packet

week 4 weeks work folders 2 x USB drives on black string

monthly (week 1) 1 month on-site CD-ROM tray

bi-monthly 2 month in transit or offsite storage 2

- 3, 4 & 5 month on-site CD-ROM trayhalf-yearly 6 month offsite storage 2

- 7, 8, 9, 10 & 11 month on-site CD-ROM tray

annual 12 month offsite storage 2

- 13, 14, 15, & 16 month on-site CD-ROM tray

- 17, 18, … 23 month boxed on-site

bi-annual 24 month offsite storage 2

- 25, 26, … etc boxed on-site

half-decade 60 month offsite storage 2, 3

decade 120 month offsite storage2, 4

1 All these disks have indefinite retention policies, except the Travan tapes and floppy disks. Since 2007DVDs have been used in preference to CDs.2 I currently use a Commonwealth Bank safe deposit A- size tray.3 Travan tape.4 3½ floppy disks.

I initially thought that a Zip-Disk or Syquest drive system would beconsidered an advantage as it can be used to transfer image files toa printing bureau as well. However, I tried using CD-RW disks but I

found that there wasn‘t enough disk space for more than two passesand the inconvenience of only using them with Adaptec DirectCDsoftware, rather than on any PC, discouraged me from further use.By 2007 I had switched to burning DVDs as the amount of materialhad grown especially with my flat-mates audio files. Potentially, USBthumb drives may provide a better solution but at 2005 the price of a full backup series was prohibitive. I thought the following sequencemay replace that shown in Table 29. This would reduce the number

of disks stored by 80% and increase the frequency of backups:





One larger drive to take, week1, week2, week3 backups tobe kept on-siteFive smaller drives to take month 1, month 2, month 3,month 4, month 5 backups, which would be rotated off-site.six-monthly backups would be to CD-R to provide the half-yearly, annual, bi-annual, half-decade and decade backups.

Where I did find that thumb drives came into their own is carryingdata with you. In 2001 I had a credit-sized CD-ROM with medicaldetails in my wallet. I found that it cracked even faster than mycredit cards, so for that purpose I switched to USB thumb drive onmy key-ring. The one medical file changed to the wholeadministration folder, then additional folders of work I had been

doing, and in July 2009 I was able to put the whole data tree onto asingle 2 megabyte drive that had been given to me as a promotionby Paradigm Geotechnology. The additional advantage is I alwayshave curriculum vitae and other critical files with me. I am particularabout the design of the cap because I have found pocket fluff in theplug cavity where the cap falls off or it is one of those types whichswing around on a frame. I have adjusted Table 29 to show the useof these.

Computer ports and a local-area-network (LAN)

The equipment in this section is for connecting things around thesite, making a local area network (LAN). Barnes 1989tt addresses therequirements for this equipment, which at that time included switchboxes and cable communication as separate items:

Check if it is telecom approved

Essential - allow linking of two computers to one plotterPreferably serial connectors

For my current system this is principally done via WiFi transceiverand modem to access a Siemans Speedstream 9671 WiFi,100/10baseT Ethernet hub. Though there are the simpler port basedalternatives The LAN connections I have used have been, in order of improvement (though this is utility rather than speed as you can seefrom Figure 17):

tt Ibid.




I. Floppy disksII. Null-modem cables and like (Barnes 1989 gives

Fastwire II, Laplink)III. IEEE1394 iLink port, infrared portIV. Taurus USB (universal serial bus) hub V. Intel PROset for Wireless, an internal card in the

Toshiba Satellite notepad, for 801.11b/g WiFi (2.4Ghz) to match the Siemens Speedstream 9671

VI. 100/10 Base PC-MCIA card Ethernet VII. 100/10 Base T internal Ethernet card

Table 30 ports for a hub, computer or printer

A GENERAL ITEMS

description min. size min. speed need no. tick

USB port 1.0 I 3

WiFi transceiver IEEE 803.11 g ( 2.4Ghz ) I 1

WiFi transceiver IEEE 803.11 n II 1

SD/MMC photo card slot 2 GB I 1

SD/MMC photo card slot 8 GB II 1

Ethernet port RJ45 100 BaseT II 1

Ethernet port co-axial 100/10 III 1

3½ floppy disk drive 1.44 MB II 1

5¼ floppy disk drive 1.2 MB III 1

B SPECIFICALLY FOR A NOTEBOOK/NETBOOK OR HUB


Television co-axial port II 1

serial port wired III 1

parallel port wired III 1

Blue-Tooth transmitter II 1

infra-red port wired III 1

C COMPUTER ONLY


IEEE port for video camera II 1

HDMI port II 1

VGA port for an external computer screen I 1

USB 2.0 port, powered port for 3G modem I 2

LEGEND

I : must be present







More than just ports

For the LAN, Barnes quoted Fastwire II, Laplink but I held off on anyspecial intra-office connections until 2000. I then had the

opportunity of using the University College Ethernet network forprinting and Internet browsing, at the cost of a PC-MIA card. This isstill the ultimate solution, but is only suitable for a formal office orbachelor pad where you can leave the cables lying around. As for thehome/office or rental situation: in 2007 I purchased a SiemensSpeedstream hub with 801.11g WiFi capability. This was supportedby the replacement of the previous printer with a Hewlett PackardPhotosmart printer which also supports 11g.

Figure 17 modem speeds for LAN: Ethernet, WiFi (orBluetooth)

Modem and wide-area-network (WAN)

The modem is for connecting outside the office making a wide-areanetwork (WAN). Current equipment includes:

1 x modem for WAN use. This modem must be suitable forconnecting to an Internet service provider, as well as third partybulletin boards. It would be of benefit if I could also connect to the

0.1

10

1000

100000

k b a u d

( 1 0 0 0 b y t e s p e r s e c o n d )

Ethernet WiFi/Bluetooth




modems (+2400 baud) of my clients‘ mainframe computers. Itwould be nice if the modem was also able to send faxes.

Barnes 1989uu addresses the requirements for this equipment as ―Check it is Telecom approved‖. At that time this category includedswitch boxes and cable communication as separate items.

In contrast to delays for the internal networking I bought into theexternal networking by 1992. Initially I used the PSTN dial-uprecommended by Barnes but in 2007 moved into Broadband with thepurchase of the Siemens Speedstream with ADSL2+ capability. Onoccasions in the early 1990s I did dial-in into my clients computerswith the PSTN, but in 2007 I began using a web interface (via the

PSTN service overlain with TCP/IP software) to Santos limited‘snetwork, with Citrix Metaframe to optimise the screen refresh, and Iwould be surprised now if I had a client who did require direct dial-in, but it remained my auxiliary service. By 2009, the poor servicerecord of Telstra required not only ADSL2+ but also a NextG/3Gradio connections, such as Telstra MF626, wireless modem. At thattime, a falling gum tree removed the cable connecting the Telstraservice and the work to replace it took over two weeks. A pay-as-you-go system got me back on-line to service my client. I heard fromDavid Sebastyan at Saros Pty Ltd that they too had experienced sucha break in service, along with others in their building, when a anoptical fibre cable was cut. Now with the HP Photosmart C7280multi-function printer having facsimile capacity via WiFi, with theconvenience of not having to disconnect the telephone line everytime I move the notebook, the modem/fax card is no longer a must-have component. Purchases have been, again in order of improvingcapability (but not speed as you can see from Figure 18 ):

I. Maestro 9642XR fax/data modem; from the Maestro FactSheetvv: Group III facsimile utilities; for data Bell 103 (300baud), 212A (1200 baud), CCITT V.22 (1200 baud), V.22bis(2400 baud), V.29 (9600/7200 baud) V.27ter (4800/2400baud), V4.2 error correction, MNP class 2-4 error correction,MNP 5 data compression.

II. Xircom credit card modem 56, PC-MIA fax/modem

uu Ibid.vv 'Maestro 9642XR fax/data modem,' ed. Maestro Communications Pty Ltd (Fyshwyck, Australian CapitalTerritory: Maestro Communications Pty Ltd, 1992).





III. Toshiba internal card, international V90 modem + faxIV. Telstra MF626, USB wireless modem, WCDMA (3G):

HSDPA/UMTS 850/1900/2100 MHz; 2G: GSM/GPRS/EDGE850, 900, 1800, 1900 MHz. HSDPA mode (download) up to3.6 megabits per second, UMTS mode (upload) up to 384kilobits per second, EDGE mode up to 236.8 kilobits persecond, GPRS mode up to 57.6 kilobits per second.

Figure 18 modem speeds for WAN connections: PSTN, 3G, ADSL2+

printer

As late as 1989, Barnesqq

was recommending that separate plottersfor maps and printers for reports were required. He reckoned that aplotter should be capable of ISO A1 or A0 size paper, use HewlettPackard Graphics language (HPGL) for compatibility with explorationsoftware. Problems to test for included slow pen speeds which wouldslow down drill hole labelling. A printer should feature fast dotmatrix, wide carriage, graphics compatible and ideally have colourprinting. Since that time I have found the portability; the ease of purchase of colour A4 printers, the supplies and maintenance for

them; outweigh the benefit of the convenience of broad paperformats. The software program Microsoft Publisher 2003 allows you

0.1

1

10

100

1000

k b a u d ( 1 0 0 0 b y t e

s p e r s e c o n d )

PSTN (dialup) 3G upload 3G download ADSL2 up ADSL down




to make a A0 poster and then print it off on a A4 colour sheetscomplete with crop lines to re-assemble it, a technique I used for aposter at the 2006 Australian Geological Convention and I was morefascinated by the construction than the contents. However, if you dohave a relationship with a computer aided drafting (CAD) supplycompany, the modern Hewlett Packard Designjet series, which usesophisticated ink-jet technology, have overcome all the problems of wet ink and pens and are a delight to use.

The requirements that I expect for a printer are in Table 31. Some of my experiences with individual models are below that with:

HP Deskjet 880C

HP Photosmart C2780 mulit-functionCanon Bubblejet





Table 31 check list for an observatory printer

0 NECESSITY

capability tick

I MUST HAVE

colour graphics printingbetter than 360 dpi printing

separate colour and black cartridges

Microsoft Windows drivers

A4 report printing

II SHOULD HAVE

in-built flat-bed scanner/photocopier

InkJet printing technology

double-sided printing

HP graphics language capabilitySD/MMC photo card slot

III NICE TO HAVE

in-built facsimile transmitter

35mm film and slide scanner

CD printer

wireless networking

photograph quality printing

> ISO A4 map printing

wide-paper printing for data dumps

Hewlett Packard Deskjet 880C

The Hewlett Packard (HP) Deskjet 880C printer I purchased in 2000proved ideal for the work I undertake and I held off replacing it. Anyreplacement had to have at least 360 dpi printing, do graphics,mailing labels and be cheap to run. Previous to the 880C I had an

EPSON LQ-570 bought in 1992, which was very rugged, is stillrunning, and ideal for taking into dusty field offices. However, thequality of the printing was less than average and I wanted be able todo colour brochures direct from the printer, hence the 880C.

In 2008, the HP880C stripped the teeth off the timing band. Ireplaced it with a HP Photosmart C2780 All-in-one printer, fax, copierand scanner.




Hewlett Packard Photosmart C2780 Multi- function printer

As well as the specifications below the HP Photosmart C2780 printer,

purchased in 2008, has the benefit of 11g wireless networking;double-sided printing; and making photographs using a universalserial bus (USB) cable direct to a digital camera or plugging in 6different format camera memory cards (CF, XD, SD, MMC, MS/DUO).The printer lasted just over a year and 800 pages, with a failure of the HP2 type printer head (―Error 0xc19a0013 Ink system hasfailed―).

The print specifications from the manual are:

Up to 1200 x 1200 rendered dpi black when printing from acomputerUp to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi color when printing from acomputer and 1200-input dpiPrint speeds vary according to the complexity of the documentPanorama-size printingMethod: drop-on-demand thermal inkjet

Language: PCL3 GUIDuty cycle: Up to 3000 printed pages per month

The photocopier specifications from the manual are:

Copy resolution up to 4800 x 4800Digital image processingUp to 99 copies from original (varies by model)

Zoom to 400%, fit to page (varies by model)Copy speeds vary according to the complexity of the document

The specifications for the scanner function of the printer are:

Image editor included Integrated OCR software automatically converts scanned

text to editable text (if installed) Twain-compliant interface Resolution: up to 4800 x 9600 dpi optical (varies by model);

19200 dpi enhanced (software)





Color: 48-bit color, 8-bit grayscale (256 levels of gray) Maximum scan size from glass: 21.6 x 29.7 cm (8.5 x 11.7

inches)

The specifications for the facsimile function of the printer are:

Walk-up black-and-white and color fax capability. Up to 110 speed dials (varies by model). Up to 120-page memory (varies by model, based on ITU-T

Test Image #1 at standard resolution). More complicatedpages or higher resolution takes longer and uses morememory.

Manual fax send and receive.

Automatic busy redial up to five times (varies by model). Automatic no-answer redial one time (varies by model). Confirmation and activity reports. CCITT/ITU Group 3 fax with Error Correction Mode. 33.6 Kbps transmission. 3 seconds per page speed at 33.6 Kbps (based on ITU-T

Test Image #1 at standard resolution). More complicatedpages or higher resolution take longer and use morememory.

Ring detect with automatic fax/answering machineswitching.

Table 32 resolution for the HP Photosmart printer

Photo (dpi) Very Fine (dpi) Fine (dpi) Standard (dpi)

Black 200 x 200 (8-bit grayscale) 300 x 300 200 x 200 200 x 100

Color 200 x 200 200 x 200 200 x 200 200 x 200

Cannon Bubblejet

In contrast to my own preference for Hewlett Packard inkjettechnology my family have a predilection for the Canon BubbleJetseries. They are much lighter, smaller and can sit on the desk withthe computer. They found the ink canisters dry up too quickly in asemi-arid climate, and also the reservoirs are too small, needingreplacement too often, which in both cases required a journey of an

hour or so to Port Augusta. The drivers that come with the softwarearen‘t as customised for the Canon system as for the HP or Epsonprinters, so often the quality of graphics is not as nice. They




eventually bought other printers and I now have both a colour and ablack Canon BubbleJet but they sit in my shed unused.

Manuals, servicing and maintenance support

Hardware drivers, such as in Table 24, should be supplied on CD-ROM or 3.5‖ disks as well as the hard drive. A full manual set isrequired including: a system user guide, MS-DOS manuals, MSWindows manuals, modem documentation, printer manuals, monitorand video card documentation and any hardware driverdocumentation. This should allways arrive in the first case but laterwhen you dispose of the computer, transport into the field or send itin for service you may vary the packing list as per Table 33.





Table 33 packing lists for different activities

action

Moving the observatory or receiving the equipment

Travelling to a conference or site

Sending the computer for maintenanceDisposing of a computer

0 CATEGORY

item tick

1 DOCUMENTS (from your folder)

old, expired licence agreements n n n Y

Promotional brochure Y n n Y

Printer instructions n n n Y

Safety instructions Y ? n Y

Safety manual and addendums Y ? n Y

Computer manual and addendums Y ? n Y

Warranty statements Y n ? Y

Kenwood lock instructions n n Y Y

Mouse or trackball instructions n ? n Y

ADSL cable instructions n ? n Y

Joystick instructions n ? n Y

USB hub user guide n ? n Y

Panic sheet n n Y ?

2 CABLES

Modular RSJ45 modem cable Y n Y Y

Power cord Y Y Y Y

Power transformer Y Y Y Y

Monitor-in cable ( R, Y, W BNC pins to 2.5mm phone jack) Y ? ? Y

3 SOFTWARE ITEMS

Rescue disk USB drive Y ? n ?

Recovery DVD-ROM set Y ? n YExpress Media Player Recovery CD Y ? n Y

Windows 2003 software box and disks Y n n Y

Microsoft office Professional edition 2003 Y n n Y

4 PERIPHERALS

3G modem n ? Y ?

3G modem USB extension n ? Y ?

modem n ? Y ?

modem cable n ? Y ?

Serial cable D9-D25 n ? Y ?

Modem RSJ45 modem computer cable n ? Y ?




USB mouse n n n n

USB mouse transmitter n n n n

earphones n n n n

Wireless Hub n n n n

Ethernet RSJ patch cable n n n n

USB-A to USB-B n n n n

LEGEND

n : this should not be in the package

Y : this should be in the package

? : this may or may not be in the package

NOTES

1 This for displaying video from digital camcorder or video record on the in-built LCD screen, using themonitor-in port

Comparison and delivery

Once you have received quotes you may like to rank them withMicrosoft Excel as discussed in the example ‗ A comparison of vendorquotes‘ . Then when you have decided the best one do a final check against your full needs as in Table 34. You can reuse the same tableto check off your delivery when it arrives. Additional peripheraldevices are shown in Table 34. Also required are all necessary cablesand connectors for the above. As from 2007, the main method of interfacing computer to printer is WIFI, minimum of 11g standard. Aserial port and interface is required for potentially connecting to fieldequipment and downloading data or uploading programs. A USB portreplication box such as the Targus model PA075 would be a suitablealternative. The pack list for a laptop computer, when eitherunpacking, travelling or disposing of it into its original packing wouldinclude:

The laptop computer The power cord The power transformer The manual An Ethernet connector A phone/modem cable The device drivers excluding those of Table 24

The system must be assembled, configured and tested beforepurchase. Any maintenance or support packages are of greatinterest. If possible I would like a 5-year warranty.





Table 34 checklist for the premier quote and delivery

EQUIPMENT CATEGORY

item need1 quotation2 OK

incl. sep.

m y m y m ySOFTWARE MODULES

Microsoft Office as per Table 27 I X X

Virus Checker as per Table 26 I X X

SYSTEM HARDWARE

central processing unit I X

big LCD/Plasma screen II X

3½ floppy disk drive II X

5¼ floppy disk drive III -

alternate backup drive/card III Xexpansion box III X

modem I X

colour printer III -

AC Adaptor I X

1x mouse II -

1x PC keyboard, QWERTY layout I X

security cable I X

necessary cables and connectors I X

notebook carry bag I X8 G USB drive for recovery disk I X

SERVICE

assembled, configured and tested I X

configuration is reported separately I X

System manual I X

drivers on CD-ROM (Table 34) I X

3 year warranty II X

5 year warranty III -

1

Key to need is: I, must be present; II, should be present; III, could be present.2 Key to quotation is: X, specified in quote; ?, should ask the vendor about this; -, not specified butdoesn‘t matter; Items that are bundled with the computer are given in the ‗incl.‘ columns, whereas the‗sep.‘ columns are for additional purchases.

m: is my requirements and the example given in this section.

y: is your requirement and situation.




Why use an earth model?

There are currently five practical reasons why we should be using an

earth model as the basis for any geological work. The reasons inorder of importance are:

1. Optimise the return on difficult, expensive fieldwork (under-sampling is institutionalised in our management practices.)

2. Multi-disciplinary studies3. Data currency (1998 Newcastle colliery disaster)4. Data is not independent (i.e. it is part of the story)5. Trend to holistic facies-based studies

Some of my colleagues and I think that all endeavour involvingnature and studying nature will eventually be modelled by similarcomputer systems. This generalised natural history computer systemwill be used to contain a whole-of-earth model that will be availableto answer all questions regarding geology, biology, astronomy andperhaps even history. It won‘ t necessarily be the same system, butwe suspect the many systems with many collections of data,

providing those answers, will eventually have a similar structure.

Currently, we think that structure will have several sub-systems:

a. There will be LOGIC sub-system that contains a GIS, aspecies chart, or stratigraphic column to conveyunderstanding of the earth and expedite theorganisation of the data.

b. There will be a GEOMETRIC sub-system to draw maps

and graphs of the data in time and space.c. There will be a RHETORIC sub-system to generate

picture based publications for the general publicd. The GRAMMAR sub-system to make reports for other

disciplines such as lawyers, accountants and engineerswho feel uncomfortable with maps.

e. There will be an ASTRONOMY sub-system to handle theincreasingly extensive databases of time-referenced data

from telemetry (include satellites and probes here) andsystem control and data acquisition (SCADA) devices.This history system can also be expected to handle the





project management and planning that is so critical tofield work.

f. There will be an ALGEBRA sub-system to process andapply algorithms to the data.

Not all of these proposed sub-systems are complete fallacies, familyhistory software Legacy Family Tree not only recognises a moreextensive set of calendar dates it nearly replaces all other softwarefor the astronomy sub-system, with incorporated tools for reports,data verification, catalogues and place name gazettes. The sectionsin the chapter discuss how the more evident sub-systems have beendeveloped in recent times.

The Ballarat sheet earth model

This exercise uses real data from the region around Ballarat, Victoria,and because this is an historic mining province there is data of alltypes suitable for all disciplines. Hence it is ideal to demonstrate theearth model approach. The data set is provided straight from theGeological Survey of Victoria Ballarat GIS Data. This a 2 CD-ROM setand these can be copied to a common drive as: ―Ballarat GIS Data

DISC 1‖ and ―Ballarat GIS Data DISC 2‖. There should also be a datacatalogue (for example j2000080.xls ) and a local work area, such asc:\convert, to improve the performance of your personal computerand prevent any overwriting of the source data.

The spatial extent of the earth model has been determined by theGeological Survey of Victoria (GSV) and is formally the Ballarat 1:100000 sheet (ANZLIC code 7623 ). The temporal extent is from theyear 1852, when the GSV was formed, to February 2001, when the

last of the data sets on the CD were compiled. As we are workingwith a geological model there are at least also limits to thestratigraphy, and the depths investigated. However, these are not asreadily apparent or defined in a GIS and this is why this type of software is not as readily accepted into oil exploration as say goldexploration.

The logic processing sub-system

The earliest reference I have found to some program being used torecord the bits and pieces that would make up a technical




memorandum but not just typed up in a word processor is in Barnes1989ww where he mentions ―XT Pro has a simple but very usefulword processing program‖. Traditionally in mineral exploration,prospectors develop their ideas of what the ground in the lease islike, through a series of field trips and synthesis of their field datawhen they return. In the Ballarat case study we can rely on

―provided data‖ to establish our logic of the earth model, thespecifics of which are in the sub-section ‗Establishing the logic of theBallarat earth model‘. The CSIRO in 2010xx were working on a

―parser‖ to give a tool to organise this formulation and put geologicalrealism to the large number of computer-generated statisticalmodels used by petroleum engineers. The features of a ‗parser‘ which they have identified to document their geological thinking

include:

Incorporate geological patterns into facies models. Reproduce the complex shapes of channel fill bodies,

including the vertical patterns such as nested or migrating[en echelon?] channels.

Show the correct spatial relationships between the varioussedimentological entities

Be computationally feasible

Computer readable (vertical sections, 3D layers) and intuitiveto the geologist

Precise description in a compact format Probabalistic description of each rule and geometry to

display the variation inherent in a sedimentary system.

The CSIRO adopted an encoded, probabalistic grammar in theirGeoSyntax development after discarding:

Training images Grid-based models

What can we do without a supercomputing budget? Well like BarnesI also preferred XPPro for jotting down my ideas, and in Table 35 his

ww Barnes, 'Exploration computing in a small company environment.

.'xx June Hill, 'Facies modelling with GeoSyntax', PESA News no. 107(2010), p. 67.





concept has been interpolated to the CSIRO acme, with scriptinglanguages used to record those jottings. Of special note is theNorton Editor which led the charge with smart text editors, but itsstrength lay but for programmers by reading binary files andshowing their layout. Golden Software and Paradigm are the onlytwo geoscience software companies with their own smart editors,and nothing which is a stand-alone purchase for geoscience.

Table 35 script editors for capturing logic

SCRIPTING LANGUAGES

BAT, MS-DOS and other text files

CSS

HTML

JavaScript, ECMA script

SAX Basic, references object libraries of all Golden Software products

Visual Basic for Applications (including Microsft Jet SQL)

XML

XSL(T)

PURCHASE BASIS

editor tick

BUNDLED WITH OPERATING SYSTEM

B B B B B B B B Microsoft IE Develoment Tools0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Microsoft Notepad

A A A A A A A A Microsoft Write

BUNDLED WITH OTHER SOFTWARE

B B B B 4 2 B B Golden Software Scripter version 4

1 3 3 3 0 4 3 1 Microsoft Script Editor

2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Norton Editor

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Paradigm mui_text

2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 XP ProLegend to capabilities

4 automatically indents and saves structure of file as typed

3 provides keywords and attributes

2 highlights keywords

1 word processing capability: upper casing function etc

0 straight text editor

A reformats file on save

B mistakenly recognizes the key words and changes them

The logic module encapsulates the geological or environmentalUNDERSTANDING of the computer system. I use both Golden




Software Surfer and MapViewer and I would use Strater too but Idon't have any well/drillhole information at this stage [I could alsouse Golden Software Grapher but I wrote my own ternary diagramsoftware in Microsoft Excel but if I require a special graph it will befirst place I look, see the algebraic module for further explanation].

I don‘t use them separately but as part the rational approach tocomputing described in this Grimoire. I see Surfer as a processor instratigraphic-time space (i.e the geology block diagrams) andMapViewer for working in cartographic or real space. I usedMapViewer for making up research asset inventories (described inthe Grimoire) but I am definitely enamoured with KML in GoogleEarth now, as this allows use of relative or topological placement

(recently an article in Position Magazineyy

described this as non-metric spatial information) and is an analogue to the air-photos Iwould mark-up in the field with wax pencils.

If you are looking for a cheap mapping package that can input GISfiles and do contouring, gridding and image rectification, I Igenerally recommend (at least for the entry level) and use GoldenSoftware Surfer. At approx. AUD 800 (seewww.goldensoftware.com), it will help further define yourrequirements and give you mock-ups of your basic data flows. Itloads a lot more formats than more expensive packages, comes withsome basic GIS files to start your cartographic database, and hasevery contouring and general kriging algorithm I can think of. It runson Microsoft Windows so doesn't require a Unix system, and has amacro language similar to Visual Basic to enable your first batchprocessing.

In effect I use the Golden Software modules to develop prototypessuitable for research into geological problems. So far astatratigraphic column. a simple petroleum model for the CooperBasin, a kriging of distance between major ports to demonstratenumerically why Australia is isolated, an urban sprawl monitor forthe western side of Melbourne, heritage site management of theBroadview Freemasons Centre, and integration of variousarchaeological web-sites. I publish my stuff mainly to the Microsoft

yy Winter, 'What is the Value of Spatial Information?', no.





IIS intranet or ftp to a website from an internet service provider(that is only application-side scripting, no server-side scripts).

MapViewer is now tending to be my cartographic tool but previouslyI used it for research asset inventories (I have a presentation on whyI think Google Earth is superior for this should you be passingthrough Adelaide, the fly-through of the Greece 2001 expeditionzz gives you a taste of this kind of thing ), but still MapViewer issupreme for location maps (the capability page on my web-siteaaa),and formal cartography (such as site plansbbb). I also use MapVieweras a general computer-aided drafting (CAD) package not only forplans but stratigraphic columns, which also summarise the geologicalunderstanding. The geological benefit is that:

1. MapViewer treats cartographic space, and Surfer atheoretical space (geological block diagrams),

2. and both with algorithmic rigour, so I can trust thatwhatever I have to do, the algorithm will be theresomewhere;

3. and the supplied data is consistent and clean and shared4. The loading mechanisms are straight forward with a

preference to ASCII, Microsoft Excel and with Surfer version9, Microsft Access.

5. An ethical commitment to education, whereas I feel ESRI istrying to lock schools into their software (there is more onthat in the section ‗Understanding the weaknesses of the

American marketing style‘). 6. The confidence that I can program any repetitive work as a

macro, very important in development geology where a timeseries or different commercial factors are involved

Surfer was my first choice of the suite because I loved the way thekriging has been done. I used MapViewer as a replacement for ESRI

ArcView that I used at the University of Melbourne because it is inmy price range, I liked the Surfer interface and so wanted to

zz The fly-through to the 2001 Greece expedition was last found at:

http://www.grantjacquier.info/greece.kmlaaa The capability statement page for Computers in geology was last located at:

http://www.grantjacquier.info/home_files/cingfld.htmbbb site plans made with MapViewer are shown at

http://www.grantjacquier.info/bfmc_files/bfc.htm




continue with the brand, and I enjoyed how they provided data fileson the CD-ROM which saved me writing away for polygons. Thecommercial benefits for me are:

the strongest integration with Windows that I haveexperienced outside the Microsoft Office suite. Downtime isa problem for me as I charge by the hour, that is my onlyincome. So from this outline descends a good installationroutine, good updates (a Google disadvantage), and generalgood quality workmanship with the programming.the low commercial price, I am not continuously askingwhether I have to upgrade the version to meet licensingrequirements (The Google Map problem),

consistent interface reducing my leaning time, geology isabout integration of widely diverse facts into a widelyimaginative story, the last thing I need is a technical collegelearning curve to throw out one figure.

I reduce down the margins of Europe, say just down toGreece looks good on the MapViewer, then I export it asweb-page. A massive amount of white space results, as theboundaries of the HTML extract are set on the data set, notthe plotted area, therefore I have to cut the polygons firstand make sub-set of the polygons. (I haven't checked if thisis still the case in version 7)The export of Atlas boundary files in BLN format iscompatible with Vector Markup Language, if I remove anydecimal places manual (change the cale option to giveintegers rather than real numbers). It would be nice to havean integer export button there for more complex shapes,

save me doing the editing manually.But I am thankful for the PDF output in the latestMapViewer, I had to redo those seating plans for theFreemasons Centre ( to allow caterers to write down theguests names), so I haven't re-published in PDF as yet.

To use Surfer you do have to do a lot of work for example toproduce a true geological block diagram with dip directions indicatedby bedding traces: These steps are also a template for producing a

geological map, from your own measurements, over your area of interest.





1. Create a 3D surface for each unit, and generate the GoldenSurfer block (surveyor/engineer) model

2. Create a structure layer and contour the dip and strikemeasurements to give bedding traces for each unit, thenblank this layer just for the outcrop

3. Repeat step 2 for the two sides of the block model andoutput as JPEG files

4. Overly the surface bedding traces on the top layer of theblock model.

5. Add your cultural annotation such as map symbols for landuse and output the annotated block model as a JPEG file

6. Combine the three JPEGs using the Vector Markup Language(VML) <imagedata> elementccc to give you a very basic

geological block diagram in an HTML page.

I am looking forward to the Microsoft SilverLight improvement on VML because perhaps each side and top of the block can be treatedas a flat orthogonal surface. In some of the examples of Silverlight Ihave seen on the web, there appears to be an angle of orientationadjustment of the pixels, whereas with VML you have to arrange thelayers into a mosaic with the block top-layer overlapping the twoside layers. If you have image editing software it may be easier to

matt the three surfaces there.

Finally if you really want to get serious about geological block models, Ligno3D Designer (www.ligno3d.com), written by Dr RodRyburn, (formerly of the Australian Geological Survey Organisation),can present your block surface, or even more complex shapes, andthen print out construction plans for a carpenter to assemble it. Inversion 3.53 there is a template for a split frame geodesic dome

which you could use to make a portable cavern display for schoolchildren. Currently the display view is limited to using bitmap files onthe faces which add a further level of processing, but see the

‗ Veneer Texture command (Decor Menu)‘ in the on-line help file(http://www.ligno3d.com/HTMLhelp/index.html) for the example of aphoto cube. There is auto-option which generates the solid texturefrom a face bitmap, which may give a quick 3D model from somegeological maps

ccc 'World Wide Web Consortium', 'Vector Markup Language (VML),' in Advanced Properties

of Shapes NOTE-VML-19980513 (World Wide Web Consortium, 1998).




Establishing the logic of the Ballarat earth model

In the example of the Ballarat sheet Earth Model the logic iscontained in the interpreted layers of the 1: 100 000 Geology of

Victoria layers. The GSV Geology 100 is from a formal geologicalmap with many elements but for this exercise we only use theformations and the faults interpreted for the Ballarat region:

.\mapinfo_export\geol100\ball_geology .\mapinfo_export\geol100\ball_structure

These can then be presented in the software ESRI ArcView (orGolden Software MapViewer.Usually the loading and then verification

of the data is in two stages. Initially the data must be exported fromthe source database into an intermediate file format and then in thesecond stage the export file is loaded and verified in the softwareyou are using. In this particular example, the exporting of the datahas already been done by the GSV and the intermediate files are onthe CD.

You need to convert from a proprietary application format to one,

which can either be loaded or converted to another applicationformat. In a good data set such as the Ballarat GIS Data this will bedone for you! The MapInfo export (MIF/MID) files can be found onCD-ROM 2 at:

g:\ballarat_GIS\ballarat_GIS2\gis\mapinfo_exportIn this case the export files in MIF/MID format need to be firstconverted to a format SHP/DBF that can be read by the software.Check type of data by running the conversion program with the

information parameter INFO as in Figure 19.

Start | Programs | Applications | Command promptcd g:\ballarat_GIS\ballarat_GIS2\gis\mapinfo_export\geol100c:\ESRI\AV_GIS30\ARCVIEW\BIN32\MIFSHAPE INFO ball_geology

Figure 19 checking MapInfo export files

The computer hard drives can be setup by: My Computer | Tools |

Mount network drive. The result of the procedure gives you the type of GIS vector element i.e. either:





polygon (POLY) line (LINE) point (POINT)

Create a working folder with ONLY the data you are interested in:

mkdir c:\convertcopy .\mapinfo_export\bores c:\convert\.

Run the conversion program for the theme (POINT, LINE, POLY) of interest.

Start | Programs | Applications | Command promptcd c:\convert

c:\ESRI\AV_GIS30\ARCVIEW\BIN32\MIFSHAPE POLY bores mybores

Load the Shape files (SHP) into ESRI ArcView then present andoverlay files from the same set.

The geometry processing sub-system

The geometry sub-system usually involves software in the category

of Computer Aided Drafting (CAD), but traditionally included sharedcartographic data files for example Figure 20. Because maps andmuch CAD work is a two-dimensional expression of a threedimensional observations the geometry module usually has somefacility for managing this projection of 3-dimensional data onto a 2-dimensional plane.

../World Miscellany/Africa

../World Miscellany/Antarcal

../World Miscellany/Antarcll

../World Miscellany/Asia

../World Miscellany/Camerica

../World Miscellany/Namerica

../World Miscellany/Russia

../World Miscellany/Russia-proj

../World Miscellany/Samerica

../World Miscellany/World

../World Miscellany/Worldcap

Figure 20 some of the mapping files provided with Golden

Surfer MapViewer




Table 36 pick list of MapViewer files for maps

document scale: date

1:

general specification pick

large size bureau printed poster, A0 plan size map

Medium size bureau printed poster, A2 plan size map

Two page report spread, A3 plan size map

Single page for report, A4 plan size map

Report figure A6 plan size map

Pinboard compatible D5 plan size map

Map projection journal number 1 5 4 5 3 6 2 1 7 8

Landscape (L) or portrait (P) orientation L L L L L P L L L

Case study given below I II I III,VI VII IV V VIII IX

DATA SET

data file

GS MapViewer

../World Administrative/Australia - - - c X - -

../World Miscellany/EUROPE - X - - - X X -

../World Miscellany/Oceania - - - c c - c X

../World Miscellany/Pacificn - - - X c - -

../World Miscellany/Pacificp - - - X c - -



Geocomputing Management 150../World Miscellany/WORLD - c - c c c c

../World Miscellany/World-proj - - - - - - - - X

NOTES1 The projection journal number refers to the table ‗projections‘ found at www.grantjacquier.info/develop.htm

LEGEND

- This set of digital boundaries has no use with this case study

X This set of digital boundaries can be used for adding texture to the map

c This set of digital boundaries can be used to cut the boundaries and for general divisions

CASE STUDIES

I emergency plan for Broadview Freemasons Centre, 1:72 scale, orthogonal projection with an unscaled evacuation plaque.

II 1:10 million scale Greece context map using Lambert Azimuthal Equal-Area projectionIII 1:48 million scale Lambert Azimuthal Equal- Area projection for ―The Pacific Ocean‖ on p. 134 of The Times Concise Atlasa

IV 1‖:100 mile scale Equidistant conic projection for ―The Balkan States‖ on p. 45 of Newnesb

V 1:3 million scale Equidistant conic projection for ―S. YUGOSLAVIA: GREECE: BULGARIA: W. TURKEY‖ on pp 46-47 of The TimesConcise AtlasError! Bookmark not defined.

VI 1:50 million scale Lambert Azimuthal Equal- Area projection for ―Pacific Ocean‖ on p. 86-87 of NewnesError! Bookmark not defined.

VII Bonne projection (scale 1:20 million, central meridian 138E, standard parallel 25S?) is used for ―Australia‖ on page 88 of Newnesb

VIII The Bonne projection, scale 1:15 million, is used for ―Australia: S.W. Pacific‖ on page 137 of The Times Concise Atlasa

IX The VanDerGrinten projection (central meridian 0, width 360, scale 1:23 million) is used for Petroconsultant‘s World SedimentaryBasins and also for National Geographic.

a "The Times" atlas of the world , (London, 1994).b Newnes International World Atlas, (London, 1967).




Public mapping standards

In converting geographic coordinates for plotting on paper, thecorrect cartographic projection has to be set. Some examples of these are shown in Table 37. Where this projection is a standardprojection in use by others or government there are additionalconventions required to build a standard. Initially, the sphere wasused to represent the mathematical shape of the earth. Later thesphere equation was distorted by algorithmic manipulation to bettermatch the surface of the earth to produce what is known as aspheroid.

spheroid eg: ANS, GRS80, Clarke 1866

sets of reference coordinates

eg: AFN, ANN, IGS(ITRF),

geodetic datum

e.g. GDA94, AGD84, ITRF92, WGS84

projection

e.g.: UTM, TM, Albers Equal Area

height datum

e.g.: AHD

mapping grid

e.g. AMG, MGA

Figure 21 hierarchy of public mapping projection standards

The projection: Clarke‘s of 1866, was the basis of the Australian andNew Zealand projection systems. If an origin for counting outcoordinates is decided for that spheroid that then provides ageodetic datum. In practice, this origin is defined by referencecoordinates or datum and so the basis for the term geodetic datum.

As an example, the coordinates used in AGD66 were recalculatedusing more sophisticated equipment to produce the datum for AGD84 but both were based on the same Australian National




Spheroid (ANS). The geodetic datum can then be applied to aprojection to produce a flat map or screen display and then all that isrequired to complete the mapping grid system is a height datum tostandardize the elevations shown on the map. This hierarchy isshown diagrammatically in Figure 21. Various combinations of spheroids and control coordinates give different mapping systemsexamples of this are shown in Table 49. In the check lists of Table37 are some of the files supplied with mapViwer and Table 36 givescase studies of matching these files with appropriate projections.





Table 37 suggested projections by terrain class

SCOPE

(see 7.9 Stages of engineering construction in relation to the terrain classes, page 291 of Berkman 1989)

boundary file suggested projection

0 TERRAIN CLASS = ―NaN‖, CONTINENTAL CONTEXT PLAN

../World Administrative/Afghanistan

…

../World Administrative/Australia Times3, Bonne6

…

../World Administrative/Zimbabwe

1 TERRAIN CLASS = ―PROVINCE‖, CONTEXT PLAN

South Australia Lambert Conformal Conic 4

Victoria VICGRID 5

2 TERRAIN CLASS = ―TERRAIN PATTERN‖, CONTEXT PLAN

-

Victoria VICMAP 5 1 Supplied files from the program, Golden Software MapViewer version 63 Encom Permits of Australia4 South Australia Atlas, as per Table 395 VICMAP used in Victoria before 1998, VICGRID since 1998, see page 165 or Table 39.

Recommended projections

Projection problems such as in Figure 22 require the field geologistto have close supervision of the spatial framework for the earthmodel.

Figure 22 displacement of boundaries after reprojecting




In general the projections in Table 38 should be used in thefollowing way: Base data like transits, and borehole trajectory shouldbe plotted on flat orthogonal planes for small areas less than 1kilometre diameter, but beyond this you should use a universaltransverse Mercator (UTM) projection. With ore reserves it isimportant maintain the area correctly. In UTM projection based mapsregions of the same area will appear differently depending on wherethey are placed with respect to the central meridian. Where the orereserves, or even a hydrological model, are being modelled as afinite difference grid then an orthogonal flat projection would beeasiest especially if this is already available with the local mine grid.For resource estimation on a regional scale there are projections,which give equal areas, and one such, Albers Equal Area Conic, is

used routinely for the Geology of Victoria. Just as when doing it byhand, aerial photographs and satellite images need to be joined on aflat surface on the computer. The UTM projection has a slightcurvature and so is not always suitable for producing a mosaic. Asimple transverse Mercator projection doesn‘t have that curvatureand can be used.

Table 38 general guide for use of map projections

basedata orereserve province1 imagemontage wellsites projection type

YES YES equidistant conic 1

YES YES universal transverse Mercator 4

YES YES YES orthogonal flat plane 3

YES YES Albers Equal Area Conic

YES YES Bonne 1

YES 2 YES Lambert Conformal Conic

YES YES transverse Mercator

YES Van der Grinten 1

YES WGS84 geographic1 for examples of projections into maps see Table 372 particularly useful for provinces extending across multiple UTM zones.3 Useful for regions of a kilometre or so across, as by 10 km the curvature of the surface of the earth hasan impact.4 A better solution for regions of more than several kilometres or so across, as the projection has beenadjusted for the curvature of the surface of the earth.

Special maps for whole provinces, such as a state or country often

require special projections to show all the necessary detail. Examplesused by geologists are given in the introduction in Table 37. TheLambert Conformal Conic projection is of particular use for





provinces, which stretch across several Universal TransverseMercator zones. This is the case with the Australian states of South

Australia and Victoria; and the official specifications for theseprojections, the South Australia Atlas and VICGRID (previously

VICMAP) are shown in Table 39.

Table 39 Lambert Conformal Conic projections

parameter South Australia Atlas VICMAP / VICGRID

1st parallel -28 -36

2nd parallel -36 -38

central meridian 135E 145E

latitude of origin -32 -37?

false easting 1 000 000

false northing 2 000 000scale 1 : 2 million

1 : 4 million

I like using Google Earth and the coordinates presented there are inWGS84, which is the default one used for the Global PositioningSystem or GPS. The World Geodetic System (WGS84) is the spheroidand reference coordinates used for the native GPS calculations. Thespheroid used is centred on the earth‘s core and re-aligned regularly,making it ideal for global navigation. Where the coordinate system isre-aligned regularly against control points it is called a dynamicdatum, for GPS it is the ITRF as shown in Table 40. As it is great fornavigation, most marine seismic geophysics is collected againstWGS84 coordinates, which will need to be reprocessed into the localmapping grid. Similarly, handheld GPS receivers will need to haveconversion algorithms loaded or selected from pre-existing functionsusing fixed datum transformation functions, to convert these

coordinates to the local mapping grid. For quality control and firstinspection of the data, especially browsing with Google Earth, it maybe better to just use the WGS84 coordinates as they are. For moredetailed work Stanaway (2009)a feels that the fixed parametermethods such as NGA will be inappropriate as WGS84 and GDA94diverge with time. For tectonically active areas like Indonesia, PapuaNew Guinea and New Zealand he suggests you accept the concept of a dynamic datum, and expand your database to includes the time of the measurement. This time indicator is called the epoch and will

a Richard Stanaway, 'When the Earth moves?', Position Magazine no. 39 (2009), pp. 41-42.




look something like ‗1994.0 ITRF1992‘, which is the epoch of theGDA94, the Geocentric Datum of Australia used for MGA. He prefersother correction techniques in continental Australia, where the stiffertectonic plate doesn‘t distort relative distance to the same extent asfor New Zealand. For this situation he gives the examples of AusposGPS service by Geoscience Australia, or plate tectonic movementmodels such as the Actual Plate Kinematic Model or NNR-Nuvel-1A.

Finally the rest of this chapter is special sub-sections with moreinformation on the subjects below. Each section tries to give ahistory and technical description as well as illustrating advantages tousing the particular projection system.

universal transverse Mercator (UTM)Mapping Grid of Australia (MGA)

Australian Map Grid (AMG) Albers Equal Area Conic VICMAP VICMAP-TM VICGRID





Table 40 geodetic monitoring networks after Featherstone 2

CODE, network of reference coordinates

counts (space, time)

date scope tied to

ITRF, IERS Terrestrial Reference Frame1

origin 1992 Earth ?, > 3 -

WGS, World Geodetic System4, 5

origin 1984 Earth ?, 1 xxxx.x ITRF1992

CTRF, Chinese Terrestrial Reference Framework

origin < 2010 China 28, 1 xxxx.x ITRF1992

CORS

origin < 2010 China 2500,1 CTRF

IGS, International GPS Service for geodynamics

origin 1992 Earth ?,1 1994.0 ITRF1992 AFN, Australian Fiducial Network

origin 1992 Austl. 8,1 IGS1

ANN, Australian National Network

origin 1994 Austl. >8,1 AFN

Auspos GPS service by Geoscience Australia (GA)

origin <2010 Austl. >8,>1 ANN

SunPos

origin <2010 Q/WA ??? ANN??

CORSNet (also starting the AusCORS with GA & L.P.M.A.8

)origin <2009 N.S.W 28,>1 ANN

VicMap Position by Department of Sustainability and Environment

origin <2010 Vic. + ??? ANN??

GDA94, Geocentric Datum of Australia

origin 1994 Austl >8,1 AFN

NZGD2000 New Zealand geodetic datum 2000 6

origin 2000 NZ ?,>1 IGS1

Australian differential GPS services 5

origin 2000 Earth ?, >1 ITRF2000origin 2005 Earth ?, >1 ITRF2005

Johnson Geodetic Station, near Alice Springs, Northern Territory

origin 1966 Austl. 1,1 1st order 3

ATN, Australian. Trigonometric Network

origin 1966 Austl. >1,2 Johnson

AGD66, Australian Geodetic Datum 1996

origin 1966 Austl. >1,1 ATN

AGD84, Australian Geodetic Datum 1984

origin 1984 Austl. >1,1 ATNNA, North America

origin 1927 N.A ?,1 ?




CODE, network of reference coordinates

counts (space, time)

date scope tied to

NAD27

origin 1927 N.A. ?,1 NA

NAD83

origin 1983 N.A. ?,1 NA

Greenwich Observatory

origin ? G.B. 1, 1 1st order 3

OSGB, Ordnance Survey Great Britain

origin 1936 G.B. ?, 1 Greenwich

OSGB36, Ordnance Survey of Great Britain 1936

origin 1936 G.B. >1,1 OSGB

OS(SN)80, Ordnance Survey of Great Britain 1980

origin 1980 G.B. >1,1 OSGB

LEGEND FOR SCOPE

Austl. : the Australian continent, islands and the island of Papua New Guinea. .

AU : Australia the nation (including Antartarctic territories and seabed claims)

Earth : surface of the Earth

G.B. : Great Britain

N.A. : North America .

N.S.W. : New South Wales

Q/WA : The Australian states of Queensland and Western Australia

Vic + Gibbs (2010)b explains that this extends across the state of Victoria to the Barossa Valley in

South Australia.NOTES1 An epoch (epoch 1994.0 ITRF1992 ) is required for ITRF1992 because we think continental driftchanges the coordinates with time.2 data from Featherstonec 3 1st order: Primary astronomical observation.4 Stanaway and Dawsond point out that WGS, unlike GDA94, takes the latest calculation (e.g.epoch 2000.0 ITRF1992 ) of ITRF.5 Stanaway (2009)e clarifies the divergence of GDA94 and differential GPS systems commonlyused in Australia.6 Pearse 2003f introduces the New Zealand dynamic datum

7 Position Magazineg gives the reference framework to be used with the Republic of China‘sCompass GNSS (global navigation satellite system)8 Janssen, 2010h explains how the first AusCORS site was constructed.

b William Gibbs, 'The Networks are coming', Position Magazine no. 44 (2010), pp. 71-72.c William Featherstone, 'An updated explanation of the Geocentric Datum of Australia (GDA) and itseffects upon future mapping', The Australian Surveyor (1996).d Richard Stanaway and John Dawson, 'The Divorce of Two Datums', Position no. 20 (2005), p. 78.e Stanaway, 'When the Earth moves?', no.f Merrin Pearse, 'The Third Dimension', Position no. 6 (2003), pp. 75-77.g 'Towards Multi-GNSS', Position Magazine no. 45 (2010), p. 16.h Volker Janssen, 'Precision Rules!', Position Magazine no. 44 (2010), pp. 77-78.





universal transverse Mercator

The universal transverse Mercator (UTM) projection is a system of sixty zones spread over the whole earth. The zones numbers for the

western hemisphere are 1 to 30 as in Table 41 and those for theeastern hemisphere 31 to 60 (Table 42). Each zone is six degrees of longitude wide and is specified by a central meridian and a standardfactor of curvature of the surface away from that meridian.

Table 41 central meridian2 for western hemisphere UTMzones1

1 177W2 171W

3 165W4 159W5 153W6 147W7 141W8 135W9 129W10 123W

11 117W12 111W

13 105W14 099W15 093W16 087W17 081W18 075W19 069W20 063W

21 057W22 051W

23 045W24 039W25 033W26 027W27 021W28 015W29 009W30 003W

Table 42 central meridian2 for eastern hemisphere UTMzones1.

31 003E32 009E33 015E34 021E35 027E36 033E37 039E38 045E39 051E40 057E41 063E

42 069E43 075E44 081E45 087E46 093E47 099E48 105E49 111E50 117E51 123E52 129E

53 135E54 141E55 147E56 153E57 159E58 165E59 171E

60 177E

1 Zones are 6 degrees of longitude wide, which limits the amount of distortion on the edges of the zones.2 From pages 146-147 of Berkman, 1989a

Mapping Grid of Australia

The Mapping Grid of Australia (MGA) is the combination of theGeocentric Datum of Australia (GDA94), Australian Height Datum(AHD) and UTM projections for zones 49 to at least 56 (see Table

42); whereas the Australian Map Grid (AMG) is based on the

a Berkman, Field geologist's manual .




universal transverse Mercator projection but with the AustralianNational Spheroid (ANS) it was known as the Australian GeodeticDatum 1984 (AGD84) or AGD66 depending on the state as in Table43. As with its replacement MGA it was used for UTM zones 49 to56. MGA was in use from 1996 onwards. The recommendations in

Table 43, give first pass corrections to coordinate data sets existingbefore this time, with this effect also applying to the correspondinglatitude and longitude.

Table 43 estimates of offset from the MGA (Mapping Grid of Australia) coordinates for the old AMG (Australian MappingGrid) and other datum

other geodetic datum 3

instance Easting Northing precision AGD66, Australian Geodetic Datum 1966; AMG for ACT, NSW, NT, TAS, VIC

New South Wales 1 + 113 m + 184 m

AGD84, Australian Geodetic Datum 1984; AMG for QLD, SA, WA

South Australia 2 + 125 m + 175 ± 15 m

WGS84. World Geodetic System

1994 ITRF1994 ± 0.01 m

2009 ITRF1994 ± 1 m

NOTES

1 from Zahra 1995b, 2 Sandford 2001c, 3 Featherstone 1996d and Stanaway 2009e

This effect is less significant at greater scale maps, and can beignored in scales greater than 1: 500 000. This practical cut-off canbe recognised from Figure 23, a plot of point displacement between

AMG and MGA plots of the same co-ordinate values in a region incentral New South Wales, and for comparison a range of similarcorrections for bringing WGS84 points to GDA94. It also

demonstrates that including GDA94 and AMG data in a single plot isa problem of greater magnitude than just using the coordinates of aGPS directly without adjustment.

b Charles Zahra, 'Background report on GDA - impact on paper maps,' (Paihia, New Zealand:Intergovernmental Committee Surveying and Mapping, 1995).c Geoffrey R. Sandford, 'The new mapping datum for Australia, Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994(GDA94), notes for recreational users when using maps.,' (Adelaide: Department of Environment andHeritage, 2001).

d Featherstone, 'An updated explanation of the Geocentric Datum of Australia (GDA) and its effects uponfuture mapping'.e Stanaway, 'When the Earth moves?', no.





- AMG data from Zahra 1995f , WGS data from Stanaway 2009

g(in purple‘ epoch 2009; and blue, epoch

1994)

Figure 23 point displacement between AMG, WGS84 andMGA plots.

However, the UTM projection based mapping grids are good formaps of around 1:100 000. For larger regions the states andterritories have adopted other projections which are summarised inTable 44. Also in Table 44 are the appropriate height datum andgeodetic datum to be used with each grid. The height datum wouldbe important for groundwater monitoring but the geodetic networks,which are getting more precise each year as new measurementtechnology is implemented, will in the future, be important inmeasuring deformation of the Earth‘s crust.

Table 44 official mapping grids used by Australiangovernments, sorted by projection used.

projection

geodetic datum (see Table 45 )

height datum (see Table 52)

Height datum epoch is assumed from adoption date.

f Zahra, 'Background report on GDA - impact on paper maps.'g Stanaway, 'When the Earth moves?', no.

0.01

0.1

1

10

100

1000

10000

100000

1 100 10000 1000000 d i s p l a c e m e n t ( m m o

n l o

g s c a l e )

map scale ( 1: x on log scale)




OFFICIAL MAPPING GRID

UTM – Universal Transverse Mercator

AMG66 AHD66 AGD66

AMG84 AHD71 AGD84

MGA AHD71 GDA94

Lambert Conformal ConicSouth Australia Atlas AHD71 GDA94

VICGRID AHD71 GDA94

VICMAP AHD66 AGD66

The specifications of the different geodetic data are summarized inTable 45. The table is ordered by year of commission to make it easyto choose the more precise geodetic datum if there is more than oneavailable, thus giving you a more sensitive baseline for tectonic

studies.

Table 45 increasing precision of geodetic data

GEODETIC DATUM

spheroid

(see Table 48)

reference coordinate network

(see Table 40)

measuring technology

NZGD20002 GRS80 GPS

GDA941 GRS80 AFN GPSWGS841 WGS spheroid WGS GPS + adjustments

ITRF921 GRS80 ITRF Laser / Interferometry / GPS

WGS841 WGS spheroid WGS GPS (+/- 200 ppb)

AGD841 ANS ATN Tellurometer, land and satellite

NAD831 WGS spheroid? NA GPS

OS(SN)801 Airy 1830 OSGB Tellurometer, land and satellite?

AGD661 ANS ATN Tellurometer, (+/- 2 ppm)

OSGB361 Airy 1830 OSGB theodolite?

NAD271 theodolite?1 after Featherstone h, 2 after Pearsei

The geodetic data in Table 45 are maintained by monitoring thedistance of control points in the networks in Table 40 and to the GPSsatellites. Where coordinates have been taken directly from a GPSreceiver the height measurement is not the elevation as you wouldexpect from the local height datum such as Australian Height Datum

h Featherstone, 'An updated explanation of the Geocentric Datum of Australia (GDA) and its effects uponfuture mapping'.i Pearse, 'The Third Dimension', no.





(AHD). Rather it is a theoretical elevation derived from the spheroidused for the WGS80 coordinates. This is because the satellitesspinning around the Earth, measure their position with respect to thecentre of gravity, not the designated local political standard usuallyderived from mean sea levels at the nearest port. These heights can

be adjusted to match local mean sea level measurements by using amodel of the local surface assuming input coordinates from ageocentric spheroid such as WGS80. Any examples I have comeacross are in Table 46.

Table 46 geoid models

geoid model scope date accuracy

EGM961 Earth 1996 +- 1 m

AusGeoid981 Australia 19981

from Pearse 2003 j

Albers Equal Area Conic

The ‗Regional Geology of Victoria, 1:500 000 series‘ and theassociated data set code-named GEOL250 are presented in an AlbersEqual Area Conic projection. This has the advantage of presenting all

regions as the correct area though not necessarily the correct shape.This makes the projection Ideal for regional ore reserve calculations,dry land salinity or agricultural yield forecasts. The technicalspecification for presenting the GEOL250 data is given in Table 47.

Table 47 Albers Equal Area Conic projection for VICMAP

parameter VICMAP-GEOL250

False origin easting 4 500 000 m W

False origin northing 2 500 000 m Sstandard parallel 1 36 S

standard parallel 2 38 S

Lambda 0 145 E

spheroid ANS, 1996

VICMAP-TM (Transverse Mercator)

j Ibid.




For use with satellite images, Land Victoria developed an absolutelyflat Transverse Mercator projection, VICMAP-TM based on the ANSspheroid. This allows all satellite images over Victoria to be splicedtogether, without wrinkles, to give a continuous satellite image.

The use of the Transverse Mercator suggests to me that where theregion of interest is less than the width of the scan of a satellite,such as mine, an archaeological dig, a farm, an environmentalcleanup site, it would be easier to match the additional mapping datato the plane of the image rather than rubber sheeting the image to anominal standard map projection. Especially if a three dimensionalmodel is required anyhow, it can be built assuming the plane of theimage is flat. This makes monitoring where several images may be

used much easier to automate as individual rubber sheeting is notrequired.

The strength of the transverse Mercator projection, a cylinderwrapped around a sphere with the poles of the Earth sitting on theradius of the cylinder as compared to the Mercator used for nauticalnavigation where the equator sits on the radius, is that it roughlyrepresents the plane occupied by a satellite image where:

data collection is by a line scan device such as the MultipleScan Spectrometer (MSS) and Thermal Mapper (TM) carriedon the Landsat series of satellites.The satellite is in a pole to pole trajectory, also such as theLandsat series

Further the adjustments to scale for each pixel can be calculated byassuming the central meridian for the transverse Mercator projection

is the flight path, and that the extreme ends of the image are correctand the pixels towards the central meridian are magnified. In thisway calculation of the scaling correction becomes a simple ratio of focal lengths problem. The correction grid can be used for bothweighting, distance scale and area calculation, as the scale isconstant in the direction parallel to the central meridian. Additionally,this gives a base for the application of a gravity correction toaccommodate the departure of the ellipsoid from a sphere (Bougeurcorrection) and local perturbations in the orbit of the satellite

(departure of the geoid from the ellipsoid). These modified





corrections only need to be applied at the time of integration of areaand the original radiometric signals can be untouched until that time.

For distance calculation each pixel can be assumed to be a vector of the minimum fraction of a unit (the scale at the central meridian) in

the direction parallel to the meridian and the perpendiculardisplacement to be the scale factor. The distance is then atrigonometric reduction based on those scale factors. Beforeapplying, to the display, polygons or points from government data,the longitude of each vector point of the vector file will need to beadjusted. This adjustment is necessary because the earth spinsbelow the satellite. The adjustment is the integration of all the linesfrom the base of the image, which is south for a southward flying

image, north for a northward flying image. The incrementaladjustment for each line is the cosine of the latitude multiplied bythe side-slip displacement at the equator. The side-slip displacementat the equator is determined by the time taken to collect a pixel andthe rotation of the earth.

VICMAP and VICGRID

Until 1998, VICGRID was called VICMAP. or VICMAP (ANS). TheLambert Conformal Conic projection is best for showing elongateeast west regions hundreds of kilometres wide, just like the state of

Victoria. It was used for the Atlas of Victoria, 1:2 million & 1: 4million scale maps to show roads, towns, state boundaries, rivers,and catalogues of satellites.

Technical specification

The VICGRID standard has two components, the projection, anddatum. These are:Lambert Conformal Conic projection

2 standard parallels 36S and 38S latitudeCentral meridian 145E longitudeFor the spheroid initially Australian National Spheroid (ANS ~Clarke 1866) was used but since 1998 the spheroid from theGeocentric Datum Australia (GDA94) will be found.

The use of different spheroids is the technical difference between VICMAP and VICGRID. In detail there is less than 200 metres real




particularly well in a GIS and I use Microsoft Excel or paperprincipally. In the paper world this is where check lists and work

journals come in. If I am working for a client I spend a bit more timewith the check list so that they are self-explanatory, as I need to

justify my time, so I make them up in Microsoft Word, and Table 50

is an example and there are many others in this document. The ideais you print them off, use them, stick a date on them and file them inyour work journal - a large two-ring folder.

However for myself, I like the speed of an adjustable work programme, or at least keeping all the actions together, so I use acolumn of actions against some kind of date selection across therows in a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. There is some variation to

how you use the date, and I have given some examples in Table 50.There is the straight column of action and column for date which isthe bank book format and I still use this for share transactions. Theseries of ‗month and day only‘ columns are of course representingthe Solar cycle, ideal for working bees where you have annual tasksdepending on the season, and you mark off those tasks in theappropriate season column, you can even simplify it by using monthsor quarters. The Latitude axis is a little bit more cryptic but theassumption is the field season is only at certain times in the year and

you can use the latitude of the field site as a unique indicator of what you should take, one column per latitude, marking whichlatitudes require that clothing as per the example spreadsheetStudEx.xls . The use of day, that is day 1, day 2 and so on, is usedfor any building exercise, which repeats the steps on every site. Andfor those larger developments like mines, you can use a seriescolumns one for each year either numbered as in net-present-valuebudget or calendar as in mining production versus metal (whichgenerally for a particular mining district equates to a particular

metallurgical process).





Table 50 recommendation for time axes versus actionexamples

Type of time axis

Day, month, year 3

day and month only (or month, or quarter)Latitude/season

Day 1, 2, 3, etc

Year (either as a span: 1, 2, 3…2; or named: 2008, 2009 etc)

type of list tick

Your list type:

Check list for packing field equipment 1 X

Share transaction register X

net present value budget for a mine X

Mining production for a district X

Schedule for a water-bore work-over rig X

Check list for working bees X

The type of your time axis:

NOTES1 The example of a check list for field equipment packing is available on the Computers in Geology

website in the file StudEx.xlsk

2 Brown in 2010l tells that a year is being discussed by the International Subcommission on StratigraphicClassification as a unit for a span of time exactly 31 556 925.445 seconds.3 Labels for days don‘t necessarily have to be complex names, Richards 1998m, recommends and usesthe astronomical day, a signed real number, of the precise number of rotations of the Earth. I have put acalculator, based on his formulas, on my web site at the URL:

www.grantjacquier.info/heritage.html#toy

We won‘t be physically working on the goldfields around Ballaratgoldfields, as much as we would like to, but there is production data

from people who have and we can use a similar spreadsheet to showthis, and how to do that is described in the following section ‗Historicprocessing module for the Ballarat earth model‘.

k http://www.grantjacquier.info/StudEx.xls

l Cathy Brown, 'Geological time units - definition of the 'year'', The Australian Geologist no. 154 (2010), p.8.m E G Richards, Mapping time, the calendar and its history (Oxford, United Kingdom, 1998).




Astronomy processing module for the Ballarat earth model

As mentioned above time-based data is not stored particularly well ina GIS, so we will use the spreadsheet Microsoft Excel which hasquite a few in-built functions and arithmetic for the processing of time. We will match hat with mine production data provided from theGeological Survey Victoria.

Geological Survey Victoria VICMINE database

The GSV VICMINE database contains firstly the location, name andunique code for Victorian mines in the master.txt file and secondlythe gold production versus unique Victorian mine code in theprodtot.txt file. Both these files can be found on the Ballarat GIS

Data at: .\ballarat_GIS\ballarat_GIS2\VicMine\master.txt .\ballarat_GIS\ballarat_GIS2\VicMine\prodtot.txt

Load the VicMine data and then link it in Microsoft Excel. Equation 5summarises the commands to do this. After laoding and linking thedata, in the sheet ―mines‖ far left column put a lookup equation, andthen follow up with the menu items for a pivot table to create the

―analysis‖ sheet

Equation 5 using VicMine data in Microsoft Excel

File | Open | *.txtgaia\gis\ballarat_GIS\ballarat_GIS2\VicMine\master.txtDelimitedOther ―|‖ Edit | CopySheet1!J2002072.xlsRename―mines‖

File | Open | *.xlsC:\convert\j2002072.xlsVLOOKUP(A2, production!A:E,3)Data | Pivot tableSheet3!A1sum of ―prodn‖ for ―deposit sub-type‖ vs ―mines size‖ Rename―analysis‖





The algebraic processing sub-system

The algebraic module is what is usually associated with remotesensing, geophysical or geo-chemical processing as with theexamples in Table 51. This corresponds to the old work done onpaper cross-sections and often at this stage the depth component of geological computer systems becomes important.

Table 51 mathematics for geological problems afterBerkman

measurement basis ‡

mathematical analogue from Berkman

m l t I T L M θ ρ

6.1 Formulae for solution of triangles

Kirk 2010n 7 6 7

6.2 Formulae for area, perimeter, etc of planar figures & surface area … for solids

Fahey & Foley 1987o 7 7 7

6.3 Apparent dip in a direction

Bailey et.al. 2010p 7 7 6

6.4 Tables of slope angles

Kirk 2009q 6 6

6.5 Field grid spacing and elevation conversion table

image kriging in Scarmana 2010r 5 5

6.6 Stadia

VMO analysis 6 6 6

6.7 Airphoto scale nomogram …

6.8 Determination of the line of intersection

6.9 Graphical solution of the three point problem

6.10 Orthographic and Wulf….

base units of measurement

length l, mass m, time t, current I, temperature T, luminous intensity L, amount M, as well as thesupplementary units of plane θ and solid angles ρ.

‡ : dimension analysis from page 39 of Tennant, 1971s

.Data source from Chapter 9. Geophysics of Berkman

1 : Physical properties and conversion factors

5 : radiometric survey methods and tables

n Kirk, 'Slopes - Part 1 of 2', no.o M Fahey and P. A. Foley, 'In situ measurement of the coefficient of consolidation,' in EuropeanConference on Soil mechanics and Foundation Engineering 9th (Dublin: 1987).p Brad Bailey et al., 'Prospect identification using AVO inversion and lithology prediction', PESA News no.104 (2010), pp. 22-24.

q Kirk, 'DHI seismic facies', no.r Gabriel Scarmana, 'Super-resolution Imagery', Position Magazine no. 45 (2010), pp. 42-44.s R. M. Tennant (ed.), Science data book (Edinburgh, 1971).




6. seismic survey methods

7. down-hole survey methods

Once depth is considered the requirement for an elevation datumbecomes more critical. Generally you will be relating your depths

back to the locally established height datum, examples are given inTable 52, but you could also use your own benchmark and this wasoften the case for older more remote mines.

Table 52 official height data.

height datum scope establish. method

AHD712 Australia 1971 mean sea level

AHD661 Australia 1966 mean sea level

Auckland 1946 Datum1

Auckland (NewZealand) 1946 mean sea level

1 see2 AHD71 can be out in the order of a metre from local mean sea level in remote locations as reported in.

While, drilling or geophysical logging it is quite unusual to havesurveyors come in and pick up the top of casing for you and relate itto the nearest official benchmark, so often the ground surface isused. The ground surface is undulating and the relationship to mean

seal level or temporary benchmark is not obvious and therefore mustalso be modelled. This is currently done most easily with digitalelevation models or DEMs with some of the more extensive given inTable 53.

Table 53 digital elevation models in order of sophistication.

DEM

(extent, epoch)

resolution basis vendor

ACE1

(global, 1999)

<4km satellite radar altimeter. www.cse.dmu.ac.uk

GLOBE v11

(global, 1999)

30 arc sec. digital terrain elevationdata;

+ national DEMs

www.ngdc.noaa.gov

GTOPO301

(global, 1997)

30 arc sec. digital terrain elevationdata;

+ 8 national DEMs

edcdaac.usgs.gov

GEODATA1

(Australia, 1996)

9 arc sec. spot heights;

gravity surveyelevations.

www.auslig.gov.au

JGP95E1

(global, 1996)

5 arc min. topographic data;

bathymetric data;

U.S. National Imagery andMapping.





DEM

(extent, epoch)

resolution basis vendor

digital terrain elevationdata.

TerrainBase1

(global, 1995)


bathymetric data.

www.ngdc.noaa.gov

ETOPO51

(global,1987)


bathymetric data.

www.ngdc.noaa.gov

1 This description is taken from Hilton et. al. (2003)t

Also at this stage you you reconsider the radius of influence of thethemes that you use and in multi-spectral work, the bands of theimages you have collected The chart in Figure 24 gives comparisonsof detectors for which I have encountered specifications such asGeoimage 2009u.

t R. D. Hilton et al., 'Comparison of digital elevation models over Australia and external validation usingERS-1 satellite radar altimetry.', Australian Journal of Earth Sciences vol. 50, no. 2 (2003).u 'Geoimage Celebrating 21 Years,' (Geoimage, 2009).




Figure 24 comparison of spectral frequency and averageequivalent distance of a pixel for several remote sensors

analytic module for the Ballarat earth model

The analytical module for our example of the Ballarat map sheet

consists of the the themes shown in Table 54.

0.1

1

10

300 500 700 900 1100 1300

p i x e l ( m

e t r e s )

wavelength (nanometres)

Quickbird panchromatic Quickbird Band 1

Quickbird Band 2 Quickbird Band 3

Quickbird Band 4 Worldview-1

Worldview-2 panchromatic Worldview-2 Band 1

Worldview-2 Band 2 Worldview-2 Band 3



Worldview-2 Band 8





Table 54 pick list of the analytical data themes for theBallarat sheet earth model

theme type data set tick

digital terrain model .\ballarat_GIS1\mapinfo\dtm.*

Air (Bouguer) gravity survey .\ballarat_GIS1\mapinfo\gravity.*

site data any Microsoft Excel spreadsheet in columns

NOTES

These themes wwere from Ballarat GIS Data v and would be located on a mounted disk such as:gaia\gis\ballarat_GIS

The steps in the work include:

Going to use ArcView Image Analyst (File | Extensions |

Image Analyst 2. Reprojecting the images with a world file3. Load DTM (raster) data as per Equation 6.4. Load your raster (Bouger gravity) data also in Equation 6.

Equation 6 loading raster heights and Bougeur gravity in ArcView

Start ArcViewFile | Extensions | Spatial Analyst

File | Import | TABtableVersion 3.00Charset Windows Latin 1

Definition tableFile ―dtm.tif‖ Type ―RASTER‖ File | Extensions | Spatial AnalystView |Add theme | Gridncols 480nrows 450

xllcorner 378923yllcorner 4072345cellsize 30nodata_value –3276843 3 45 7 56 2 5 2335 45 65 34 2 6 78

5. Loading field data from Microsoft Excel as per Equation 7.

v 'Ballarat GIS Data,' ed. Natural Resources and Environment (Melbourne: Crown (State of Victoria),2001).




Equation 7 adding site measurements to the raster image in ArcInfo

start Microsoft Excel with field data spreadsheetFile | Save As | *.dbf

start ArcView with your project (myproject.apr)Project | Add | Table View | Add Event Theme

The only tricky thing is making the world file to keep all three themes in the sameplain.The world file is used with raster data assuming a flat plane, and specifying thevalues required in Equation 8.

Equation 8 specifying a flat plane.

x1 = Ax + By + C; where C = top right Eastingy1 = Dx + Ey + F; where F = top right Northing

The values for Equation 8 are implemented in a file given by:

textedit dtm.tfw31 A0 D0 B

-31 E769830 C5905800 F

The grammar processing sub-system

Mining companies have tended not to place much store on in-house presentation; ―image‖ products, such as annual reports, have been

traditionally contracted out. Routine and technical reports do not require multiple fonts or mixed text and graphics on the one page….

Considering the sense of perspective and style displayed by the average geologist in his/her field maps, it is possibly fortunate that

DTP is not more widespread….‖ Bettenay (1989)

As an introduction, it is hard to go past the two paragraphs ondesktop publishing from Bettenayw. So ―image‖ is not important, butwhat has happened most recently is that functions now support the

w Bettenay, 'An overview of the use of computers in exploration in Western Australia. .'





―content‖ with grammar checkers (Table 55), bibliographicdatabases, custom dictionaries (Table 110) and catalog merging. Infairness to Bettenay these features don‘t come from the DTP worldbut the programming world and subseqently DTP software isrevisited in the ―rhetoric‖ section. Evans writing a few years later in

1996Error! Bookmark not defined., gives a whole chapter on ―Making Your Word processor Work for You‖ and includes thesesections which are features he finds of assistance:

Formatting & style sheets Spell-checks and grammar-checks References Tables

Figures Table of contents Writing on to the screen Structure and the ‗outline‘ views Saving and duplicates Keeping a master disk Joint authorship

As a definition: the grammar sub-system of geological computer

system is used to convey critical issues to others outside yourimmediate science community. The software market is dominated bythe Microsoft Office suite of applications, and I am no different, but Ialso use an add-in Thompson EndNote, a bibliographic index (Reference in the Evans book). The weaknesses I have found withThompson EndNote include that I tend to get confused when I adaptan existing template. For example I box up my Australian Journal of Earth Science into wine-bottle cartons and store it in the roof, usingan EndNote database to summarise the contents. There is nospecific template for a Journal, only a Journal Article where theEditor is left out, and I am not confident to edit the providedtemplate, because I tend to lose the caption from the records as Imove them around between revisions.





The rhetoric processing sub-system

However Ho and Rocket (1989x), suggest that there are threecategories of desktop publishing: word-processing, enhanced wordprocessing and dedicated desk-top publishing as shown in Table 56.They thought at the time that differences between the capabilitieswere lessening, but what I have found is that the lower end word-processing has been transferred into other applications likeThompson EndNote amd Microsoft Script editor, which do otherthings entirely; and the high end dedicated desktop publishingsoftware like Microsoft Office Publisher, does new forms of outputsuch as business cards, posters, banners and Internet web-sites. Themiddle ground is being characterised by Microsoft PowerPoint

replacing internal memoranda ―typed up‖ in Microsoft Office. Thecapabilities they gave in 1989 still seem relevant to the newsoftware.

Table 56 desktop-publishing software categories

date software

category and capability after Ho and Rockett (1989)

dedicated desktop publishingcustom type sizes and line spacings; automatic hyphenation, full control over positioning and textblock size, text wrapping around irregular graphics, import of special graphics formats like EPS,

TIFF, and PICT; image modification; spot colour, page overlays and registration marks

enhanced word processing

character spacing (kerning); discretionary hyphenation; tailored formatting commands;columns; facing pages, margin controls and headers, moderate control over positioning and

text block size; graphics resizing; boxes, shading and line styles; templates

word-processing

multiple typefaces (fonts), type styles (bold etc), type sizes and line spacing, limitedcontrol over positioning and text block size, cut-and-paste of graphics; document zoom

software suite

component

Microsoft Office 2003

Microsoft Office Word X X

Microsoft Office Publisher X X X

Microsoft Office PowerPoint X X

Microsoft Script Editor X

x Susan E. Ho and Gina M.I. Rockett, 'Desktop Publishing in Exploration. ,' in Computers in Exploration -Where we are now and where we are going, Seminar No. 7, Australian Institute of Geoscientists BulletinNo 9 (Perth: Australian Institute of Geoscientists, 1989).




Thomson EndNote

desktop version X

Pocket PC version X

used by Ho & Rockett

MacWrite 4.5 X

Microsoft Word 4 X X

PageMaker 3.0 X X X

NOTES

Desktop publishing system

Ho & Rockett saw the benefits of a desktop publishing system ascontrol, security, convenience and cost. Control because it is used by

a scientist for his own needs. Security because confidential work iscarried out by the scientist and this also prevents plagiarism.Convenience is because there are no delays of transport, ormisunderstandings with commercial printers. Cost is becausechanges are a matter of time, and cost penalties are not applied.

Apart from the ease of the inserting a bibliographic reference into adocument, that comes from being a Microsoft Word add-on; I seethe strengths of the bibliographic software Thompson EndNote as:there are provided templates for publications with each field labelled

with a specific and informative caption, and the customised editingfunctions allow you to change things such as publication date in ablock of references.

In the mindset of Ho and Rockett, the alternative to a desktop-publishing system was getting publications typeset and they usedprofessionals when they were worried about appearance, oreonomics. Appearance was critical, because professionals have more

typefaces, styles and graphical elements to transfer the message toperhaps an inattentive reader. For economy they saw the craftsmenable to employ denser materials and design with less paper and lesstransport costs.

Microsoft PowerPoint

The predominance of Microsoft Office applications doesn‘t mean





there aren‘t serious critics, for instance Collins (2005)y quotescomments from Edward Tufte on the misuse of Microsoft PowerPointby the National Aeronautics and Space Administration in the reportinto the Columbia space shuttle explosion. But their finding is tohave a technical report in the place of the Powerpoint presentations

used, again which can be written in Microsoft Word, perhaps with aThompson EndNote add-in bibliographic database as this book hasbeen written.

Collins on advice from Tufte saw the critical issue with PowerPoint isto substitute a few bullet points for more intensive data summaries,that is graphs and diagrams with plenty of data. All this is availablein Microsoft Power Point object inserts, so once again it is a case of

how you use it, not what you are using.

Also beware of the ex-teachers who swear you should have no morethan seven points on a page. This is advice is in the context of teaching children who would rather being playing outside or boredsalesman who would rather be seducing their secretaries. The work of the cartographic research unit at the Defence Science andTechnology Organisation as outlined in a talk by the unit‘s leaderMajor Bob Edwards at the University of Melbourne in 2001, that

trained observers can handle and expect or feel more comfortablewith higher densities of graphical information.

This principle has been proved in battle with the unit‘s mobilecartography being employed in the second East Timor crisis whichlead to independence, and the Australian Army soldiers being able todetect differences in interpretations of borders with the Indonesians(they were using old Dutch colonial data, the Australians used official

Indonesian data) and prevented a war with Indonesia.

y Luke Collins, 'The presentation tool Powerpoint is killing our capacity for conceptual thinking, says it

nemesis, Edward Tufte', AFR Boss no. (2005).




More about an ore system

Perhaps the key precept that distinguishes geology from other earthscience disciplines is the thought that there is some innate logic toearth processes and the resulting substance. It has probablydescended to modern geologists from the early theologians who took a practical approach to supporting their belief in the flood myth. Theprinciple is still current, and scientists in the 1990s turned theirattention to the geological processes that occurred in the history of mineral deposits. This particular type of geological history has beenlabelled an ore system, examples of which are given in Table 57. Anore system commonly has the components: ore fluid generation, orefluid transport, ore fluid trapping and ore concentration. It is equally

applicable to oil and gas exploration with the components beinglabelled hydrocarbon generation, hydrocarbon transport,hydrocarbon trap, integrity of the cap and reservoir quality.

Table 57 possible Pangaea/Gondwana/Australia oresystems1

yield ore system

Au Orogenic gold systems 1

Au Porphyry associated gold (copper, silver) systems1

Fe BIF-hosted iron ores 1

Cu Iron oxide copper-gold systems 1

Cu Metamorphic copper systems 1

diamonds Kimberlite-lamproite pipes 1

heat Geo-pressured brines 2

heat Hot dry rock (HDR) 2

heat Hydrothermal 2

heat Magma associated with active volcanoes 2

Ni Komatiite-hosted nickel systems1

Ni Mafic-ultramafic intrusion associated Ni-Cu (± PGE) systems 1

Sn, W Felsic intrusion-related Sn, W and rare metals 1

Ta Tantalum (-lithium) pegmatite systems 1

U Unconformity related Uranium deposits 1

Zn, Pb Proterozoic sediment-hosted, stratiform Pb-Zn-Ag systems 1

Zn, Pb Carbonate-hosted, strata-bound lead-zinc (MVT) deposits 1

Zn, Pb Volcanic (felsic intrusive)-associated massive sulfide (Cu-Pb-Zn- Ag-Au) deposits 1

Zn, Pb Syndeformational, sediment-hosted, Au-Cu-Ag-Pb-Zn deposits(Cobar-type) 1





1 from Jacques (2002)z 2 from Alexander (2005)aa

I like the concept, because you can have several scenarios, acomplex history can be built up from cycles, and the metaphor of a

fluid interacting with a mineral resource can be used for humanactivity, and an ore system is distinguished from traditionalgeological history by the emphasis on quantitative estimation toallow economic evaluation at the end of the investigation. Even so, Iwas surprised how well the planning of my mother‘s Alzheimer‘streatment (fitted within a multiple stage, multiple phase, multiplescenario ore system) was represented in a spreadsheet atwww.grantjacquier.info/development_files/sheet006.htm.

In terms of computing, while you can do it in a single spreadsheet,the ore system will likely be a suite of computer programs, which areapplied to the earth model data. However, unlike many computingapplications in commerce, where the methods of banking haven‘taltered in hundreds of years, the processes described by thecomputer algorithm needs to be altered, as more knowledge isgained and opinions change on the underlying geological system.The scientist‘s thoughts about the ore system and subsequently the

associated computing applications will pass through the classicexploration life cycle shown in Table 58. Also shown in this table, arethe key data management issues addressed by the computingapplication at each stage. If you manage your computing correctly itshould improve in capability at the same time as your investigationchanges.

The first section of this chapter discusses each of the six phases of information and technology management and how they apply to

building up the ore system. The second section gives examplecomputer applications for an ore system in the region of Ballarat in

Victoria.

z A. L. Jaques, S. Jaireth, and J. L. Walshe, 'Mineral systems of Australia: an overview of resources,

settings and processes', Australian Journal of Earth Science vol. 49, no. 4 (2002).aa Elinor Alexander, 'Geothermal energy exploration in South Australia', PESA News no. 73 (2005), pp.39-52.

http://www.grantjacquier.info/development_files/sheet006.htm






Table 58 the exploration/computing life cycle

Exploration management1 Information & Technology Management regional research reference & indexing

field work field data & validation

preparation of results analyses & processing

project review corporate information & data sharing

proposal for further work summary & presentation

statutory reporting archive & reporting 1 from White (1997)bb

The development phases of a Ballarat ore system

The section discusses the different phases of the exploration life-

cycle (Table 58) for the case study of the Ballarat map sheet region.The exception is ―field data and validation‖ which is covered in the ―Why use an earth model?‖ section. The example used here involvesa bit of role-play to dress out the problem. Consider that you areworking for a:

Gold exploration company You have experience in the Eastern Goldfields, W. Australia.Prospects are exhausted there and you are looking

elsewhere

bb White, Management of mineral exploration.





The reference & indexing phase

The reference and indexing development phase of an ore systemcorresponds to regional reconnaissance work in exploration. Probablythe most obvious information aspect of this work is the use of athesaurus of key words as per the sample for Computers in Geologyin Table 59. Essential the use of common or approved words inlabelling your documents as you create them, means they will sorttogether when it comes time for reporting and review. The severalissues or questions to be considered when considering establishing athesaurus for geology use are:

scale projection time stratigraphy cost format extent geological history

Digital tools available for the work, and some broad objectives thatwill apply in most cases are given the sub-sections below:

1. Electronic reference and indexing2. Reference and indexing for a Ballarat ore system

Table 59 sample conversion of key words into project codes

category (from Keyword field on File > Properties) project

1 unallocated

Affinity Contracting & Search Perentie

AGIA societies

applied mathematics;civil engineering;geology;statistics Perentie

Australian Geoscience Information Association societies

Computers in Geology administration

geology societies

Geological Society of Australia societies

GSA societiesinvestment investment




Pembroke School private

private private

Project Numbat Numbat

Project Perentie Perentie

Project Wombat Wombat

Santos Santos

Specialist Group in Computing societies

The Regency Lodge private

The University of Melbourne Numbat

zzz unallocated

Electronic reference and indexing

The general tools available to meet the issues for using a geologythesaurus with documents are:

readme file data dictionary browser catalogue

The objectives for a reference algorithm to work are

read meta-data run browser make catalogue

Reading the meta-data is basically appreciating the contents of adata file or database that is available to you. Twenty years ago this

was perhaps just a sensible naming convention for data files indirectories but increasingly complex descriptions are now available inthe headers of these files. In Table 60 are some of the more specificgeological standards available for indexing but it does illustrate thatcontents descriptions can vary from key words in a thesaurus to aprocess description that indicates the topology or inter-relationshipof blocks of data both in time and space.

The next step browsing of the meta-data is allowing the scientist tomake comparisons between the data sets once the contents of eachfile have been read. And finally the catalogue, is the list of the of the




Table 60 electronic file indexing schemes for geology

THESAURUS

meta-data schema basis

Dublin Core XML

AGCRC1 Dublin Core

Geography Markup Language(GML)3 XML

CGI Geology Data Model (GeoSciML4) GML

Extensible Markup Language (XML) 5 SGML

Standard Generalized Markup Language (SGML) 5 ISO standard

Extensible HTML (XHTML) 5 XML, HTML

Exploration and Mining Markup Language(XMML)3 GML

Hypertext Markup Language(HTML)5 SGML

Virtual Reality Markup Language(VRML)2 MapScript

Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) 3

TOPOLOGY1 introduced in Price & Stoker cc 2 introduced in Pullar dd 3 outlined in Ackland & Coxee 4 announced in Cox & Simonsff from the work by the Commision for the Management of GeoscienceInformation (CGI) of the International Union of Geological Sciences5 differences between XML, HTML, XHTML and SGML are given on pp4-7 of Ray & Raygg

Reference and indexing for a Ballarat ore system

The outcome of this section is a strategic report to a shareholdersmeeting summarising your regional reconnaissance. We have to getour facts straight so we can answer their questions. First wesummarise our geological thinking, then make some approximationsto extrapolate a mathematical model from which we can derive somenumbers to table at that meeting (recorded in a Microsotf Excelspreadsheet tagged with appropriate key words for the project).

In establishing a regional geology model let us believe the EasternGoldfields, and Victorian Goldfields are cratons caused by identicalcontinental – island arc collisions. However, if we trust Bierlein et. al.

cc G. P. Price and P. Stoker, 'Australian Geodynamics Cooperative Research Centre's integratedresearch program delivers a new minerals exploration strategy for industry', Australian Journal of EarthSciences vol. 49, no. 4 (2002).dd D. Pullar, 'Using VRML to visualise landscape change and process', Cartography vol. 31, no. 1 (2002).ee Ross Ackland and Simon Cox, 'Markup mapping.', GIS User no. 47 (2001), pp. 28-31.

ff Simon Cox and Bruce Simons, 'CGI Geology Data Model Working Group', The Australian Geologist no.137 (2005), pp. 25-26.gg Deborah S. Ray and Eric J. Ray, Mastering HTML and XHTML (Alameda, CA, USA., 2002).





(2001)hh, in the Eastern Goldfields the majority (>51%) production isfrom orogenic deposits, whereas in the Victorian Goldfields this ismainly placer and alluvial deposits. Let us assume:

Company finding rate is 1:200 all non-orogenic deposits discovered most orogenic deposits hidden by soil cover and not

discovered . In 1999, Victorian Government financed state-wide air

geophysics.

To put numbers on the regional model, to geive us a maths model,you open the Microsoft Excel spreadsheet as per Equation 9, and

then apply the following columns:

Total production of all subtypes (PD) fault hosted production (PO) non-orogenic production (PN = PD - PO) potential production (PP > PN / 49%) undiscovered production (PU > PP - PD) Return to shareholders (Pf > PU x 1/200)

Equation 9 using Microsoft Excel for a regional maths modelstart | All Programs | Microsoft Office 2003 | Microsoft ExcelFile | Open | j2002072.xls

hh BIERLEIN, F. P., ARNE, D. C., KEAY, S. M. and NAUGHTON, N. J. 2001 Timing relationshipsbetween felsic magmatism and mineralisation in the Central Victorian gold province, southeast Australia.

Australian Journal of Earth Sciences, 48, 883-899.




The loading data & verification phase

This section could be entitled ―Field data & validation‖, especially if working directly in the field but for a lot of the time the computergeologist is concerned with historical or legacy data. Subsequently,the preparation of the earth model (especially the logic sub-system)covers this quite well for the legacy data, though you will want touse the suggestions in the sub-section ‗Statistics for field data‘ tovalidate that old data. With that caveat explained, the rest of thissection will deal predominantly with data collection.

The data collected can be analogue measurements, digital readings,

narratives, or illustrations. Essentially, different number bases, suchas base 2 or binary, can represent a number. In computing there isalso base 8 (octal), base 10 (decimal) or base 16 (hexa-decimal).

Alternatively a symbol can be associated with each number such asHTML and ASCII. Translation can go both ways from symbol tonumber or number to symbol which leads to the hybridrepresentation of Binary Coded Decimal or BCD. On the ‗Computersin Geology‘ table server you will find a table to translate betweendifferent codes at the Internet address in Equation 10.

Equation 10 URL for code translation

http://www.grantjacquier.info/develop.htm#translate

I still prefer paper for field work, and in 1996 I put those thoughtsinto the Autumn 1996 ‗Computers in Geology‘ newsletter ii, whichDavid Stapledon summarised in the section ‗4.4 Equipment andPrograms Suitable for Logging‖ of his keynote address jj, later that

year. Nevertheless computers are used in the field, Dentith in 2008gave a primerkk , with other papers I have come across but not yetintegrated into this narrative are:

Gasmier (1987) Holloway (1999)

ii Grant Jacquier, 'Computers in Geology,' in PESA News (Computers in Geology, 1996).

jj Stapledon, 'Keeping the "Geo"; Why and How.'kk Dentith, 'Introducing digital geological mapping into a 3rd-year field unit: experiences at the Universityof Western Australia', no.








Waltho (1999)

From my perspective a lot of what is required for data collection canbe seen in surveying systems for engineering at site scale, cadastralsurveying for terrain and basin scale, with geodetic work for

geophysics and regional mapping at continent scale. However, Iexpect there are some special characteristics and I interpreted theseconstraints from a critique of the Mangocreations iGeolog softwareby Cockbain in 2011ll which ―basically consists of a geological sectioneditor‖:

Good on-line help is required. Setting precise bed thicknesses is very difficult if you have to

rely only on graphical means such as a slider. This echoescomments made by Bettenay in 1989mm with ―it is theinherent design and interface that determines the practicaleffectiveness of a software package for exploration, not therange of features it offers‖.

Accessing catalogues of fossil marks has to to be easy,prefereably with some kind of automatic assistance, thatdoesn‘t require practice. Curiously Stapledon in 1996 is morescathing of the actual codes for shading in geotechnical logs

as proscribed in the Australian Standard of the time, than of the actual computer being used. So probably the future of geological data collection software will be that it will handlethe log annotations and artefacts better than we can docurrently with pencil.

There needs to be transfer utility and destination for theinformation once you have made the section. A screen shotto JPEG file is not good enough especially when you have asection which exceeds the screen size. Previously hadcelebrated Micromine where all data files are ASCII(American Standard Code of Interface and Interchange) andcan be re-used, even in an algebraic sense with labels suchas ―NS‖ and ―Stope‖ being treated as missing values (heuses the term ―logical null‖).

There is a trade off of weight versus the size of the screenwhich makes the application more useful.

ll Tony Cockbain, 'iGeolog, Mangocreations', The Australian Geologist no. 158 (2011), p. 40.mm Bettenay, 'An overview of the use of computers in exploration in Western Australia. .'




Statistics for field data

This sub-section is a ready reference of Microsoft Excel formulas forsetting up statistical calciulations in a worksheet based on what youknow about how the data was collected. I find it useful when I ambringing data together from different sources into an earth model.Each set has different assumptions, and so requires differentstatistics.

The sub-section is in two parts, the first dealing with integer values,or more precisely discrete distributions, where all the permutationsare known; and the second is for real numbers, or again moreprecisely continuous distributions, where obviously the values are

samples and having the complete collection is impossible.

Discrete distributions:

1. Equation 11 binomial distribution of a population2. Equation 12 binomial distribution of samples by a Normal

model3. Equation 13 discrete geometric distribution

4. Equation 14 uniform distribution5. Equation 15 Poisson distribution of elapsed time6. Equation 16 Poisson distribution of counts per second7. Equation 17 Gaussian distribution

Continuous distributions:

8. Equation 18 uniform distribution of a continuous variable9. Equation 19 Poisson distribution of a continuous variable

10. Equation 20 Standard Normal distribution of a continuousvariable

11. Equation 21 Normal distribution of a continuous variable

Discrete distribution of variables

Most geological measurements are samples from a continuum but if the sampling is without bias, the sample population will be a discrete

model honouring the continuous distribution, and then Equation 11to Equation 17 can be used.





For a practical example, based of the approach outlined in theintroduction to this chapter, please consider the uncertaintyestimates used in the companion Feldbuch product available on theCD-ROM ―Grant‘s Geological Toolkit‖ (enquiries as per my websitewww.grantjacquier.info). However, firstly, Table 61 gives the legend

of the parameters in these tables.

Table 61 general notes to the discrete distribution functions

Expectation (X) First moment of random variable X about origin 0

BASIC programs relevant to this include: nn Variance(X) Second moment of random variable X about the Expectation (X). BASIC

programs which calculate this are : nn.probability function This gives the probability of a value occuring. BASIC programs referenced

include: oo and pp

cumulative probabilityfunction

This gives the probability of any value occurring that is less than theprescribed maximum. BASIC programs referenced include: pp

binomial distribution Assumes true and false are represented by the integers 1 and 0. BASICprograms which deal with this include: oo and nn.

number of iterations The 1st (replacement) case assumes all outcomes will be available oniteration.The 2nd (non-replacement) case assumes that once an outcome is selectedit is excluded from further iteration.1 A 90% confidence interval is used in the example to determine the number of iterations to achieve that confidence interval..

WARNING: POPULATION A1:C10 MUST INCLUDE ALL OUTCOMES.

These BASIC programs will manufacture the permutations and combinations:qq

The equivalent BASIC programs follow:

nn Mean, Variance, Standard Deviation; pages 121-123 of Lon Poole and Mary Borchers, Some commonBASIC programs (Berkeley, California, 1979).

oo Binomial Distribution, pages 125-6 of ibid.pp Normal Distribution, pages 128-129 of ibid.qq Permutations and Combinations, pages 116-117 of ibid.







Equation 11 binomial distribution of a population

parameter BASIC program Microsoft Excel formula

discrete random variable X qq =COLUMN(A1:C10)

first value of X =row(A1:C1)

count of population n=COUNT(A1:A10)

absolute minimum abs_min=0

absolute maximum abs_max=1

Expectation (X) nn xbar=COUNTIF(A1:C10,1)/n

Variance(X) nn sigma_sq=COLUMNS(A1:C10)*xbar*(1-xbar)

Skewness(X)

Kurtosis(X)

inverse of X $M1=IF(A1=1,0,1)

probability function oo $N1=BINOMDIST(COUNTIF(A1:C1,1),COLUMNS(A1:C10),xbar,F ALSE)

cumulative probability function oo $O1=BINOMDIST(COUNTIF(A1:C1,1),COLUMNS(A1:C10),xbar,TRUE)

number of iterations 1 $P1=n*LOG(1-0.9)/LOG(1-$N1)

NOTESbinomial distribution Assumes true and false are represented by the integers 1 and 0.

WARNING: POPULATION A1:C10 MUST INCLUDE ALL OUTCOMES

Binomial distribution

probability density

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

x

P ( X

< = x )

Binomial distribution of

probability

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

X

P

( X )





Equation 12 binomial distribution of samples by a Normalmodel


discrete random variable X qq =COLUMN(A1:C10)

first value of X =row(A1:C1)count of population n=COUNT(A1:C1)

absolute minimum abs_min=0

absolute maximum abs_max=1

Expectation (X) nn mu=n*A$21

Variance(X) nn sigma_sq=mu*$A$20

Skewness(X)

Kurtosis(X)

inverse of X A$20=1-A$21

probability functionError! Bookmark not

defined. A$21=COUNTIF(A1:A10,1)/COUNT(A1:A10)

cumulative probability function Error!

Bookmark not defined. A$22=NORMDIST(COLUMN($C$1:$C$10)-COLUMN(A$1:A$10)+0.5,mu,sigma_sq,TRUE)

number of iterations 1 A$23=LOG(1-0.9)/(n-1/n)

NOTESbinomial distribution Assumes true and false are represented by the integers 1 and 0.

number of iterations 1st (replacement) case assumes all outcomes will be available on iteration.The second (non-replacement) case assumes that once an outcome isselected it is excluded from further iterations.

confidence interval 1 A 90% confidence interval is used in the example.

WARNING: POPULATION A1:C10 MUST INCLUDE ALL OUTCOMES




Equation 13 discrete geometric distribution


discrete random variable X qq =COLUMN(A1:A10)

first value of X =INDEX(A1:A10,1,1)


absolute minimum abs_min=MIN(A1:A10)

absolute maximum abs_max=MAX(A1:A10)

Expectation (X) xbar=AVERAGE(A1:A10)

Variance(X) sigma_sq=VARP(A1:A10)

Skewness(X) skewness=SKEW(A1:A10)

Kurtosis(X)

inverse of X M1=1/A1

probability function N1=NORMDIST(A1,xbar,STDDEVP(A1:A10),FALSE)

cumulative probability function O1=NORMDIST(A1,xbar,STDDEVP(A1:A10),TRUE)

number of iterations 1

NOTESWARNING: POPULATION A1:A10 MUST INCLUDE ALL OUTCOMES

geometric distribution

probability density

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

x

P ( X < = x )

geometric distribution of

probability

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

X

P ( X )





Equation 14 uniform distribution




count of populationn=COUNT(A1:A10)



Expectation (X) xbar=MAX(A1:A10)/2



probability function =xbar

cumulative probability function O1=COUNT(A$1:A2)*xbar

NOTES

continuousdistributions

Most geological measurements are samples from a continuum but if the sampling iswithout bias, the sample population will be a discrete model honouring the continuousdistribution and this table may be used.




Equation 15 Poisson distribution of elapsed time







Expectation (X) 1/lambda=1/AVERAGE(M1:M10)



probability function N1=lambda*EXP(-lambda*A1)

cumulative probability function M2=SUM(C$1:C2)

NOTEScontinuous distributions Most geological measurements are samples from a continuum but if thesampling is without bias, the sample population will be a discrete model honouring the continuousdistribution and this table may be used.Expectation (X) First moment of random variable X about origin 0Variance(X) Second moment of random variable X about the Expectation (X)WARNING: POPULATION A1:A10 MUST INCLUDE ALL OUTCOMES





Equation 16 Poisson distribution of counts per second










probability function N1=POISSON(A1,1/lambda,FALSE)

cumulative probability function M2=POISSON(A1,1/lambda,TRUE)

NOTEScontinuous distributions Most geological measurements are samples from a continuum but if thesampling is without bias, the sample population will be a discrete model honouring the continuousdistribution and this table may be used.Expectation (X) First moment of random variable X about origin 0Variance(X) Second moment of random variable X about the Expectation (X),




Equation 17 Gaussian distribution







Expectation (X) xbar=AVERAGE(A1:A10)



probability function N1=NORMDIST(A1,xbar,STDDEVP(A1:A10),FALSE)

cumulative probability function O1=NORMDIST(A1,xbar,STDDEVP(A1:A10),TRUE)

NOTEScontinuousdistributions

Most geological measurements are samples from a continuum but if the samplingis without bias, the sample population will be a discrete model honouring thecontinuous distribution and this table may be used.

Expectation (X) First moment of random variable X about origin 0Variance(X) Second moment of random variable X about the Expectation (X)WARNING: POPULATION A1:A10 MUST INCLUDE ALL OUTCOMES

Gaussian distribution

probability density

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

x

P ( X

< = x )

Gaussian distribution of

probability

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

X

P

( X )





Continuous distributions of variables

Equation 18 uniform distribution of a continuous variable

Selective, truncated, biased or incomplete sampling

samples of continuous random variable X =COLUMN(A1:A10)

first sample value of X =INDEX(A1:A10,1,1)

count of samples =COUNT(A1:A10)

arithmetic mean of samples xbar=AVERAGE(A1:A10)

standard deviation of samples s=STDDEV(A1:A10)

Continuous distribution parameters/estimates

absolute minimum value abs_min=

absolute maximum value abs_max=

Expectation (X) mu=MAX(A1:A10)/2

Variance(X) sigma_sq=0


probability density function N1=mu

cumulative probability function O1=mu*A1-abs_minimum

predicted value of X P1=RANDBETWEEN(abs_min,abs_max)

sampling If you suspect that your sampling is unbiased and produces a complete, butdiscrete representation of the continuous distribution, then please use a discrete distribution.Expectation (X) First moment of random variable X about origin 0Variance(X) Second moment of random variable X about the mean/average




Equation 19 Poisson distribution of a continuous variable




count of samples =COUNT(A1:A10)




absolute minimum value abs_min=0

absolute maximum value abs_min=infinity


Variance(X) sigma_sq=

inverse of X M1=1/A1probability density function N1=lambda*EXP(-lambda*A1)

cumulative probability function O1=1-EXP(-lambda*A1)

predicted value of X

sampling If you suspect that your sampling is unbiased and produces a complete, butdiscrete representation of the continuous distribution, then please use a discrete distribution.Expectation (X) First moment of random variable X about origin 0Variance(X) Second moment of random variable X about the mean/averagelambda This is an approximation only





Equation 20 Standard Normal distribution of a continuousvariable




count of samples n=COUNT(A1:A10)



Difference of sample mean and distributionmean (90% confidence)

delta=CONFIDENCE(1-0.9,1,n)


absolute minimum value abs_min=NORMSINV(0)

absolute maximum value abs_max=NORMSINV(1)

Expectation (X) mu=0

Variance(X) sigma_sq=1


probability density function N1=NORMSDIST(A1)

cumulative probability function O1=NORMDIST(A1,0,1,TRUE)

predicted value of X P1=NORMSINV(O1)

sampling If you suspect that your sampling is unbiased and produces a complete, butdiscrete representation of the continuous distribution, then please use a discrete distribution.Expectation (X) First moment of random variable X about origin 0

Variance(X) Second moment of random variable X about the mean/averagedelta For demonstration purposes 90% confidence interval is assumed.




Equation 21 Normal distribution of a continuous variable


samples of continuous randomvariable X

=COLUMN(A1:A10)


count of samples n=COUNT(A1:A10)



Difference of sample mean anddistribution mean (90% confidence)

delta=CONFIDENCE(1-0.9,STDDEVP(A1:A10),n)


absolute minimum value abs_min=NORMINV(0,mu,STDDEVP(A1:A10))

absolute maximum value abs_max=NORMINV(1,mu,STDDEVP(A1:A10))

Expectation (X) mu=RANDBETWEEN("xbar-delta","xbar+delta")

Variance(X) sigma_sq=


probability density function N1=NORMDIST(A1,mu,STDDEVP(A1:A10),FALSE)

cumulative probability function O1=NORMDIST(A1,mu,STDDEVP(A1:A10),TRUE)

predicted value of X P1=NORMINV(O1,mu,STDDEVP(A1:A10))

sampling If you suspect that your sampling is unbiased and produces a complete, butdiscrete representation of the continuous distribution, then please use a discrete distribution.Expectation (X) First moment of random variable X about origin 0.Variance(X) Second moment of random variable X about the mean/average.delta For demonstration purposes 90% confidence interval is assumed.





The analysis & processing phase

The analysis and processing development phase of an ore systemcorresponds to the preparation of results in exploration. Statisticsplay a great part in this and the spreadsheet at Equation 22 suggeststhe spectrum of statistical techniques, which may come into use.One of the really exciting aspects for mathematicians working inearth science is the great range of probability distributions that canbe found. Some of these are shown in Equation 11 to Equation 21 inthe previous section ‗Statistics for field data‘, but for ease of use theyhave been divided into those distributions that cover onlydiscontinuous or integer values and those continuous distributions,

which can have any real number.

Equation 22 reference to the continuum of statistics

http://www.grantjacquier.info/stud.xls#probability

Whatever formulas you do reduce the data with just keep in mindthe accuracy and precision of your measurements. An interesting

toungue-in-cheek quote appeared in Position magazine onmeasuring Mount Everestrr, reminds me that whatever the answerreturned by an algorithm you should modify the answer to accountfor the precision. In the case of Figure 25 perhaps an estimate of 8840 ± 10 metres would have conveyed better meaning, and theconclusion that there was no change in the measured height of Mount Everest would have been more responsible.

Chinese authorities say Mount Everest is now 3.7 metres

shorter than it was in 1975, the last time they measured it.The director general of the Chinese State Bureau of Surveying

and Mapping, Chen Bangzhu, says the height at the summit is 8844.43 metres, with a precision of 10.21 metres. Chinese

surveyors, armed with GPS and radar measuring equipment,spent 40 minutes at the summit to take the measurements.

Figure 25 the height of Mount Everest

rr 'News', Position no. 21 (2006), p. 29.




analysis processing

report output

The client with the ANSWER1

Geological model - facts

In deciding what to use for a geological model probably the easiestis to select a stereotype from somewhere else that you can apply inthe area of interest. I use the word stereotype in preference toarchetype because an archetype is the classic example, which is fullyunderstood, whereas the stereotype is an over-generalised model.Consistent with the warning in the previous section against believingin geology, in the 21st century when we have so little geologicalknowledge, we can expect more stereotypes than archetypes.

orogenic gold mineralisation

The target ore system according to Polito et. al. (2001), based on astereotypical orogenic gold mineralisation at the Junction Deposit,Western Australia is shown in Table 63.

Table 63 - checklist for an ore system

MINERALISATION TYPE: orogenic gold mineralisation

stereotype: Junction Deposit, Western Australia 1

part component

source intra-crustal basin fluid in Black Flag Grp shales

transport fault

cap hydraulic – hydrothermal waters (70-440 MPa)

trap fluid-wall rock interaction with iron-rich host (Junction Dolerite)

references1 POLITO, P. A., BONE, Y., CLARKE, J. D. A. and MERNAGH, T. P. 2001 Compositional zoning of fluidinclusions in the Archaean Junction gold deposit, Western Australia: a process of fluid-wall-rockinteraction? Australian Journal of Earth Sciences, 48, 833-855.

Geological model - fiction

Let us consider a version of orogenic gold mineralization for a

deposit type not previously found at Ballarat, Victoria, but based onan ore system after Polito et. al. (2001) where:





source: intra-crustal basin fluid in Ordovician turboditestransport: mapped faultcap: hydrothermal waters (< 500m true thickness fromGellibrand Marl)trap: fluid-wall rock interaction with iron-rich host (Mt Bute

Adamellite). See Table 64 for petrological sequence

Table 64 Feldspar and quartz mineralogy of some igneousrocks

OROGENIC GOLD MINERALISATION

unknown Ballarat deposits, Victoria (after Polito et. Al. 2001)

K-feldspar rich plagioclase richless quartz syenite monzonite diorite

more quartz adamellite

Mathematical model

Assumptions dip is 5-10 degrees*

GIS model Find intersections of faults and Mount Bute Adamellite.Select thoseintersections within 50 km (500m true thickness*) of the GellibrandMarl.

Select the input data

Start the geographical information system with a new data base (Project ) and the first fons of the same scale and projection (View ).The load a single layer (theme) to the first fons. The commands todo this in ArcView are shown in Equation 25.

Equation 25 - selecting input data in ESRI ArcView

c:\ESRI\Av_gis30\Arcview\Bin32\ArcviewFile | New | ProjectView | Add Theme

Processing





Corporate information & data sharing phase

The corporate information and data sharing development phase of an ore system corresponds to the project review in exploration. Thisis where ore systems must be compared to allocate further funding.This phase often requires the application of standards to project dataand the back loading of that data into a database that is commonwith other projects. Even if you have the smallest consultancy, youstill need to send around e-mails, keep track of client requests so theminimalist system is a series of Folders in Microsft Outlook and I suethose shown in Table 65.

Wit this as the basis, you should consider the following sections andsee if you need more:

1. The Head Office syndrome2. Some theory of database design3. A good bet: the Extranet4. The Ballarat demonstration5. The future




Table 65 check list for the General Folder in MicrosoftOutlook

1 CHECK WORKING FOLDERS

The General folder should contain the following folders 1

Archive folder

Calendar

Journal

Sent items

Calendar item

Contacts folder

Change of Address

Family and friends

SGiC vendors

Correspondence 2

Drafts

Helen

Inbox

Journal

Lists

Pending

Sent Items

The Head Office syndrome

Done properly, the introduction of data for a new target or probleminto the corporate data set, will build up the earth model, and allprojects will benefit by the expanded scope of the data set.However, as this work is a corporate responsibility, clerks with

predominantly commercial computing experience will usually carry itout, and so the issues from Yacopetti and Mundellss that the scientistshould plan to control are:

Capture of original observations and measurements toreduce error at the point of origin

Discovery and access to the captured data Differentiation of original data from derivative data Identification of metadata (or data about the data)

ss Yacopetti and Mundell, 'Improving the quality of geoscientific information.'





Data interoperability — providing the data in variety of standard formats

Delivery of select data sets to required client systems Aggregation and abstraction of data and delivery in desired

formats

Internal data quality alerts and measures.

The golden rule is that once data is in any type of electronic formatit is quite easy to map it to another. The structure of a new databasecan be daunting but there are some rough translations as shown inTable 66.

Table 66 equivalent data structures.

Codd SQL FORTRAN MS Excel GIS Geolog

database database program template - site

- instance run workbook project project

- schema report collection algorithm well

relation table file range set set

tuple row record row aoi1 frame

attribute column field column layer log1 aoi: area of interest

Some theory of database design

If you do have some time [or permission] for planning how yourdata will be loaded up, give some thought to the geologicalrelationships between the data. For instance the scientificsignificance of nominating relationship cardinality in a databasedesign and the impact on display of the associated measurements isshown in Table 67.

Table 67 the alignment of database design and presentation.

relationshipcardinality 1

mathematicalsignificance

e.g. best displaymethod

geological

to

biological

many - many non-linear cumulativefrequency

many histogram

mandatory linear

cross-plotoptional - one chaotic

optional-many random




1 defined on page 106 of McFadden and Hoffer (1991)tt

A good bet: the Extranet

As we are on the move in the field we will always have the problem

of communicating with the head office, clients or supervisors. Isuppose originally it started with the post and then later in the moreremote cases there really was a postal drop from an aeroplane. Inthe early eighties a colleague thought the greatest invention was thefax machine because you could send diagrams not just text, youcould do away with your answering service, at that time areceptionist working at secretarial bureau, and you didn‘t have to getup in the middle of the night to talk to colleagues in the UnitedStates, just leave the machine on. I can understand the feelings of that fax lover, because I feel similarly about the World Wide Web(www) and hypertext markup language (HTML) files. Having awebsite means I don‘t:

Spend a day a month updating various copies of usermanuals and tip-sheets for my client.

Leave the particular folder at my office when I need it with aclient.

Have a pile of enquires requiring short but detailed answerswhen I get back from the field.

Have two or three lists of websites which I have to update inmultiple places every time a client or supplier changes theiraddress or location of technical data on the Internet.

Forget where all the files for a particular project are,especially when I am using different software and the filesare in several different folders or even on different systems.

From the client‘s perspective I liked these things from the EagleResource Advisory web-site (Jacquier 2011uu):

easily read document format (Adobe Portable Documentformat);

a mixture of text and good figures;

tt McFadden and Hoffer, Data base management .uu Grant L Jacquier, 'Eagle Research Advisory www.eagleres.com.au', The Great Australian Byte no. 4(2011), pp. 17-18.





a modern but simple design that doesn‘t detract from thecontent;

uses companies in the same state as the business so thatany misuse can be dealt within the local jurisdiction[quickly];

reports are indexed, and in a common format giving a singledata set;

the indexing method quickly shows the scope of thematerial, in this case by a single image of keywords (date,company name, exchange company code), the sizeindicating the occurrence in the reports;

the material is stored off-site from the Eagle Research Advisory office adding to the security as an archive.

Originally, I used my client‘s internal web site or intranet, then Ibegan to use HTML files with Javascript forms, on my laptop tocatalogue the various files in a project, but when Telstra Bigpond setup the universal number for home users, where you can ring thesame number (0198 308 888) right across Australia, I moved a lot of the non-confidential material on the Telstra Bigpond site to make anextranet, that I can access it from my own office, a client office, or amotel room, and my clients can make use of, if I am not around.

I have considered setting up my own web server on Linux especiallyas I could also run on the same server, the geographical informationsystem (GIS) and image processing software, GRASS, which is ashareware product, but this would require a lot of my time to set itup and do the system administration. I also found, when I tried torun a computer as a fax machine that running a computer 24 hoursin the home is a little bit impractical, with the machine getting hot,the disk drive and fans wearing out, and just the inconvenience of abig box near the phone connection. It was much easier to use amodern stand-alone, disk-less fax machine.

The Ballarat demonstration

On the 1st disk of the Ballarat GIS Data, there is the directoryexploration_summary. This a series of reports, each with a serialnumber for various prospects. They are in Adobe PDF format, so you

can make an HTML file to index and describe these, as your owncorporate database. The expectation is that you add your new




prospects at a later time, maintaining the same style and file format.

There are 289 files in that directory, but you could use variations of these examples to make indexes in HTML or KML file suitable for anextranet:

Making a catalogue of document files Make an asset catalogue for the natural environment





The presentation & mapping phase

I feel the presentation and mapping component is the mostimportant component of all. Very rarely does a scientist work withoutpatronage whether it is shareholders, the Australian ResearchCouncil or a posse of concerned citizens. It doesn‘t take muchimagination to exhaust your own money and this is where you cangenerate further funds by presenting your work well andencouraging people to assist you or alternatively publicising yourfindings and getting society to change. For me it is what I feel I dothe worst but anyhow I will persevere with some suggestions inTable 68. The discussion of how this fits with the Ballarat data model

is given in the section following that table.

Table 68 browsing software for presenting data

date: Compute name:

0 CATEGORY

Computer program version

1 SCIENCE SPECIFIC BROWSERS (remove on disposal)

Required for batch processing

Thomson EndNote

Oxford English Dictionary

Golden Software Surfer

X Golden Software Scripter

X Golden Software MapViewer libraries

Golden Software MapViewer

A+ French

2 ALTERNATIVE BROWSERS

Was used for batch processing

OpenWave Simulator ( WML browser for phone simulation)

X img2tif.pif or IMG2TIF.PIF 1

Geomatica Freeview (used for browsing Imagine img format)

Blaxxun Contact (used for 3D models)

3 GENERAL BROWSERS (leave these installed)

Is used for batch processing and needs to be present

Microsoft Internet Explorer

Google Earth

Apple iTunes

4 TEMPLATES (rescue these to C:\DATA\C_IN_G\templates)

Is used for batch processing and needs to be present at usual path




program template file tick

Click‘N Design 3D C-n_g.dtp

Golden Software Surfer TBLOCK.srf

Microsoft Publisher DVDcover.pub

cing.potx

Microsoft Publisher DVDcover.pubMicrosoft Word Book.dot

letterhd.wmf

NOTES1 The img2tif.pif was previously found on the Luminiere system at:

C:\PROGRAMS\GRASS\translat\img2tif.pif

Presentation & mapping for a Ballarat ore sytem

The report on the prospects is often portrayed as a prospect map. Ininformation technology jargon a map is a Decision Support System.The work of Case et al (2001)vv; and Feeney and Williamson(2000)ww suggest that any decision support system must have threecomponents in the layout of knowledge data, understanding dataand information data.

prospects (KNOWLEDGE DATA ie interpretation )

Roads (UNDERSTANDING DATA ie situation ) DTM (INFORMATION DATA ie location )

vv CASE, M. P., GORAN, W. D., GUNTHER, T. A., HOLLAND, J. P., JOHNSTON, D. M., LESSARD, G.and SCHMIDT, W. J. 2001 Decision support capabilities for future technology requirements. Technical Report ERDC TR-01-2; U.S. Army, Corps of Engineers, CERL, Champaign, Illinois

.ww FEENEY, M.-E. and WILLIAMSON, I. P. 2000 Researching frameworks for evolving spatial datainfrastructure. Proceedings of The 12th annual colloquium of the spatial information research centre-,University of Otago, Dunedin, New Zealand.ww FEENEY, M.-E. and WILLIAMSON, I. P. 2000 Researching frameworks for evolving spatial datainfrastructure. Proceedings of The 12th annual colloquium of the spatial information research centre-,University of Otago, Dunedin, New Zealand.





The archive & reporting phase

Reporting of your work to others and then wrapping it up intopackages for storage is a special part of geological computing. InTable 69 I give how I send out my reports, by e-mail, and where Istore the replies in correspondence files (Microsoft Outlook uses afile suffixed .pst) and the report document files in the adjacentfolder. The ideas covered in these sub-sections:

1. The layout of directories2. Running your archive and reporting system3. hardware considerations

Plus these authors found in the bibliography have thoughts onarchiving and reporting:

Abercrombie (1989) Anonymous (1996) Anonymous (1999c) Bolt (1992)

Heymink (1988) D‘Angelo & Troy (2000)

In other professions such as law or accountancy there are limitationsto the time that you have to keep records. However, in geologytoday‘s problem or commodity can become of no interest the nextday. In computing terms geological data has high latency in that it isnot used much but long currency in that it is still relevant for manytens of years. The way to keep track of all the different projects that

have been put away, even if it is just until the next drilling season, isto summarise the basic data into reports. These reports are moreeasily digested and can be kept in mind. Some of the types of reports that are treated in this grimoire are: time and expenseallocation, prospect report, thesis, footing or foundation report. Thatis not an extensive list and in the table on my web-sitexx I show thateach type of geologist has special standard reports. As the data willbe left for a time without use, how and what the detail is, become

xx Table 1 published reports with contributions by different mineral surveying occupations found onhttp://www.grantjacquier.info/biography.html




quite critical. Facts to use in this kind of work can be found in thecheck lists:

Table 28 secondary storageTable 29 Current backup policy

Table 60 electronic file indexing schemes for geologyTable 74 abbreviations and conversion of disk capacityTable 71 service levels versus document managementTable 72 backup system versus archive systemTable 73 emergency recovery planTable 80 check list of file documentationTable 95 alphabetical list of fields from EndNote withequivalent start tag from the EndNote proprietary XML

Table 96 check list for making a catalogue of filesTable 97 expenses incurred by geologistsTable 99 check list for calculating project hoursError! Reference source not found. check list for manualadjustment of the journalTable 59 conversion of key words into project codesTable 100 convert project code into expense typeTable 101 summary table for work time allocationTable 109 the Computers in Geology recovery plan

Table 113 checklist for setting up an intranetTable 122 restoring your documentsTable 123 checklist for recovering critical data from thedefault folders

Doing the report well, from a publishing perspective, is not alwaysstraight forward. In 2010, Primary Industries South Australiareleased the DVD ‗Geological Monuments of SA‘ and it had a fewquirks with accessing Adobe PDF files which I investigatedyy. Anita

Andrew in 2011zz, emphasised that software is there to get overthose ―tiresome tasks‖ like formatting references, and gave thefeatures that she liked about the Thompson EndNote software sheuses as:

Manages reference databases Input is directly from databases or typed in

yy Grant L Jacquier, 'Review of the implementation of the 'Geological Monuments in South Australia'DVD', The Great Australian Byte no. 3 (2010), pp. 6-11.zz Anita Andrew, 'From the AJES Hon Editor's Desk', The Australian Geologist no. 158 (2011), p. 40.





Used in conjunction with a word processor includingMicrosoft Word, open office and Macintosh Pages. Howeverit is a benefit if it works best with Microsoft Word.

Should use styles and templates for automatic reformattingof references, preferably with a web library of those styles

(EndNote has styles for over 4000 journals) Example Documents and tutorials which you can download. Trial copies or site licences where you can introduce

colleagues to the software.

I have included quite a few exercises in ‗Chapter 4 – METHODS:improving your capability‘ which deal with practical aspects of archiving and reporting. Some of them use Thompson EndNote, the

very software recommended by Andrew:

1. XML provides versatility in data handling2. The future: dedicated catalogue applications3. Make an asset catalogue for the built environment4. Make an asset catalogue for the natural environment5. Use photographs as the background6. Share the folders of your digital photographs on your

intranet

7. Showing thumbnails with Microsoft Internet Explorer8. Mount the photographs in Google Earth




Table 69 check list of reporting against archive forComputers in Geology

REPORTING

Report stream

e-mail address; account

name, company

Computers in Geology

[email protected]; gljacquier

ADSL account; Computers in Geology

Education SG

[email protected]; sgic.gsaustl

Education Specialist Group, Geological Society of Australia

Grant Jacquier [email protected]; grant.jacquier

Grant JACQUIER, Computers in Geology

Helen Rice

[email protected]; helen.rice

Helen RICE, Parkside

CompsInGeology

[email protected]; compsingeology

enquiries, Computers in Geology

grantjacquier

[email protected]; grantjacquier post-master, Computers in Geology

ARCHIVE (file directory)

FILE (folder title) tick

GENERAL (C:\DATA\Profiles\default\Outlook\.)

corresp.pst (General) X X - X Y X

archive.pst (2006/3-1999/12) Y Y - Y - Y

archive1.pst (2006/3-2009/9) Y Y - Y - -

archive2.pst ( 2009/9-2011) Y Y - Y - Y

REPORTS (C:\DATA\REPORTS\.)

agia/Outlook.pst (AGIA) - Y - Y - -

AMS/Affinity.pst (Affinity) - Y - - - -

IMC/Personal Folders/*.pst (IMC) - Y - - - -

pbank/.. (Peoplebank) - Y - - - -

regency/regency233.pst (Regency) - - - Y - -

sgic/…/Personal Folders(1).pst (GSA) - - - Y X -

unimelb\Personal Folders.pst (U. Of Melb) - - - Y - -workpac\Personal Folders.pst (Workpac) - Y - - - -

SPECIAL (C:\DATA\.)





REPORTING

Report stream

e-mail address; account

name, company

Computers in Geology

[email protected]; gljacquier ADSL account; Computers in Geology

Education SG

[email protected]; sgic.gsaustl

Education Specialist Group, Geological Society of Australia

Grant Jacquier

[email protected]; grant.jacquier

Grant JACQUIER, Computers in Geology

Helen Rice

[email protected]; helen.rice

Helen RICE, ParksideCompsInGeology

[email protected]; compsingeology

enquiries, Computers in Geology

grantjacquier

[email protected]; grantjacquier

post-master, Computers in Geology

ARCHIVE (file directory)

FILE (folder title) tick

FAMILY\bday.pst (Birthdays) - - - Y - -FAMILY\Family.pst (FAMILY) - - - Y - -

HRICE\Outlook Express\Outlook.pst (Helen) - - X - - -

LEGEND

X : default file for this data

Y : you may find this data present in this file

- : Usually you will not find data of this type archived in this file



Mapping the layout of your directories to projects

If keywords, such as those in Table 59 have not been allocated to aresearch project for time allocation, I use the chart of directories inTable 70 as default allocations to projects for Computers in Geology.Files which are just associated by the batch file but not given anykeywords or journalled, for example all Golden Software files are leftout of the calculations for time allocation. The sections from Chapers4 and Chapter 5 which relate to this activity are:

1. Using a Microsoft Batch file for project management

2. Making an HTML file to run a batch file3. Export an HTML catalogue direct from Thomson EndNote4. Making a catalogue of document files5. The use of Thompson EndNote in preference to Microsoft

Excel as a catch-all document database6. Methods of making a catalogue file7. Using Microsoft Excel for editing of the catalogue8. Time and expense allocation

Table 70 is also referenced by Table 99 a check list for calculatingproject hours.

Table 70 hierarchy of allocating documents to researchprojects

start: 1st July end: 30 th June Excel file: End row:

20 20 TECHNIQUE IN ORDER OF EFFECTIVENESS

components tick

1 KEYWORDS PLACED IN CATEGORY AT TIME OF WORK 1

Table 59 has samples of keywords for the files

2 ALTER CATEGORY OF JOURNAL EXTRACTS BY DIRECTORY 1

file path element in subject column category keyword use

\BILBY\ Project Bilby

\C_IN_G\HOME\ Project Fruit Bat

\C_IN_G\LETTERS\ administration





\C_IN_G\templates\ administration

\DATA\PICTURES\jacquier\ private

\DATA\PICTURES\ private

\DATA\REPORTS\AGIA\ AGIA

\DATA\REPORTS\AMS\ Affinity IT Recruitment

\DATA\REPORTS\GSA\ GSA

\DATA\REPORTS\regency\ The Regency Lodge

\DATA\REPORTS\SGIC\ GSA-SGiC

\DATA\REPORTS\ administration

\DATA\templates\ general

\extranet\. Project Numbat

\FAMILY\ Project Quoll

\goanna\ Project Goanna

\GTOOLKIT\ Project Kookaburra

\HRICE\GREECE\ Project Kookaburra

\HRICE\ private

\KITBITS\ Project Kookaburra

\NUMBAT\ Project Numbat

\perentie\ Project Perentie

\quoll\ Project Quoll

\unimelb\ Project Numbat

3 EXPLICIT ASSOCIATION IN A CATALOGUE

For example poster.bat in Equation 94

4 IMPLICIT ASSOCIATION IN A CATALOGUE

For example Thompson EndNote in Table 96

EXAMPLE REPORTS1 Time and Expense allocation report as per check list in Table 99

Managing your archive and reporting system

An archiving system is a result of your data management thoughts

(or policy if you have employees), but as it is not directly involvedwith current projects and therefore current cash stream, it is basedaround your thoughts on backing up your computer, which you cancharge as operating cost against your current income. Again if youhave employees, partners or colleagues you may call this the ITdisaster recovery plan and have it written down and stuck on thecupboard door where you keep the backup disks. In principle anarchive system differs from a backup system because the backupsystem is about keeping your computers running (or maintaining the

service level agreement if you have outsourced your information




technology support) whereas the archive system is about preservingthe information. To summarise this I like the diagram in Figure 26.

service level agreement document management policy

BACKUP / RESTORE SYSTEM ARCHIVE / RETRIEVE SYSTEM

disaster recovery plan

Figure 26 policy for archive versus backup systems

I have had several integrated archive and backup systems, each onetaking advantage of improvements in the basic computing system.The one I have used from 2002, based on the template in Figure 26, is shown in Table 71, Table 72and Table 73.

Table 71 service levels versus document management

service level agreement

I can lose a days work on adocument

I never work on a documenton more than one day aweek.

I can do without a computer for a week or so.

I will leave important copiesof e-mail in MicrosoftOutlook (c:/windows/profiles)

I will leave importanttemplates from MicrosoftOffice in the Windowsdirectory(c:/windows/applicationdata).

I don‘t care about re-loadingmy software as this gives me

a chance to fine tune theconfiguration further

I keep all original softwaredisks in my office.

document management policy

All client reports will have a ―j‖ number as thefile name.1

All AGIA letters will have an ―a‖ number as thefile name and be stored in the subdirectory of /data/reports/agia/letters. 1

All SGiC letters will have an ―s‖ number as thefile name and be stored in the subdirectory of

/data/reports/sgic/letters. 1 All Computers in Geology business will have a

―c‖ number as the file name and be stored inthe subdirectory of /data/c_in_g/letters. 1

All ―j‖ number files for a period will be in oneand one only client directory.

For financial records I only need the latestrevisions, so they have constant file names likeshares.xls, backreg.xls, bal0304.xls etc and arestored in the c:/data/admin directory.

All document files will be kept indefinitely

except taxation and computer maintenancerecords.

Until 2001, ―j‖ files were catalogued in monthlyreports, stored in the client directories. Since2001 the ―j‖ files have been catalogued inEndNote.

1 The ―letter‖ file names are composed of a letter prefix followed by a four -digit year then a folio number and then the suffix denoting the software used on the file for example j2004003.doc is the third clientreport of 2004, composed in Microsoft Word format. Each version of a report has a unique file name tomake snap shots of the work.

I think the key aspect in the two policies in Table 72 is that reportswith versions are handled by issuing a new name, allowing the





previously numbered file to be a snapshot suitable for archiving.Everything else is treated as the latest available version and issupported by the backup system.

Table 72 backup system versus archive system

BACKUP / RESTORE SYSTEM

i. Store all working data in /datadirectory tree

ii. Every one to 4 weeks, depending onhow much writing I have been doing,write to CD ROM the directoriesc:/data/ c:/windows/profiles, andc:/windows/application data/.1

iii. When these three directories start toget near 640 Megabytes in total, move

older not-used data to a new archivedirectory tree.

iv. Restoring is by reading the CD-ROMprevious to the problem

ARCHIVE / RETRIEVE SYSTEM

i. Put archive files in a separatedirectory tree (/archive1 , archive2etc), max 640 Megabytes per directory tree.

ii. Every time I open a new box of CD-ROMS I spin off copies of each of thearchive directories.1, 2

iii. Primary retrieval is from the read onlydirectories on the c: drive.

iv. Secondary retrieval or transportingdocuments to a client‘s office is bygetting the CD-ROM and just readingit in the drive. DO NOT USE multiplewrite CDs as this needs specialsoftware.3

1 The CD-ROMs are written with Adaptec Easy CD Writer.2 By using different brands and packs of CDs you are reducing the opportunity of being inconveniencedby a bad batch of CDs, which fail in a short time.3 The multiple-write CD-ROMs are made and read with Adaptec DirectCD software.

To plug into the disaster recovery plan of Table 73 the two datastreams are brought together by the catalogue in backreg.xls. It isalso useful for making sure that you have enough copies of eacharchive directory, (you can even check that they are on differentbrands/batches of media by the different sequence of serialnumbers). This spreadsheet contains a single sheet with thefollowing columns:

location: the place where the CD-ROM is stored, values = home,vault, bag, retrieve

type: The directory tree on the media, also whether it is backup orarchive, values = archive1, archive2, data/windows

role (months): The role a particular CD is playing in the backup or

archive schedule (one complete schedule for each type), values = ―- ―, 1, 2, 6, 12, 24, 60, 120




check: This generates an index from the current date and the givendate to indicate the appropriateness of the role. The closer to 0 thebetter suited the particular CD-ROM is to that role. These can besummed to give an overall indication of the suitability of theselection. It has the formula in Equation 26.

Machine: the computer that the data was taken from value =luminiere:, cogsworth, sarah, geocadasta, mrspotts

label: the volume label for the media. This is often backup softwaredependent, Adaptec Easy CD Writer uses a format of

YYMMDD_HHMM for example 040810_1443 for the CD written 10 August 2004 at 2.43 pm.

date: the date, in Microsoft Excel format, of the archive/backup

description: the details of the directories archived, because thesevary from computer to computer.

media serial number: The serial number imprinted on the tape ordisk.

Equation 26 – Microsoft Excel formula to calculate the “check” field.

=IF(ISBLANK($C24),"-",ABS((ABS((NOW()-G24))/(31*C24))-1))

Table 73 emergency recovery plan

emergency recovery plan

i. Backup and archive register in Microsoft Excel spreadsheet backreg.xlsii. Boxes of backup and archive disks in date order in office cupboard

iii. Selected disks are put in my bag and dropped off at the bank every couple of weeks.Sometimes they may sit in my bag for a couple of days but they are offsite, except on theweekends.

iv. Safe-deposit box at the bank, containing 1, 2, 6, 12, 24 and 60 month backup disks/tapesand 5 to 6 copies of the archive directories.

v. 5 year Australia-wide service agreement with Hewlett Packard paid up-front

vi. Emergency cash fund ($6 000) for replacement of stolen/ burnt / destroyed equipment andsoftware.





The hardware considerations

In the exercise section ‗Time and expense allocation to differentprojects‘ you will find an example of how to produce a time and

expense report for your own consulting activities. Once the reportshave been done you have to give some thought to preserving them.The long currency and large amount of data, usually measured inTerabytes as in Table 74, which then means you have to considerthe way you arrange the data on the disk.

Table 74 abbreviations and conversion of disk capacity

bit ASCII 7byte

ASCII 8byte

kilo-byte

Mega-byte

Gigabyte Terabyte

- 1 7 8 8192 8388608 8589934592 8796093022208

- - 1 - 1024 1048576 1073741824 1099511627776

- - - 1 1024 1048576 1073741824 1099511627776

KB - - - 1 1024 1048576 1073741824

MB - - - - 1 1024 1048576

GB - - - - - 1 1024

TB - - - - - - 1

For archive purposes there are two types of data. The first isstreaming data, such as geophysical data stored in Log ASCIIStandard (LAS), SEG-Y formats or historian files from aprogrammable logic converter (PLC). The conventional archive is touse tape storage library and Figure 27 gives you a calculator toconvert the number of tapes of one physical format into theequivalent number of another.




Figure 27 equivalent number of archive tapes

For accessing data in a random way, like for geographic informationsystems (GIS), structured query language (SQL) databases, orMicrosoft Excel spreadsheets, you would be better off with a disk forarchiving, as you can run your program against the write protectedarchive disk directly. Except for some special cases such as theSchlumberger LIS format, you can also put your streaming data onhere as well, but the capacity of these disks is still two orders of magnitude smaller than the capacity of tapes, and you may end upwith more disks than you care for if you convert your current tape

libraries. With formats that have been created especially for tape,such as LIS, there are utilities such as tape2dsk, are provided in the

1

10

100

1000

1985 1990 1995 2000 2005

e q u i v a l e n t t a p e s ( p c s )

estimated introduction date

Travan cartridge (400 Mbyte) Travan cartridge (800 Mbyte)

Exabyte (2 Gbyte) Exabyte (5 Gbyte)

DLT II (20 Gbyte) DLT III (40 Gbyte)

DLT IV (80 GByte) LTO (200 Gbyte)





software Paradigm Geolog, which can write the original tape to disk and embed tape markers in that file so it behaves like a tape file,and you can copy this tape image format (TIF) file to the archivedisk like any other file. In Figure 28 there is a graph for calculatinghow many disks of one type a disk of another physical format canreplace.

Figure 28 equivalent numbers of disks

1.E+00

1.E+01

1.E+02

1.E+03

1.E+04

1.E+05

1.E+06

1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010

e q u i v a l e n t d i s

k s ( p c s )

introduction date

single sided 5¾” floppy disk (360 KByte)

double sided 5¾” floppy disk (720 KByte)

high-density 5¾” floppy disk (1.2 MByte)

2.5" floppy disk (1.44 MByte)

CD-ROM (650 MByte)

DVD (5 GByte)

single-layer high definition DVD (15 GByte)

double-layer high definition DVD (30 GByte)




Further reading for IT management?

This grimoire is an attempt at providing a rational approach togeological computing or perhaps even a toolkit of Mackie‘ sr ‗fit for

purpose tools‘ . However, in computing there are formal philosophies,which can either be forced to your attention by clerks attempting tosubjugate your budget, or used as the basis for a particular solution.The name-dropping philosophies are given in Table 75. Critical pointsin considering these stories are what I call the concepts of versatility,timeliness, and scalability.

Table 75 geological assessment of data-related philosophies

date: client:

criteria

scalability

timeliness

versatility

philosophy rate

name:

D HyperText Transfer Protocols 8 4 1 3

C Extreme Programming 7 2 3 2

B ISO 9001 7 1 2 4

A MS Document Object Model 8 3 4 1

Scalability [Scale-ability] is the ability of the philosophy to handleincreasing amounts of activity, data and values of data. This has ametaphor in the natural world where geological hazards can getquickly out of control and increase in size geometrically, a featurewhich is sometimes called a fractal. Practically this means a twometre breach in a concrete dam wall will kill ten times as manypeople as a one metre crack. The problem is not always as obviousas a flood, geochemists when contouring their goldfield results mustbe able to recognise a value of nil that is a measured value of 0,from where the value was below detection limit, and also compared

to where there was no measurements taken Some of the adages youmay hear quoted in the work place that refer to this capability of scale-ability are:





It was raining cats and dogs

Related to scale-ability is timeliness: geological events tend to moveat a glacial pace, and early intervention in flooding or groundmovement will reduce the scale of the damage. A bettermanagement philosophy from the geological perspective is onewhich allows you to fire-fight, muliplex or multi-task the problem. Apoorer philosophy is one which requires you to remain on the

journey regardless of the circumstances changing; such as theavailability of fresh water [this is a realistic situation for softwareused to plan drilling programmes in Australia], to maintain themetaphor. Some of the adages you may hear quoted in the work place that refer to this capability of timeliness are:

A stitch in time saves nine

Versatility is the ability of the philosophy to accommodate data fromseveral provinces, and generations of different equipment. Anexample of the first aspect is that while SQL databases, such asMicrosoft SQL Server, are like geological maps and they store data inan application independent manner, the time and expense to setthem up is long. Also your application software needs to be able toaccess the data in your custom databases. To get around this theFinder database was purchased by Schlumberger Corporation in the1990s to provide customers with a pre-formed general database andthe links to the Schlumberger software already built. This design wasdeveloped in Texas, and like much of the United States oil patch thestratigraphy is so well defined it is actually a tourist attraction, withkids hanging out the windows of cars watching the geologicalformations continue for miles on end. When Finder now called

GeoFrame was bought by Santos Limited at the early in the twenty-first century, it was intended to be used for the North West Shelf, anarea submerged by the Indian Ocean and a relatively unknownregion with mysterious shipwrecks like the Batavia, Sydney and theEmden. Consequently, there is a lot of work done by micro-paleontologists identifying the stratigraphy of the sea bed to find theideal drilling targets. The Finder data model relies greatly ondownhole geophysical surveys, Schlumberger‘s speciality, and storespaleontology as a comment. It is impossible to load the full range of

the micro-paleontologists work and generate the necessaryinformation. Santos had to maintain a split system with the more




Further reading regarding Reference & indexing

BETTENAY L. F. 1989. An overview of the use of computers inexploration in Western Australia. In: Computers in exploration, pp 9-16. Australian Institute of Geoscientists Bulletin No. 9.BETTENAY L. F. & CARROLL G. W. 1989. Selected computer resources for geologistsin Western Australia. In: Computers in exploration , pp 9-16. Australian Institute of Geoscientists Bulletin No. 9.

Mitchell (1989)Whitfield (1993)Laughton (1994)Sugden (1999)

Further reading regarding Analyses & processing

Bowler (1987)Gasmier (1987)Jones (1988)Miller (1988)Morris (1988)BETTENAY L. F. 1989. An overview of the use of computers inexploration in Western Australia. In: Computers in exploration , pp 9-

16. Australian Institute of Geoscientists Bulletin No. 9.Morris et al. (1989)

Rock (1989)Snowden (1989)Wheatley (1989)Bolt (1992)Downey (1998)

The future for corporate information & data sharing

Yacopetti and Mundella do give guidance on what your aim should bewith what they call a Geoscience Information Management System(GIMS) which features:

Professionally designed, developed and maintained

a Yacopetti and Mundell, 'Improving the quality of geoscientific information.'




BETTENAY L. F. 1989. An overview of the use of computers in exploration in Western Australia. In: Computers in exploration , pp 9-16. Australian Institute of Geoscientists Bulletin No. 9.

Ho & Rockett (1989)

Mitchell (1989)




OK

When I moved from Windows XP (machine name: MRSPOTS) to 64-bit Windows 7 (machine name: MITZI) I found that the previousdictionary files for Microsoft Word 2003 were incompatible with

Microsoft Word 2010 and when I attempted to load them during theset up of MITZI it returned the message ―Files without Unicodeencoding can‘t be added to the dictionary list. Save the file as aUnicode file to add it to the dictionary list‖ . I converted the ANSIcoded dictionary files to the new standard required for 64-bitWindows 7 by using the Microsoft Windows commands in Equation28.

Equation 28 converting an ANSI coded glossary.DIC file tothe Unicode standard used with Microsoft Word 2010

RenameTempOKOpen with… NotepadFile | Save As… File name: glossary.DICSave as type: Text Documents(*.txt)Encoding: Unicode

Save

Table 78 custom dictionary files for Computers in Geology

HEAD WORD SPECIFICATION

Present in the Concise Oxford Dictionary

Directory and file name Source program1

C:\DATA\Profiles\Proof\glossary.DIC N Thompson EndNote

C:\DATA\Profiles\Proof\propnoms.DIC N Microsoft Outlook

C:\DATA\Profiles\Proof\c_in_g.DIC Y no source program2

NOTES1 If you don‘t have these programs on your computer, you can just keep separate text files with MicrosoftNotepad or use a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet and export the text files with Unicode encoding.2 I keep the c_in_g.DIC file for terms absent from the supplied Microsoft dictionary but given in theConcise Oxford Dictionary and so do not need to be in the glossary.





A convention poster in Microsoft Publisher

Microsoft Publisher is included with the Professional Edition of Microsoft Office. At Christmas time my mother was always showingme letters, cards and certificates generated by her friends on thisdesktop publishing software and at family reunions there arebanners printed from laser printers over the marshalling points, butit also has features for the scientist and builder:

general business stationery templates mailing labels of different types and sizes CD-ROM labels and cover insert templates

do the livery for your web-site and maintain itafterwards

making posters from mosaics of prints from standardprinters

If you are working in the bush, you don‘t always have time to drivedown and print out drafts of your map or poster at a printer bureau.Similarly when I was doing a poster for a convention of theGeological Society of Australia, the Australian Earth ScienceConvention 2006 in Melbourne, I was funding the work myself andbureau printing was too expensive for drafts. Therefore, this featureto use an ordinary printer for these drafts was ideal for me.

Each of the templates are available in Microsoft Publisher has arange of styles, and there are also web page, business card andother business forms designed ready for your use, in a consistentbusiness-like format and style. For example my formal web pages on

the www.grantjacquier.info/home.htm site, reflect the "Blends" stylewith "Wildflowers" colour palette that I use for 'Computers inGeology' business documentation. I find the templates generallygood with the exception of a bookplate for a presentation gift, whenI wanted something more sincere. I used Microsoft Word with a one-cell table within a one-cell table, dashed border on the outer tablefor the cut-line, rope-border on the inner; the inscription (centredCorsivo Mono font) and border in indigo , the names in Arial black;close down the table boundries to the size you want and it looked

really good.





Document number, short title:

Background image size: Date:

cm x cm

MS Publisher templates and themes (your set up is from Table 110):

Blends Wildflower CAPITAL Perpetua Titling ―Poster‖ template other: other: other: “Flyer” template

Mounting board :Publisher page size: template Officeworks 72 x 47 cm (available) : ANSI D 86.36 x 55.88 cm (5 x 2 A4 pages)

Free poster : default “Poster size” (3 x 3 A4 pages)

STAGE

milestone tick

Cut the outside sheets on the cut line (first mark-up line)

Fold on second mark-up lineGlued on second mark-up line

6 REVIEW THE POSTER

For each text box/picture

Original scale not altered

transparent backing intense enough to read text

Background not too dark

Adjust your project file poster.bat for new filenames

Adding extra figures to the poster

Microsoft Publisher is where you bring everything together andprepare the final printout as per the check list in Table 79. This is thearea of the destop bublisher and graphic designer so I don‘t findMicrosoft Publisher always that intuitive, the following paragraphsdiscuss things I didn‘t really understand.

To make a background lighter do the commands in Equation 32,being careful to scale the original picture file c2006029.png to coveras much of the poster as possible, and then overlay the rectangle of colour with just a little bit showing at the top of c2006029.png foryou to select and group the two layers into one new picturec2006030.png. Don‘t forget to use the Help menu for furtherexplanation, if any of the menu commands in Equation 32 are newto you.





A Microsoft batch file for project management

When I work to a deadline for a conference or meeting I get a littleedgy. I like to start early with something rough and then have lots of iterations, changing and improving the pictures as I have time andcome across the data or just change my mind. It may be manyweeks between versions so I keep a project file like Equation 94 inthe appendix where poster.bat is listed in full. This file can be usedfrom the MS-DOS command prompt with the commands in Equation34.

Equation 34 starting poster.bat from Microsoft Windows

start | All Programs | Accessories | Command Prompt

cd c:\DATA\BATposter

There are only six statements used in this type of batch file andthese are shown with examples in Equation 35. Statement i., and v.in Equation 35, utilise the two forms of the ECHO statement.Statement i. is to turn off the screen reporting (or on if parameterON is used), and the statement vi. is to report text to the screen.The statements iii. and iv. are for starting programs with particular

files, the latter form holds the batch file in statsis unitl that particularapplication in this case Microsoft Word is closed. By using the STARTstatement, a file like poster.bat can open all the different documentsfrom a single command. The statement iii. is for keeping a runninglist of the different files versions that have been used. As a newposter version is created, the new file is listed against the SETstatement and the old file documented by prefixing it with thecomment statement REM, shown in statement ii. Finally, I use theposter.bat command to add to my research web page in a waysimilar to Equation 36 in the section ‗Making an HTML file to run abatch file‘.

Equation 35 statements used for project management in abatch file

i. ECHO OFFii. REM MyDraft=C:\DATA\LETTERS\c2006030.pubiii. SET MyDraft=C:\DATA\LETTERS\c2006031.pubiv. START "C:\Program Files \ MSPUB.EXE " %MyDraft%v. "C:\Program Files \WINWORD.EXE" %MyLetter%





An HTML file to keep track of your projects

A Hyper Text Markup Language page displayed in Microsoft InternetExplorer is an ideal way of showing off project documents as youcan post it on your own web site. This example assumes you have abatch file poster.bat (and the section ‗Making a poster for aconvention‘ shows you how to do this). This poster.bat file can alsobe used to open the different documents from a single command,and that command I add to my research web page in a way similarto Equation 36. In doing so, there is a computing advantage in that Idon‘t have to mount all the folders, where I keep my Microsoft Officefiles for clients, on the Intranet and this stops anyone accidentallybrowsing say confidential client reports.

Equation 36 XHTML extract showing a link to the project fileposter.bat

<a name="workinprogress"></a><h3>Need to invest in research?</h3>Grant Jacquier is working on these prototypes:<table align="CENTER" border="0" cellspacing="0"cellpadding="5"><tr><td valign="TOP" align="LEFT">

<ul><li><a href="http://localhost/cgi-bin/poster.bat"

title="The working copy of the AESC2006 poster from theNumbat project"

>West Gippsland catchment monitoring</a></li><li><a href="#toy"

title="Web display of images">JPEG display page for delivering images.</a></li>

<li><a href="#numbat"title="The old display of projects which hasn't yet be

transferred to the Intranet web page">Index of minor research.</a></li>

</ul></td></tr></table>

This is good if you already have an HTML (or an XHTML) file to boltthis bit of code into. If you don‘t, you will need to make one and thecomponents you will need are.

1. Basic structure with documentation and script elements

2. Special elements for that particular file




The check list in Table 81 gives some milestones in preparing anXML file that is an Extensible Markup Language file. This would makean XHTML file that is the tags will be lowercase for example <title>instead of HTML file where the tags are uppercase, that is <TITLE>.There are some other differences as well, see the section ‗XML

provides versatility in data handling‘ below, but if you follow thecheck list it will still display in your browser. Other check listsrequired for this work are:

Table 80 check list of file documentation Table 82 check list of basic XML structure

The check list in Table 81 is also used as part of the work detailed

in:

Table 96 check list for making a catalogue of files The section ‗Making a GIS for an investigation site‘

Finally, when writing scripts it is easier if you know what thecontinuation characters are, so you can lay out your script moreclearly. So far I have collected:

Microsoft Visual Basic ―_<cr><lf>‖





Table 81 check list when writing an XML file

Project code name: date:

URL of the carrier or base file:

STAGE

milestone tick

1 PREPARE THE STANDARD DOCUMENT

XML banner present (―<?xml version=‖1.0‖ encoding="UTF-8" ?>‖)

Table 82 check list of basic XML structure 1

File reads in Microsoft Explorer

Table 80 check list of file documentation

File loads into Internet Explorer without errors

Altered the JavaScript elements


2 ADD THE SPECIAL ELEMENTS (choose one or more)

Table 82 check list of basic XML structure 1

Choose the special sections as below

For each bit do

Section marked below


Example sections used ( tick one or more):

Equation 36 XHTML extract showing a link to the project file poster.bat

Equation 37 DTD (Document Type Definition) statements for various XML

Figure 30 essential elements for an HTML file

Equation 56 structure of the EndNote proprietary XML format

Equation 60 the initial lines of world.kml …

Equation 61 extract of world.kml … <Placemark>

Equation 62 KML entry using the geographic coords …

Equation 66 the <description></description> from oman2008.bat

Other (please specify):

URL of the load or output file ()

Notes:1 The essentials for XHTML can be found in Figure 30.

XML provides versatility in data handling

In the check list of Table 81 I assume you will implement theparticular sub-set of XML with a namespace. This is called the XML




Schema method of validation as compared to a DTD (DocumentType Definition). The use of namespaces allows me to include VMLand XML inserts in web pages for diagrams and tables. In Raye it isexplained that the alternative DTD files, the original validationprotocol for XML files, are easier to build than XML Schemas, so I

would expect any industry-specific DTD to appear before theequivalent schema, and I keep track of those in the Equation 37, inreadiness for a special load file. For example I haven‘t been able tofind an XML schema equivalent for the DTD for WML (WirelessMarkup Language), that you would use for information you wantedto show on mobile phones, say if you were setting up a documentedtrail in a marine park or a sacred site, where you didn‘t want to leaveplacards or have brochures blowing around.

Equation 37 DTD (Document Type Definition) statements forvarious XML subsets

<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">

<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//WAPFORUM//DTD XHTMLMobile 1.0//EN" "http://www.wapforum.org/DTD/xhtml-mobile10.dtd">

<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" >

<!DOCTYPE wml PUBLIC "-//WAPFORUM//DTD WML1.2//EN""http://www.wapforum.org/DTD/wml_1.1.xml">

These are other XML Schema namespaces, additional to the onesshown in the check list in Table 81, which I have used. Usually if it isHTML, the prefix is not used that is ―xmlns‖ is equivalent to

―xmlns:html‖ where there are more than one namespaceimplemented in the document, such as when putting in geologicalsketches using VML, where ―xmlns:v‖ is used, and all VML tags areprefaced with ―v;‖ for example <v:group></v:group>, while XHTMLtags are the usual such as <body></body>.

Equation 38 XML Schema namespaces

xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40"

e See the section ―XML Schemas versus DTDs‖ pp 658-659, in Ray and Ray, Mastering HTML and XHTML.





xmlns:kml="http: //earth.google.com/kml/2.2‖ xmlns:maths=‖ http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML‖ xmlns:v =‖urn:schemas-microsoft-com:vml‖ xmlns:xsl=‖http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform‖ xmlns:xsl=‖http://www.w3.org/TR/WD-xsl‖

xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml‖

Figure 30 gives the specifics for an XHTML file, the most commonlyused sub-set of XML which displays as HyperText Markup Language(HTML) in a browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer or MozillaNavigator.

<?xml version=‖1.0‖ encoding="UTF-8"?><html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40">

<head><title>Computers in Geology

| 2008 expedition to Oman| KML template</title>

<meta name="keywords"content="wombat.vbs; Thompson EndNote; Google Earth">

<meta http-equiv="Script-Content-Type"content="text/javascript">

<meta HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type"CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">

<meta name=vs_targetSchemacontent="HTML 4.0">

<meta name=vs_defaultClientScriptcontent="JavaScript">

<link rel="stylesheet"type="text/css"href="../extranet/gateway.css"

><script

src="../extranet/gateway.js"type="text/javascript"language="javascript"></script>

</head><body></body></html>

Figure 30 essential elements for an HTML file




Each type of XML format has some necessary extra elements beforeyou get to your special customisation. Some like those marked in the<meta></meta> fields of Figure 30 instruct Microsoft Script Editor[the special editor that comes with Microsoft Office] to use adifferent dictionary when checking your code. I cannot remember all

the different variations and nuances so I think this editor and thisfeature are essential. This isn‘t 100% compliant XHTML, but I expectit will be handled reasonably well by most browsers and editors, inparticular I have found that Microsoft Script Editor doesn‘t recognisestrict XHTML, such as <meta name=vs_targetSchemacontent="HTML 4.0" /> and marks as an error the ―/>‖ which as it isan ―empty‖ tag, ( in that it has no text enclosed by tags , theconverse is an example like <title>Computers in Geology</title> ) isrequired under strict XHTML. Then again, if anyone is writing theirgeological reports as Shakespearean sonnets, e-mail me, and I willhappily write them a conforming XHTML script to match.

Table 82 checks for the basic structure of an XML file

Project code name: date:

URL of the carrier or base file:

STAGE

milestone tick

1 SET UP THE XML FRAMEWORK

Decide your base format XSL, XML etc. (tick 0 column)

initial elements present as below

Altered the heading field and other essentials 1

2 CONSIDER THE CONTENTNominate the output type (item 1)

Output URL written below

Opening elements (tick those used): 0 1

CSS (*.css) 2 <html …><head><style></style></head></html>

JavaScript (*.js) function … (…) { …}

KML (*.kml) <kml xmlns="http://earth.google.com/kml/2.2‖></kml>

VML (*.htm) <html xmlns:v ="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:vml"></html>

VML (*.htm) <style>v\:* { behavior: url(#default#VML); }</style>

WML (*.wml) wml></wml>XHTML(*.htm) <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40"></html>





proprietary XML (*.xml) <xml ></xml>

XSL (*.xsl) 2 <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="…‖></xsl>

other:

URL of the final file (i.e .listings for 1) Tick if not required

Notes:1 The essentials for XHTML can be found in Figure 30.2 For namespaces see Equation 38 XML Schema namespaces





value pairs and then selecting the command in Equation 40.

Equation 40 Creating named cells

Insert > Name > Create > Left column > OK

The return from a campaign of field work is calculated from thehourly rate, the number of hours per day to be worked, the numberof days in a working fortnight and the number of months of thecampaign assuming 2 fortnights per month. On a separate sheet to

‗notes‘ perhaps called ‗Campaign‘ using the equations in Table 84 toadd the income to your Microsoft Excel workbook feecalc.xls.

Table 84 net income calculation

B C D E

3 rate per hour 25

4 hours per day @ hours worked = 10 =C3*C4

5 per fortnight, with days worked = 10 =C3*C5*C4

6 months of contract 3

7 Gross return =C3*C4*C5*C6*2

8 Estimated tax =D7*effective_tax_rate1

9 NET INCOME =D7-D8

1 Table 83 gives the calculation of the effective_tax_rate constant

In the example of Table 84, for work at the Beta-Hunt mine inKambalda, Western Australia, there are 10 hour days, with a 10 dayson and 4 days off cycle. As an aside, if you want to check your ownMicrosoft equations against this table, use the <Ctrl><`> keys incombination to switch between value and algorithm view in MicrosoftExcel.

Now some consideration needs to be given to the costs of the fieldwork. This at least should include mobilisation, demobilisation, boardand lodgings. In the example of Table 85, again for work at theBeta-Hunt mine, I am mobilising from Adelaide using the Motorailservice of the Indian-Pacific railway. This reduces the amount of travel, without having to make special arrangements, and is themost reliable and safest way to get there. The accommodation is at

the single person quarters at Kambalda, run by the Eurestcorporation, which is accommodation in dongas (transportable huts)and full board including crib (a cut lunch). This is particularly suitable




for the situation of Beta-Hunt where the ten hour work daysunderground will leave no time or energy for housework. Notablythere is no allowance for salaries, fuel, or the cost of money (intereston cash outlayed) and other suggestions of items missing can befound on pages 290 to 291 of Whiteg.

Table 85 Campaign costs

C D E

Mobilisation costs

12 Motorail car to Perth 569

13 Motorail car to Adelaide 340

14 Gold kangaroo to Perth 1250

15 Gold kangaroo to Adelaide 1250

16 =SUM(C12:C15)

Accommodation costs

18 Kambalda @ Eurest =54.55*14 =$C$6*2*$C18

19 =SUM(D18:D18)

Total venture cost =SUM(E16:E19)

An analysis is done on a break even basis with an additional factor of 30% included for contingency costs, which could be things like

replacement of equipment, breakdown of equipment, increased costof board because you have moved into an en-suite unit and so on.The layout in Microsoft Excel with the appropriate equations is givenin Table 86.

Table 86 Venture profit/loss analysis

B C D E

22 Estimated real cost (+ 30% contingency) =E20/7*10

23

24 Profit/Loss from this venture =E9-E22

Finally you have to consider how this will affect your business as awhole including your immutable costs such as office rent ormortgage, advertising, depreciation and personal living expenses.There are also benefits of being involved in the venture such as thetax relief on the operating costs and reductions in home base

g White, Management of mineral exploration.





expenditure. These assets and liabilities are shown, along withappropriate Microsoft Excel equations in Table 87.

Table 87 integrating the venture costs into balancestatement

B C D E

26 Assets

27benefit of deduction of venture costs =E20*effective_tax_rate

28minus food @ weeklybasis 100 =C6*4*C28

29 =SUM(D26:D29)

30 Liabilities

31 Adelaide rent 360 =$C$6*2*$C3132 B/C @ $1000 per month 1000 =C6*C32

33 =SUM(D30:D33)

34 OVERALL GAIN OR LOSS FROM THIS PERIOD =E24+E29-E33

To make variations on this calculator, such as increasing the numberof months worked or substituting driving to Kambalda from Adelaideyou can use the inbuilt scenario feature of Microsoft Excel (Tools >Scenarios > Add) will give the window in Figure 31. For moreinformation on scenarios see the Microsoft Excel Help under Scenario(Help > Microsoft Excel Help)




Figure 31 Scenario window





A capital gains calculator

This calculator created in Microsoft Excel documents capitalexpenditure such as purchase of shares or research expenditure and

summarises the return on these purchases to show if there would bea profit or a loss if they were sold out. It also demonstrates MicrosoftExcel basic algorithms and the simplest statistical functions of sum,maximum, minimum and mean.

This kind of analysis would be required for where you intend to sellyour business, but it is also for convenient for a data sheet for a will,for an asset test with social security when applying for the dole, orcounting your traveller‘s cheques. The key concepts from the

Australian Tax Office are that there is capital gains tax (CGT) to bepaid, either a rebate for a loss or a surcharge for a gain, when a

‗CGT event‘ occurs on an ‗event date‘ after the ‗record date‘ whenthe initial value was recorded.

Making the spreadsheet starts with a fresh worksheet, such asgains.xslx, as per Equation 39 of the example ‗Generating aquotation for work‘. This spreadsheet then requires several parts:

The CGT report in the ‗summary‘ sheet, the sheet ‗shares‘ for profit or loss from shares, the sheet ‗foreign‘ for foreign exchange profits or loss, the worksheet ‗cheques‘ for tracking the serial numbers of

traveller‘s cheques in foreign currency, and the sheet ‗wallet‘ for compositing the denominations of

the traveller‘s cheques from ‗cheques‘ into values for the ‗foreign‘ sheet.

The columns used are shown in Table 88, the cell is where the title isplaced and the data starts on the next row immediately underneath.Where you don‘t enter data but use a calculated value for the cell,the Microsoft Excel algorithm is shown. You don‘t have to completethe whole table just the bits for what you need (not shaded in thetick box), but later it will fit in with the other purposes, and save youre-typing the data.




Table 88 key cells for making a capital gains calculator

Purpose: CGT event date: CGT record date:

end-of-year (1) asset test (2) Other as in notes (3)

TOPIC [gains.xslx sheet]

cell column title description tick

STOCKS AND BONDS [shares] 1 2 3

A4:K4 shares Marks the line of the share summary

A5:A ASX Share The current share code

B5:B tranche A single buy of shares

C5:C count The number of shares involved

D5:D purchase date The date the tranche was purchased

E5:D purchase expense The share cost plus fees

F5:F current share price The share price at the time of audit

G5:G current value =F9*C9

H5:H profit/loss =G9-E9

I5:I estimated return per annum - min =($G9-$E9)*365.25/($E9*($D$4-MIN($D10:$D12)))

J5:J estimated return per annum - mean =($G9-$E9)*365.25/($E9*($D$4-AVERAGE($D10:$D12)))

K5:K estimated return per annum - max =($G9-$E9)*365.25/($E9*($D$4-MAX($D10:$D12)))

ACCOUNT BALANCES [accounts] 1 2 3

C3 record date Date of CGT event

D3 record date Date of asset survey

C5 Totals, event date =SUM(C7:C17)D5 Totals, record date =SUM(D7:D13)

D8:D Event date balances Balances from your account summaries

E8:E Record date balances Balances from yopur account summaries





Purpose: CGT event date: CGT record date:

end-of-year (1) asset test (2) Other as in notes (3)

TOPIC [gains.xslx sheet]

cell column title description tick

FOREIGN EXCHANGE [foreign] 1 2 3

E3 Event date Date of the event

D3 Record date Date of the record of the survey

C5 event date totals =SUM(C7:C18)

D5 record date totals =SUM(D7:D18)

C8:C Event date =F8*$E8

D8:D Record date =G8*$E8

E8 Exchange rate 0.75

F8:F Event date Amount of currency at CGT event

G8:G Record date Amount of currency at record date

TRAVELLERS CHEQUES [cheques] 1 2 3

D2 number Set custom format to ‗000‘

TOTALISING [summary] 1 2 3

B36:B9 Audit date The dates being used for ‗current‘

C6:C9 total current value =SUM(shares!G5:G19)

D6:D9 Total profit/loss =SUM(shares!H5:H19)

E6:E9 estimated potential gain per annum - min =($D6*365.25/(($C6-$D6)*($B$6-MIN(shares!$D19:$D34))))

F6:F9 estimated potential gain per annum - mean =($D6*365.25/(($C6-$D6)*($B$6-AVERAGE(shares!$D19:$D34))))

G6:G9 estimated potential gain per annum - min =($D6*365.25/(($C6-$D6)*($B$6-MAX(shares!$D19:$D34))))

NOTES




A comparison of vendor quotes

This exercise is to make a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet forcomparisons of several computers before you purchase one. Iassume there is a base specification, which each quote must meet. If you don‘t have an existing computer specification yourself thesection ‗Where can I get a computer?‘ discusses the one I use. Theadvantage to the geologist is that the spreadsheet summarisesincoming quotes, weeds out the non-conforming ones, allowsquantitative and qualitative analysis and in the format of a simpletable to be cut and pasted into your letter of recommendation toyour chief scientist.

Equation 41 URL for a comparison spreadsheetftp://users.bigpond.com/grantjacquier/StudEx.xls#comparison

The Microsoft Excel formulas used in the spreadsheet are not onlyapplicable to this particular problem. These can also be used forsorting and ordering exploration prospects, drilling proposals, orother equipment and service quotations. A finished example of thespreadsheet is available on the ‗Computers in Geology‘ website on

the Internet. The complete Internet address is given in Equation 41.

The work takes place in several stages:

1. Identify a minimum specification for the computer system.2. Obtain quotations either by visiting stores or sending out a

request for tender such as in the section ‗Where can I get acomputer?‘ .

3. Open a blank spreadsheet and type in the minimum

specification4. Type the quotation data in the row above the parameter

headings5. Add formulas and format the spreadsheet

Stages 1 to 4 will produce something like Table 89.

Table 89 computer proposals

develop.htm#software 11. Intel Pentium III 500Mhz 9.00





computer microprocessor hard disk

(GB)

Toshiba Satellite M30 14. Intel Pentium M 60.00

Sony Vaio PCG-K86P 12. Intel Pentium 4 60.00

Fujitsu Lifebook P5020 14. Intel Pentium M 60.00

Toshiba Portege R100 14. Intel Pentium M 40.00

Toshiba Tecra M2 14. Intel Pentium M 80.00

HP Pavillion ZT3301 14. Intel Pentium M 60.00

Compaq NX9040 13. Intel Celeron M 40.00

Fujitsu Lifebook C1212 14. Intel Pentium M 60.00

Toshiba Satellite A70 12. Intel Pentium 4 40.00

non-conforming dummy 6. Intel 80486 0.02

The remainder of this example covers the last stage but is based onthe specification found on the ‗Computers in Geology‘ website at theaddress in Equation 42.

Equation 42 URL for an example computer specification

http://users.bigpond.com/grantjacquier/develop.htm#software

Microsoft Excel can colour cells or text based on values insurrounding cells. I use this feature to automatically grey out anynon-conforming quotations, say where the quoted microprocessor isobsolete and or the disk space is less than your specified minimum.Certain formulas are used in the conditional formatting to grey outthe entries that are below standard. The conditional formatting isselected from the menus and the formula applied as shown inEquation 43. The simplest is to use a numeric minimum, such as forhard disk capacity, and this is the example formula in Equation 43.

Equation 43 conditional formatting for numeric cut-offs

Edit > Go To > G5 > OKFormat > Conditional Formatting… > Formula Is =G5 < G$2Format > Color:OKOK

Slightly more difficult is the formula for rating nomenclature such asdifferent microprocessor names. This formula, in Equation 44,




requires systematic ranked labels such as ‗11. Intel Pentium III500Mhz‘ which use the first two numeric characters as ranking.These are exploited by the Microsoft Excel sub-string function LEFTas in the example of Equation 44. These entries can also be used tosort your quotations, but be careful to place one blank character

before any single digit rankings, for example ‗ 4. Intel 80486‘, so thatthe sort will occur in the correct order.

Equation 44 conditional formatting for ranked specifications

Edit > Go To > G5 > OKFormat > Conditional Formatting… > Formula Is =LEFT(G5,2)< LEFT(G$2,2)Format > Color:OK

OK

A variation on Equation 44 is required if you are trying to maintainbackward compatibility, as for this example where you may haveexisting floppy disks or tapes of geophysical logs that you wish tocontinue to use with the new computer, and so not have to pay theservice company to rewrite those files to CD-ROM. This variant isgiven in Equation 45.

Equation 45 identifying backward compatibility

=LEFT(G5,2)<> LEFT(G$2,2)

The layout used in this example also allows other Microsoft Excelfeatures to be used. Firstly when entering data you can use the ‗Pick From List…‘ option on the menu caused by the right mouse buttonclick on a cell. Next there is the sorting under the menu ‗Data > Sort‘ to prioritise your quotes. Finally, there is the inbuilt database

functionality provided by ‗Data > Filter > AutoFilter‗ which can beused to systematically hide less than ideal quotes. For the two laterfeatures there are good explanations under the Help menu.





A minimalist bibliography system

Nearly every practicing scientist, I have talked to, has a list of favoured references or books, a list of keywords, and some kind of glossary, to give the precise definitions of those words for theirparticular study. They then want to have that cross-referenced. Itdoesn‘t have to be books or journals, it could be type specimens,slides or samples but eventually at some time in your scientificcareer you will need to put together a reference system. Anita

Andrew in ―Formatting references‖ a decries despite that universities,government and business have free licences for bibliographicdatabase software, very few of her authors use this tool in gettingthe ―most tiresome of tasks‖, formatting references, correct.

The following procedure is used for this book. It features abibliographic database, a glossary or thesaurus and an index. Thesoftware used is ISI ResearchSoft EndNote and Microsoft Word. If you don‘t have EndNote, some universities do, you could substitute aMicrosoft Excel spreadsheet or a Microsoft Access database.

The indexing in Microsoft Word can be done by individually enteringtags or by applying a file, called a concordance file that has a tableof keywords to be found, in the first column, against the appropriateentry for the index in the second column. In the following example Iapply an output style in EndNote, which I have defined previously asa template, but is basically the headword in the first column, a tabkey as separator, and what you want in the index in the secondcolumn, usually ―category :headword ‖ as in.

Equation 46.

Equation 46 EndNote bibliography template for aconcordance file

Title Glossary cross-reference:Type of Work:Title

Alternatively you may prefer a simpler index style, ―Index:letter:headword ‖, which can be derived from the format of Equation 46 by using the Microsoft Excel formula in Equation 47.

a Andrew, 'From the AJES Hon Editor's Desk', no.




Equation 47 MS Excel formula for an Index styleconcordance file

"Index:"& UPPER(LEFT(delme3!A1,1))&":"& delme3!A1

The only other tricky thing in this example is that I put an EndNotetag in the source reference field for a glossary entry, which results inone EndNote database file having a reference within a field toanother EndNote database. EndNote hasn‘t blown up yet, and thisprevents me from having to reformat glossary entry by glossaryentry every time I find a spelling mistake in my reference list!

Make a concordance file for Microsoft Word.

1. Open your current glossary database, which in my case inEndNote is File>Open >Open Library > j2002001.enl .

2. Select the concordance file format style. In my EndNote casethe commands are File>Output Styles>concordance .

3. Print out the concordance file in Text Format (*.txt), e.g.File>Export>c:\temp\delme3.txt .

4. If you would prefer an Index style to a category style cross-reference, open the file delme3.txt in Microsoft Excel andconvert into two columns using the Tab delimiter option.

5. Replace the second column with the formula in Equation 476. Save the file, File > Save As, as ―Text (Tab delimited)‖ tofile delme3.txt

7. Close Microsoft Excel file delme3.txt

Make a glossary from the glossary database.

8. Select the glossary format style. In my EndNote case thecommands are File>Output Styles>CIGgloss .

9. Print out the glossary in Rich Text Format (*.rtf), eg:File>Export>c:\temp\delme2.rtf .

Apply the concordance file to make index.

10. Open the glossary in Microsoft Word e.g.File>Open…>c:\temp\delme2.rtf.

11. In Microsoft Word use the concordance file to make theindexing tags: Insert>Index and Tables …>AutoMark

…>delme3.txt

12. Save the glossary for the next stage, eg: File>Save





Format the bibliographic references

13. Open the bibliographic database, which in my case is inEndNote e.g. File>Open Library> j2001003.enl.

14. In Microsoft Word apply the bibliographic formatting, whichagain I have predefined, and this case only to format thecitation and not attach an additional reference:Tools>Format Bibliography>Rlist

15. Save the glossary as a completed document in MicrosoftWord format, eg: File>Save As>c:\data\c_in_g\letters\c2003004.doc .)

16. Format the document to match the rest of the report, eg:File>Page Setup… (paper size A5,Margins Top,Bottom 1.5cm,Margins Inside, Outside 1.0 cm, Margins

Gutter 2 cm, From Edge Header, Footer 0.5 cm, MirrorMargins).

17. Save the glossary for the next stage, eg: File>Save

Insert the glossary document into the report document

18. Open the report in Microsoft Word e.g.File>Open…>c:\data\c_in_g\letters\c2003001.doc.

19. In Microsoft Word replace the existing glossary subdocument

with the new glossary: View>Outline 20. Save the report for the next stage, eg: File>Save

Update the report index

21. Open the report in Microsoft Word e.g.File>Open…>c:\data\c_in_g\letters\c2003001.doc.

22. In Microsoft Word update the index and then save thedocument: File>Save




A newsletter mailout

In my own work I mail out an occasional newsletter to clients topromote recent research and new software that could be useful. Thetechnology I use is the same as required for a learned societynewsletter, an outreach service bulletin for a land care group, orreporting drilling progress to joint venture partners. In all cases, textand pictures are inserted into a standard template and then sent to anumber of addresses.

When I started making newsletters there were only postal addressesbut now in Microsoft Publisher, there are options for posting to a

web site or e-mail as well. The main thing is to get into a write-publish-distribute rhythm to minimise the time taken and this is theintent of the MS Publisher software. In this example I will stick withsending a newsletter to a small number of clients via mail merging toan address list, but you can easily substitute in e-mail, or web pages,by reference to the Help in MS Publisher.

The mail merge link between Microsoft Outlook and MS Publisher isnot as versatile as with Microsoft Word (shown in Equation 52, justin case you haven‘t bought MS Publisher), so additional work isneeded in setting it up. This is because MS Publisher expects to beable to print both sides of the paper automatically. This is not aproblem in a cartographic office, but I have always had printerswhich you have to do one side at a time.

Assumptions

The assumptions for this procedure are:

Your contacts are the Business Data Manager add-in inMicrosoft Outlook.The template or master for the flyer you are using is twoMicrosoft Publisher documents, one for the address side andone for the advertisement.

Your printer does not print both sides of a page directly, thatis you have to first print one side, reload the paper thenprint again.

You have not changed any of the contact records today(20/01/2004).





Procedure

The procedure is in parts:I. Create a separate folder of the target addresses

II. Merge print the Microsoft Publisher address document withthat selected folder

III. Print the backside of the address papers with the flyerIV. Make a journal entry for the document and add the people

you sent it to. V. Remove the addresses from the print folder

Making a separate folder for printing purposes is shown in Equation48.

Equation 48 Selecting addresses from Business DataManager

Start > All Programs > Microsoft Office > Microsoft OfficeOutlook 2003Go > Contacts File > Folder > New Folder… Print

To select the records to be printed in the mail merge you can makeuse of the Modified date to leave out any contacts that have hadrecords sent already using Equation 49, or alternatively you can setthe ‗Hot Contact‘ category.

Equation 49 Discriminating records by date

Go > Business ContactsView > Arrange By > Current View > Customize Current ViewFilterAdvancedFrequently used Fields >Categories contains subscriberAddContact Fields > Modified before or on 20/01/2005Find Now > Yes > OKEdit > Select AllEdit > Categories > Hot ContactsEdit > Copy to Folder… > Print OK

I find the categories used in Equation 50 are more easily

manipulated in batch and I am continuously updating client recordsso the dates don‘t always match up.




Equation 50 Discriminating contacts by category

Go > Business Contacts View > Arrange By > CustomFilter > More ChoicesCategories… > Voluntary Subscriber Find Now > Yes > OKEdit > Select AllEdit > Categories > Newsletter 2005Edit > Copy to Folder… > PrintOK

Use this list against the address template as in Equation 51.

Equation 51 mail merging in Microsoft Publisher

Start > All Programs > Microsoft Office > Microsoft Publisher

Tools > Mail and Catalog Merge > Mail and Catalog Merge WizardMail MergeNext: Select data sourceSelect from Outlook ContactsChoose Contacts Folder > Business Data ManagerNext: Create your publicationNext: Preview your publicationNext: Complete the mergePrintOK

With the flyer template in Microsoft Publisher, the address is on theback page. The back page is printed in separate print run, so you myfind it easier to do the address page in Microsoft Word as inEquation 52.

Equation 52 mail merging in Microsoft Word

Go > Business ContactsTools > Find > Advanced FindFrequently used Fields > Categories contains subscriberFind Now > Yes > OKTools > Mail Merge… Only Selected ContactsExisting document: C:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2005002.pubDocument type: Form LettersMerge to: PrinterOK

After completing either Equation 51 or Equation 52, Take thefinished papers and discard those with invalid or poorly printed

addresses. Then reverse the remaining good papers, invert and feedthem back into the printer to do the flyer with Equation 53.





Equation 53 Multiple copies in Microsoft publisher

Start > Programs > Microsoft Office > Microsoft PublisherFile > Open > c2005003.pub Tools > Mail and Catalog Merge > Cancel MergeFile > PrintCurrent PageNumber of Copies: 5 Print

After printing is completed delete the copies of the contacts. If youlike to keep a full record of what you have sent you can attach a

journal entry in the Business activities section as per Equation 54. This is not a replacement for the category entry becauseunfortunately MS Outlook 2003 cannot select Contact records basedon business activity entries.

Equation 54 a business note for several contacts

Start > Programs > Microsoft Office > Microsoft PublisherFile > New > Business Note

Results

The result is a series of flyers (coordinated to your Microsoft

Powerpoint presentations) with the addresses on the back that canbe put into windowed envelopes.

The document name can be found in the ‗Activities‘ section of eachcontact.

Conclusion

The mail merge check makes sure both Microsoft Publisher andMicrosoft Outlook are talking and the contacts are in the right place.




Chapter 4 – DISCUSSION: integrating dataIn this chapter I assume you have the skills needed for the previouschapter, and as with that chapter these exercise are from easier tomore difficult. What is different is that these examples extendbeyond one or two programs to make an effective data flow that youcan build on to make a complete process train for your own work.





A training or emergency plan

This case occurred when I was producing an emergency plan for theBroadview Freemasons Centre. Rather than agraphics file I needed apaper plan that could be tabled at the committee meeting anddiscussed. I could use the check list in Table 79 for producing aposter but this time I needed the map to be to scale, so thebackground image was first prepared in Golden Software Surfer. Ialso needed to make a plaque with a plan of the building, so I usedthe check list in Table 36. The generalised procedure, generalisedfrom all these cases, involves several steps:

1. Make the background image in Google Earth2. Rectify the image in Golden Software Surfer3. Make the building plan in Golden Software MapViewer4. Make up any marginalia, such as an occurrence diagram

using XML files and Internet Explorer.5. Select an ordinary template (‗Poster‘ versus ‗Flyer‘) in MS

Publisher6. adjust the page settings7. modify a background

8. place your graphics on the page9. print, cut and piece together the mosaic10. review the poster

There quite a few bits of software you will need to be familiar with:

Google Earth Golden Software Surfer with links to Microsoft Excel

Golden Software MapViewer Microsoft Word Microsoft Notepad to edit XML files and then viewing them in

Microsoft Internet Explorer Microsoft Publisher

I made a few mistakes as I was doing this so I have written a check list at Table 90. For my own work I use the Microsoft Publisher

‗blends‘ theme and choose template ‗Flyer‘ for the poster but I use ‗Poster‘ for a map. Similarly I take the default ―Poster‖ size thatcovers most of a mosaic of 9 A4 pages for a poster, but the




emergency plan I use the ANSI D (code-named Banner) which fitsthe standard pin-board offering from Officeworks. I could change itto something large like A0 for all situations, but that means morescissor work and the larger rolled up poster would be more difficultto handle/hide on the plane or train. As well as the check list in

Table 90, in the section ‗A poster in Microsoft Publisher‘ there areexample commands to help you do the fiddly bits like:

1. Making the poster background lighter (Equation 32)2. inserting a snapshot of a Microsoft Word document for any

advertising (Equation 33)3. cutting up the poster mosaic sheets to give a nice neat look 4. managing different versions of component files with a

project file (Equation 34 in the previous chapter section ―Using a Microsoft Batch file for project management‖) 5. mounting that project file on your own web page for one

click starting of all your component documents (Equation 35also in the later section ―Making an HTML file to keep track of your projects‖)





Table 90 check list for making a table map

Annotation spreadsheet: Date:

Poster document number: scale Image bar

1. .kml 4. .png 1:76 10 metres.

2. .jpg 5. png.gsr2 7. .doc 1:144 20 metres

3. .gss 6. .gsi 8. other

STAGE

milestone tick

1 PREPARE THE BACKGROUND IMAGE

Choose the special dimensions of the Google Earth window

Make the KML file for the boundary of the area of interest (tick KML box above)

Turn on the location plan ()

Put Google Earth scale in LH corner of image

Set size (776 x 600 pixels) and match zoom so that 10m or 20m bar (tick box above)

All notices showing

Extract JPEG file and tick jpg box above

Table 80 Adjust your project file poster.bat for new filenames

2 RECTIFY IMAGE IN GOLDEN SOFTWARE SURFER

Map scale in cm

Scale selected and mark above (Map: Properties >Scale >X Scale)

stretching photograph to match scale to scale

Add the symbols from the asset file

Draft annotations added

Add any polygons

Export the PNG file complete with GS Reference version2 file (.png.gr2 file)

Export the Golden Software interchange file (.gsi) for GS MapViewer.


4 USE A POSTER MONTAGE TO LAYOUT THE MAP

Make up the handouts (in Microsoft Word) with the legends and scale

Table 81 use XML to make up the marginalia

Table 36 make up the building plan in GS MapViewer

All file boxes except pub ticked above

Table 79 check list to layout a poster in Microsft Publisher





A „Search Centre‟ for web-based research

In about the year 2000, the Society of Professional Well Log Analysts(SPWLA) put together a list of all the mnemonics used in the datafiles by different geophysical wire-line logging contractors. This wasa wonderful authority for my data loading work and I found I wasgoing to their site regularly and entering a code quite often, to theextent that I was getting frustrated about how many mouse clicks ittook to return the result. Also there were other specialist searchengines which I wanted to use in preference to the generic Googleand Yahoo! searches because I knew I could trust the results thatwere returned. I wanted to keep these favoured search sites

together and organised so I could find specialist work-related stuff ina hurry.

After several different trials I settled on the ‗Search Centre‘ conceptused on my own web siteb and maintained by the procedurediscussed here. The application features:

A standard Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML) page thatcan be used on any client‘s machine that has Internetaccess, without downloading extra software like in the caseof Wikipaedia .It is a hand written in HTML so it is a relatively small file thatcan be downloaded fast for mobile computing.The text keywords are entered in first before you choose theengine to be used, so you don‘t have to write down themnemonic, but type it straight in and then have a thoughtabout which search engine you want to use

The search engine is selected by a single mouse click. You confirm the search.The next HTML page you see are the results being returned.Each listing of the search engine is also a direct link to thefront page of that search engine so you can do advancedsearches if you want to.

The steps in maintaining the page are:

b http://grantjacquier.info/database.html#searchcentre2





1. record the specific details of a search engine2. make an extract for the script file3. make an extract for the HTML page4. test the page5. upload the page to the web site

The particular checks for this work are given in Table 93. A list of commands is found after this at Equation 55. The only requirementsfor this exercise are:

Spreadsheet software such as Microsoft Excel A text editor, I use Microsoft Script Editor, which comes with

the professional edition of Microsoft Office 2003, because it

has prompts for the correct spelling and syntax of the HTMLtags. File Transfer Protocol (ftp) software and in this example I

use the ftp f acility built into ‗Microsoft Explorer for WindowsXP‘.

The spreadsheet, c2006012.xls in this exercise, must be preparedand has the values of Table 91 and Table 92 defined in the sheet

‗constant‘.

Table 91 named values for the insert in database.html

name code

insert_start <table class="gate"><tr><td class="gatepicket">

line_start <input type="radio" name="engine" value="

first_sep " id="RadioB

second_sep " checked onclick="this.form.action='

thrid_sep '" ><nobr><a href="

fourth_sep " title="fifth_sep ">

tail_row </td><td class="gatepicket">

insert_end </td></tr></table>

numMaxRow 10

numTitleRow 1

Table 91 are the components of the formula to give the lines to beinserted in database.html, whereas Table 92 is to compose the page

to be saved as engines.js, the database file of the different engines.





/DATA/C_IN_G/extranet/databse.htmlEdit Paste as HTML




Table 93 checks for making a 'search centre'

spreadsheet name: last engine code: last row:

0. STEPmilestone (verification) tick

1. RECORD THE SPECIFIC DETAILS OF THE SEARCH ENGINE

Spreadsheet name recorded above

All fields filled, in the spreadsheet (eg: c2006012.xls!references)

Last engine code recorded above

Last row recorded above

Adjusted the count per column (InsertMaxRow)

2. WRITE THE SCRIPT FILE

Table 91 named values for the insert in database.htmlTable 92 named formulae for composing engines.js

Start line present (=page_start)

Inserted extra rows to row above to return the engine code above

Sorted by engine code column

Last line present (=page_end)

Only single quotes around parameters in engines.js

3. EXTRACT THE WEB PAGE INSERT

Start line present (=insert_start)

Inserted extra rows to row above to return the engine code aboveSorted by HTMLname column

Last line present (=insert_end)





A catalogue of document files

This procedure deals with trying to put together a list of files, usedto document a project, complete with descriptions. The intent is thatyou can use the catalogue to keep track of your project workandform the basis for any reporting. The two cases used as exampleshere are:

You have a number of figures, especially processed satelliteimages, that you would like to use but you just can‘tremember what and where they all are. You need a centralplace to store the figures so you can browse them and

remember which ones you can use in a Microsoft Powerpointpresentation.

You have a library of electronic documents in Adobe PortableDocument (PDF) format) and Microsoft Word *.doc formatthat you have downloaded from the Internet because theyhave pertinent information regarding your research anddevelopment. In this case I was setting up my mobile phoneto demonstrate how I could place a land-use map generatedfrom satellite imagery and output to JPEG format, on a web-

site that could be viewed, live on the Internet, in the field.To help find a particular reference, such as Telstra (2005)c,which I needed for this job, I like to have a HTML page onmy confidential intranet (see IIS in the ‗Transfer of acomputer system‘ section) with all the project referenceslisted, a virtual book shelf, that I can browse for theparticular one.

The key difference between the catalogue here and the ones foundin the in other sections is that the documents don‘t have a uniquegeographic (‗Make an asset catalogue for the natural environment‘),electronic ( A ‗Search Centre‘ for web-based research) or spatial (‗ Anasset catalogue for the built environment‘) location, nor a reportwhere they have been stashed in the bibliography (‗ A minimalistbibliography system‘). So the aim of this section is to show you howto pull descriptions of those files that have been left out of the other

c 'Telstra Mobile Internet setup instruction guide,' (2005).




systems into a catalogue that catches-all. The outcome of thisprocedure is:

a. Thompson Endnote library database.b. An HTML book-shelf page for use on your intranet

Also if you do the Microsoft Excel option you will have a:

c. A Microsoft Excel database of figure descriptions

The next sub-sections give you a brief on the assumptions, a historyof the application and the different software used since 2001, thedifferent ways you can achieve these outcomes, how good is the

application and what improvements can be expected.

Software and assumptions

The software required for this work is:a. Thompson EndNote version X or later, (formerly ISI-

Researchsoft EndNote).b. Microsoft Explorerc. Microsoft Internet Explorer

The bibliographic database is required to have a URL field with filesof .jpg, .tif or .gif endings. If you want to use any of the documentsgiven in Table 94 you way wish to use the alternative, oldertechniques. In which case you will also need:

d. Microsoft Powerpointe. Microsoft Excel

f. Microsoft NotepadTable 94 other types of documents on a computer

Computer name date

recommendations to recover/catalogue/use data

Your recommendation:

What I used in 4/2007

folder system

Documents and settings\?????? ‗s Documentsregistered name ½





Computer name date

recommendations to recover/catalogue/use data



folder systemFax N

My Data Sources Y

My Digital Editions N

??????‘s Music ½

My Playlists N

Sample Music N

Other folders eg: ‗Metropolitan Male Choir of SA‘ Y

MM Jukebox Plus Upgrade N

Other *.mpa (eg jabbin.mpa) Y??????‘s Pictures ½

Adobe Y

Microsoft Clip Organizer Y

*.jpg, *.gif Y

Sample Pictures N

??????‘s Video ½

Narration ½

c200600*.wmv; c2006*.MSWMM X

Delme.* N

*.wmv; *.MSWMM. *.mov Y

My Data Sources Y

My Digital Editions N

My eBooks N

My Notebook 4 N

any subject directories e.g.: Lantana X

Ulead Video Studio N

*.doc X

*.inf 3 N

*.MDI X

LEGEND

N : nothing copied from this folder

½ : some things copied from this folder

Y : whole folder copied to C:\Documents and Settings\ on rebuilt disk

X : copied to that particular persons data directory e.g. c:\DATA\HRICE\.

NOTES1 Found only in ‗C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\‘ folder system2 Not found only in ‗C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\‘ folder system 3 Found only in ‗C:\Documents and Settings\Administrator\‘ folder system

4 If you have purchased Microsoft OneNote, to use as an exploration journal, you will need thisdirectory as it has the OneNote database.




The use of Thomson EndNote in preference to Microsoft Excel asa catch-all document database

Originally, the references to processed images were entered into aISI EndNote 4 database, then a work list of figures was printed outon a single sheet of paper, which was attached to the front of thework journal to allow easy reference. The table gave:

1 category, called ―Label‖ in the bibliographic database2 Accession Number3 Title

4 Notes

The list was created using the Endnote filterc:/data/endnote/styles/worklist. The records were then exported(File >Export) to a text file and an HTML header and footer wereplaced on the file before being printed out. The category fieldallowed the list to be sorted into rough order such as raw data (inthe case of a satellite image), quality control, etc. This was fine inthe short term, when the data is being actively worked, but aftersome time this extra knowledge fades and an aide memoire isrequired.

An improvement to this method was begun in 2003 but it wasn‘tuntil June 2004 that a new technique was tried and recorded,incorporating Microsoft Excel. This was used for creating the links inthe ‗Search Centre‘ on the Computers in Geology website and theprocedure is given in the section ―Make a ‗Search Centre‘ for web-

based research‖. The strength of this approach was that it gives youmore control over the HTML tags you use to layout the data (Table92 in the example of the search engine).

Then in 2006, the X version of Thomson EndNote, the originalproduct used for this work, had a separate ‗Tools | SubjectBibliography…‘ menu item which overtook the facility of MicrosoftExcel for providing a work list. The full power of the EndNoteformatting allows much better descriptive material to be attached,and all the additional text, previously stored in Microsoft Excel, arekept with the original reference in the Notes (fiction?) or Research





Notes (facts?) fields of the EndNote reference record.

Equation 56 structure of the EndNote proprietary XMLformat

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?><xml><records>

<record><database

name="c2007013.enl"path="C:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2007013.enl">c2007013.enl</database>

<source-appname="EndNote"version="11.0">EndNote</source-app>

See Table 95 for entries here…

<ref-typename="Web Page">12</ref-type>

<titles><title>A search engine for jobs.</title>

</titles><dates></dates><urls>

<related-urls><url>http://www.vacancies.sa.gov.au/</url>

</related-urls></urls>

<record></records>

</xml>

Also in the version X is the introduction of the Endote ProprietaryXML format as in Equation 56, which combined with an XSL style-

sheet, reduced the amount of preparation to import the catalogueinto an HTML file for display in browser. I first used this to exhibitexternal references for different projects. You could use somethinglike projlib.xsl of The projlib.xsl script reformats an EndNote XMLextract to give a catalogue of electronic documents in an HTMLpage, see the section ‗Making a catalogue of files‘ .

Equation 95 in the appendix to display references for an external

consultant acting as a competent person (as per the JORC standardfor the Australian Stock Exchange) reviewing your information on amining prospect, before authorising a press release to the stock




exchange. The XML tags used there are given in Table 95.

Table 95 alphabetical list of fields from EndNote withequivalent start tag from the EndNote proprietary XML

??????? <rec-no> Accession Number <accession-num>

Author Address <auth-address>

Call Number <call-num>

????? <contributors>

Edition <edition>

Name of Database <remote-database-name>





For the future versions of EndNote, the order in which the referencescan be displayed can also be manipulated which may make thisfunction useful for data mining your references in order of suitability,

like having your own Google search, but that is in the future, and notcovered here.

Methods of making a catalogue file

The stages in making a catalogue of files are:

1. Write some descriptions of the files

2. Select the files you wish to use3. Write the file descriptions to the holding file4. Load the holding file into the browser

These stages are shown in the check list in Table 96 and the rawmenu commands for Thompson EndNote are given in Equation 57. Below that are further sub-sections giving specifics about alternativesoftware that could be used, for instance: using Microsoft Excel,

instead of Microsoft Internet Explorer, to browse the HTML file. Thesub-sections are:

Export an HTML catalogue direct from Thomson EndNote Using Microsoft Excel for editing of the catalogue




Table 96 check list for making a catalogue of files

Folder or database (*.enl): date:

Project code name: Field for sorting (circle one)

Research Notes | NotesSTAGE

milestone tick

1 MOUNT THE FILES YOU WISH TO USE

‗Search Whole Library‘ set as option if using detailed search

2 PREPARE THE DESCRIPTIONS

The exchange file recorded above

Written the library file name above

Check each reference and link to the source if available

‗Copy this file to the default PDF folder…‘ is unchecked

URL field entered

Keywords (categories) typed into key field

3 SELECT THE FILES YOU WISH TO USE

‗Search Whole Library‘ set as option if using detailed search

Select, above, the key field you are going to use

4 ARRANGE THE TEMPLATE FILE

Table 81 key aspects of an HTML file

5 WRITTEN THE FILES YOU WISH TO USE

Selected txt in the Save file type

holding file renamed to correct suffix as below

Recorded the URL to the holding file, both recorded below

6 LOAD THE CATALOGUE FILE INTO THE BROWSER

URL written below

Link from introduction page (world.kml)

Link from index page works

Link from projects page works

Files based on project name (mark the order created):

EndNote XML exchange file (*.xml) HTML load file (*.htm):

Microsoft Excel library (*.xls) EndNote library (*.enl):

XSL(T) selection file (*.xsl) EndNote selection file (*.qry)

Jscript Holding file (*.js) KML holding file (*.xls)

HTML template file (*.HTM) Other:

URL for holding file:





Export an HTML catalogue direct from Thomson EndNote

You can export direct to HTML from Thomson EndNote if you prefer.

This system is in use on the ‗Computers in Geology‘ intranet fromOctober 2006 with the resulting HTML file projlib.htma. Theprojlib.htm page at October 2006 does show the URL for the file onthe disk, it isn‘t embedded as a HTML <a href=‖‖></a>… tag soyou cannot click on the hyperlink to start Adobe PDF reader to look at it directly. Some experimentation is required to make a purpose-built EndNote output format for this application, which at leastshould include the hyperlink facility. The raw menu commands, forusing EndNote to do this work are given in Equation 57.

Equation 57 making an HTML catalogue file

File > Open… > Open Library > c2006036.enl Reference > Search References… Search: ProjectIn: Research Notes Contains AndSearch: c2006036SearchTools > Subject Bibliography… Selected Fields: Research Notes

OKSelect AllOKOutput Style: Show AllLayout… > References Reference List Title: Computers in Geology\nELECTRONIC DOCUMENTREFERENCE LISTOKSave… Save as type: HyperText Markup Language (HTML) (*.htm)File name: C_IN_G/HOME/projlib.htm

YesCloseFile > Exit

You select the figures in Thomson EndNote using References >Search and then clicking on the ―Load Search‖ button and perhapschosing a pre-defined standard search such as ‗hyland‘. The list isthen created using the Endnote filterc:/data/endnote/styles/workdump with the records exported (File

a The electronic document catalogue file, projlib.htm, was last found athttp://localhost/C_IN_G/HOME/projlib.htm




>Export) to a text file and an HTML header and footer placed onthe file.

Using Microsoft Excel for editing of the

catalogue

You may prefer to use Microsoft Excel for the catalogue databaseitself, such as providing it to another site whee they don‘t ThompsonEndNote. If you wish to do so, Open the edited HTML file inMicrosoft Internet Explorer then choose Edit > Select All from themenu, followed by Edit > Copy. Then with Microsoft Excel open ablank spreadsheet labelled Catalogue select the first cell of thesecond row and Edit > Paste. Save the spreadsheet as ―hyland‖ inthe c:/data/c_in_g/numbat/hylandhwy directory.

The ultimate extension of this is to create a further export which iscovered in the section ―A ‗Search Centre‘ for web-based research‖ and uses the check lists:

Table 91 named values for the insert in database.html Table 92 named formuale for composing engines.js Table 93 checks for making a 'search centre'

The future: dedicated catalogue applications The procedures above are available and working but it would be niceif the catalogue could be incorporated into a Microsoft PowerPointpresentation of small figures. Ultimately, the Powerpointpresentation could be replaced with a catalog file (*.cag or *.mmc)from Microsoft Clip Gallery 5.0. This will allow the presenter todownload thumbnails via the catalogue file and use them directly in

Microsoft PowerPoint, rather than having to preview, download,upload and then review again. Currently, there is no way of preloading these thumbnails but I hope that future versions of theWindows XP equivalent Microsoft Clip Organiser may do this.





Time and expense account

Another complication with corporate data and clerks is that at somestage you will have to allocate your time spent working to differentproject accounts. Even when you work for yourself you mustdistinguish, for your tax records, the expenses used earning yourimmediate living, i.e. operating expense, and that expense put intoresearch projects, which are not earning income, i.e. capitalexpense.

Table 97 expenses incurred by geologists1

occupation operating expense capital expense

computer geologist computer depreciation

software depreciation

office expenses

travel expenses

trade journals

computer depreciation

software depreciation

office expenses

exploration geologist salary

travel expenses

fuel

drilling

mine geologist salary

fuel

drilling1 For a discussion of this topic see the chapter ‗Introduction to financial evaluation of mining projects‘ inWhite (1997)b

However, for the computer geologist there is a quick way of doingthis using the automatic journaling function available in MicrosoftOutlook with the ubiquitous office software Microsoft Office. It doesassume that you are filling in Keywords: field of the File >

Properties panel of all your Microsoft Office files, but you shouldbe doing this for all fields, at least as an example to your clients andto make your job of file handling easier.

If you have been filling out the keywords field then you can producethe report, by several stages:

Preparation before the accounting period

b White, Management of mineral exploration.




Export the journal itemsManually add any missing CategoriesConfigure the Microsoft Excel Spreadsheet

Analyse the report

To help myself to remember how to do this for each tax period Ihave made the following checklist, for Microsoft Outlook and Excel,but you may prefer the longer narrative descriptions of the stagesthat follow.

Table 98 Using Microsoft Outlook for tracking project hours

STAGE

milestone tick

1 PREPARATION BEFORE ACCOUNTING PERIOD

Start and practice using Keywords: field

Journaling turned on

Journaling configured

2 REPORT FOR EACH ACCOUNTING PERIOD REPORT

Table 99 check list for calculating project hours

Summarising your work for an accounting period

At the next accounting report period you need to produce an exportof the journal items into Microsoft Excel as per Table 99.

1. Start Microsoft Outlook and use the menus to open theJournal folder ie: Go To > Journal.

2. Then modify the view to give the spreadsheet like form thatis: View > Arrange By > Current View > Entry List.

3. Now export the journal entries to Microsoft Excel file like theexample of wt102103.xls for all the entries for the 2002-2003 financial year i.e. File > Import and Export … >Outlook > Export to a file > Microsoft Excel > Journal> wt102103.xls > Export “Journal Entries” from folders

Journal > Finish





Table 99 check list for calculating project hours

start: 1st July end: 30 th June Excel file: total rows:

20 20 STAGE

milestone tick 1 PREPARATION BEFORE ACCOUNTING PERIOD

Start and practice using Keywords: field

Journaling turned on

Journaling configured

2 EXPORT THE JOURNAL ITEMS

Show Journal folder as `View | Change View | Entry List‘ 1

Export to /data/admin/wtdump.xls `File | Open |Import | Export to a file | Microsoft…`1

In wtdump.xls, delete any rows outside of the period of interest

Put the total number of rows above3 CONFIGURE THE MS EXCEL SPREADSHEET

Take a copy of the previous years worksheet

Edit the file properties (File | Properties )

Save the file (File | Save )

Embed the range of values from wtdump.xls into Journal!A:P

Edit the file properties (File | Properties )

Sort by Subject (Data | Sort by..)

Remove these lines

C;\TEMP\...C:\Users…

C:\Program Files\

Add any missing categories (Keywords:)

Error! Reference source not found. example adjustment of the journal


Add any missing category codes in sheet project!A:B

Table 59 example category to project codes

―projects‖ range defined (Edit | Go To | projects ) Add any missing project codes in sheet type!A:B

Table 100 project to expense type examples

―types‖ range defined (Edit | Go To | types )

formulas from Equation 58 copied in tally sheet to last row above

check for any #NA() indicating labels are missing from tables


5 REPORT THE FIGURES

refresh the data

Options set for percent (‗Show Values as | % of Grand Total‘) Number format set to one decimal place




Options set for minutes (‗Show Values as | No Calculation‘)

Measured time uncontracted, rounded to nearest percent

capita l: private : work :

% % %

NOTES1

Before Office 2010 these commands in Outlook were used to extract the journal entries:`View | Arrange by | Current View | Entry List‘

‗File | Import and Export | Outlook‘

Preparation of the Journal function in Microsoft Outlook

The first step is to turn the journal function on. So in MicrosoftOutlook menu select Tools > Options > Preferences > JournalOptions to bring up the screen shown in Figure 32. The correct

preferences needed to use the journal are marked in this screensnapshot. I also set the AutoArchive Journal Entries … optionsto clean out the journal after 18 months, but you may prefer ashorter period, say bi-monthly, if you are reporting to your corporateaccountant rather than the taxation office.

The limitation is that the times are only recorded for the softwareMicrosoft Word, Microsoft Access, Microsoft Excel and MicrosoftPowerPoint, but then if you are using these products you will coversuch work as project proposals, licence applications, manuals,reports, data entry, budgets, and reviews, but that is a fair cross-section of projects in different stages of life and it will provide agood estimate of the ratio of the time spent between each form of work. I am a bit unsure on how useful the journaling is withMicrosoft Access as this is on the file level which is equivalent to adatabase in Microsoft Access and most geologists would have manyprojects in the one database but you can always allocate this time to

a general overhead which can then be redistributed according to theratios on the other programs.





Figure 32 is the configuration for the Microsoft Outlook journal function

Configuring your Journal reporting spreadsheet

If you open the Microsoft Excel spreadsheet e.g. wt102103.xls youfind the data there under the sheet named Journal. In the subjectand category columns you will notice the path of the file and itsallocated use to a project of some sort. These will need to be addedto unless you are extremely disciplined when entering the propertiesof each of your journalled documents. A schedule of directory versusproject theme, is a good place to get this information, for examplethe ‗Computers in Geology‘ scheme is in Table 70 of the ‗Archiving

and Indexing section.

Depending on what you have been putting in the key word areas of your documents you will need to add another couple of sheets to theworkbook. For example you may need a lookup table of keywords toconvert them into project codes, and then into expense type as inTable 100. For convenience, I named the two look-up tables:projects and types respectively. The expense type is to be used to

pick-out your depreciable expense so the is a minmum number fortype is two: private or work, but you can also put aside any capital




expense for capital gains calculations on later tax returns by usingthe capital code as I have done in Table 100.

Equation 58 Microsoft Excel macros for the sheet tally usedto convert the Journal entries

tally!A1 = project tally!A2 =IF(ISBLANK(G2),IF(D2="C:\DATA\ADMIN\SHARES.XLS","investment","administration"),VLOOKUP(G2,projects,2))tally!B1 = type

tally!B2 =VLOOKUP(A2,types,2)tally!C1 = counttally!C2 = Journal!G2

To bring the project codes and the expense codes together,introduce a new sheet tally with three columns on the far left sideof the Journal sheet, with header rows project, type and count ; andpopulate the cells with Equation 58.

Table 100 example conversion of project codes into expensetype

project type

11 private

administration work

investment work

Numbat capital

Perentie capital

private private

Santos work

societies work

unallocated private

Wombat capital

ZZZ private

Report the figures for an accounting period

If the substituted values and the Journal entries are in place youneed to make a PivotTable summary of the Journal sheet like Table101. Using the Microsoft Excel menus the command is: Data >

PivotTable and PivotChart Report….





Table 101 summary table for work time allocation

Sum of Duration project type

project capital private work Grand Total

administration 0.00% 0.00% 13.34% 13.34%

investment 0.00% 0.00% 5.41% 5.41%Numbat 19.54% 0.00% 0.00% 19.54%

Perentie 23.00% 0.00% 0.00% 23.00%

private 0.00% 14.77% 0.00% 14.77%

Santos 0.00% 0.00% 0.02% 0.02%

societies 0.00% 0.00% 23.91% 23.91%

Grand Total 42.54% 14.77% 42.69% 100.00%

I feel the trickiest bit here is the formatting, which must be done onthe cell containing ―Sum of Duration‖.

1. Use the dropdown menu option ―Field Settings‖ to giveFigure 33.

2. Then select Options3. Choose ‗% of total‘ 4. Also set formatting to two decimal places via the ‗Number‘

button

Figure 33 the Field Settings window




An asset catalogue for the built environment

When it came to equipment I have followed the Australian TaxationOffice guidelines and found it all very easy to calculate my

depreciation. However, when it came to the Broadview FreemasonsCentre and setting up a catalogue not so much to calculate adeduction but to keep an eye on expenses and predict maintenanceof heritage items, it was a bit more detailed. It was time to writesomething down about how I was doing the calculations and loggingthe equipment, furniture and fittings.

About the time I was addressing the first asset database for theBroadview Freemasons centre in 2006, the Data MetallogenicaCentre had just been packed away into containers and only the web-site remained available for perusal. This followed two or so yearsafter the dissolution of the Australian Mineral Foundation and variousreports on the breakdown of geoscience library collections at variouseducation and government institutions. The age of centralisedcollections was coming to an end. The future of this material lieswith small dispersed collections where the material has not only ascience context but also has social significance and will be protected

and respected by the local community. An example is that handspecimens from the Burra Mines would never be thrown out if theywere curated at the school library, town hall or heritage centrewithin the town, the local people‘s pride would be offended.

One of the great strengths of the Data Metallogenica collection wasthe chance to compare deposits, but after scanning the plates of specimens and then matching these to maps provided by the miningcompanies and published references it became apparent that this

type of work could be done more efficiently via the web-sitec.Therefore, it could be expected that museum catalogues may becentralised while collections are not. For example beside the

Australian Museum main catalogued, there is an additional cataloguee of many museums across the country dealing with Australianmaterial. For your particular collection the simplest is to make aMicrosoft Excel based asset list that can be simultaneously used for

c http://www.datametallogenica.com/d http://www.amonline.net.au e http://amol.org.au/guide/collectionStrengths.asp

http://www.amonline.net.au/








tax, maintenance, cataloguing and insurance purposes. Some of thekey formulae are listed in Table 102 where the following has beenassumed:

no personal use of the association‘s property

the Australian Taxation Office recommendations for ‗Depreciation worksheet‘ in Australian Taxation Office (2000)f

Table 102 formulae and headings for a MS Excel-based „built

asset‟ list

named cells for this example

YR_START 2 financial period

=DATE(YEAR(YR_END)-1,7,1) =YEAR(YR_START)&" -"&YEAR(YR_END)

YR_END2 income=DATE(x,6,31) =$J$117

header 3 range

sub-header sub-range

formula or primary data description

Date of addition or adjustment $A$8:$E

A. Date of purchase

B. First day of fiduciary year if a pool of assets (=YR_START)

Description of each unit. $B$8:$B

generic name, qualifier by number of items1 Adjustments $C$6:$D

Details $C$8:$C

A. ―Sum impr.‖

B. Describe the improvement on an asset pool

Amount $D$8:$D

A. an example is ‗=-SUM($D8:$D16)‘

B. cost of the improvement on an asset pool

Cost of plant less adjustments $E$8:$E

A. For pooled assets (=previous closing written down - $D8)B. actual cost

Opening written down value * $F$8:$F

A. =$E8

B. =(100-(YEAR(YR_START)-YEAR($A8))*$L8)/100*$E8

Opening un-deducted cost # $G$8:$G

=$F8

Disposals $H$6:$K

Balancing Adjustments $J$7:$K

Assessable income $J$8:$J

f Australian Taxation Office, Guide to depreciation (Canberra, 2000).




Assessable sales

=SUM($J$8:$J114) $J115

Less relief offsets against other plant u 4 $J116

losses from other disposals

Amount to be returned as income (do not deduct from depreciation) u 4 $J117

=J115-J116Deductible $K$8:$K

deductible sales

=SUM($K$5:$K114) $K115

Depreciation $L6:$M

% Rate L8:L

Value of depreciation in whole percent

Closing written down value * $Q$8:$Q

=IF($P8>$F8,0,F8-$P8)

Closing undeducted cost $R$8:$R=IF($G9>SUM($M9:$N9),$G9-SUM($M9:$N9),0)

1 capitals for a room, * as a prefix for a pool (all at the same depreciation value) and – prefix for an itemwithout a formula that is just being listed for inventory sake, lower case for a single expense item like thecarpet.2 Specify the year end in a named cell.3 From ‗Depreciation worksheet‘ in Australian Taxation Office (2000)g 4 use ‗Format > Font… > Wingdings 3‗ to turn u into a shape so that you can place this label in the cell

to the left of the range cell.

The assumptions to go with Table 102 are:

only items from the same depreciation schedule are pooledpooled items are depreciated by the diminishing valuemethodsingle entry items are depreciated by the prime cost method

I use a specified year end because when we started theBroadview Freemasons Centre Association Incorporated,there was a lot of other business like by-laws and signage tosort out first, it was several years before I had to get theasset register in order.

If the assets are numerous like hall furniture, I will pool them anddepreciate as a single value. You replace a certain number eachyear, so I keep a line in the sheet with the number of items, but

g Ibid.





don‘t treat them with any formulae. Heritage items are listed in withthe mundane, because you may have to give a copy of the list to thepolice and then items of cutlery may lead to recovering anirreplaceable stone or honour board. I found the quickest way toprovide evidence for this list is to take photographs of each wall of

the room, unload them to a CD-ROM and store this with the deeds of the hall in the envelope with the bank.




An asset catalogue for the natural environment

This catalogue is based around a geographical information system(GIS), built in Golden Software‘s MapViewer version 6. It utilises thefunction to link a polygon to a file reference, called in MapViewer ahyperlink, and so create a hierarchy of plans or documents. Therecan also be an introduction, explanatory notes, and a conclusion file;and so this method has general use as indicated by the case studiesin Table 103. HTML is an open standard so the link does not have tobe to and from just Golden Software created files.

Table 103 Using Golden Software MapViewer for mapping

case input working output intro notes summary

Broadview Fm C. emerg. plan *.gsi *.gsm *.wmf *.kml *.doc *.pdf

Broadview Fm C. seating plan n/a *.gsm *.html *.accdb *.doc *.pdf

Comps. In Geol. research areas n/a *.gsm *.html *.kml n/a *.jpg

Comps. In Geol. strat. diagram n/a *.gsm *.html n/a n/a *.jpg

LEGEND

*.accdb Microsoft Access 2010 database format

*.doc I use Microsoft Word 1997 format for compatability with other people‘s computer systems

*.html Hypertext Markup Language file for the intranet

*.jpg Joint Photographic Group image file, produced automatically with an HTML export

*.gsi Golden Software interchange file, the native format used to exchange data between GSSurfer and GS MapViewer.

*.gsm Golden Software mapping file, the native format for Golden Software

n/a : this facility not used in this case

*.pdf Adobe Portable Document format

*.wmf Windows Meta File, the proprietary Microsoft Windows file used for exchanging diagrams

n/a The facility is not used in this example

In the case of the Broadview Freemasons seating plans

(www.grantjacquier.info/download.html) the HTML file is generatedfrom Microsoft Access. In the Computers in Geology stratigraphicdiagram (www.grantjacquier.info/default.html) the links go to arange of other web pages. More complex combination of maps andlinks is discussed in the later sub-section ―Google Earth versus HTMLlinks between plans‖.

This general technique is commonly used in exploration to storepolygons representing exploration leases, land ownership,

environmental and native title boundaries and provides a





geographical index to these base documents. Jahshan (2009i) seesthe ultimate corporate implementation of this as:

―It will start from a dashboard ‗widget‘ that provides a Red, Amber, Green indicator – of the condition of, say,

infrastructure assets – to a map that provides a geographic sense of the problem, and finally to information that will

allo w the executive to remedy the situation.‖

Similarly, we will use it here in a worked example to show the activeareas of research. If nothing else, the diagram will be a location planfor your later mapping. The steps are:

1. Start with a KML standard file for the introduction2. Create a world plan or other plan from Table 36 to give the

geographical context or background.3. Create an Australia plan or other to give the continental

context4. Link the world plan to the Australia plan5. Publish the image to your intranet

The software required for this module is:

Either the Google Earth browser or other HTML browser Golden Software MapViewer A text editor, I use Microsoft Script Editor which comes with

Microsoft Office, or on my client‘s Unix or Linux machines Ilike nedit.

I also assume that there may be some additional data available from

processing your field measurements. For the example of theBroadview Freemasons Centre emergency plan, this was an exportfrom Golden Software Surfer, but it could be Microsoft Excel or othersoftware. A general check list to make the plans for stages 1 and 5are given in Table 104.




Table 104 making a plan in Golden Software MapViewer

date: document files: Plan size:

import file (*.gsi) A2 poster map file (*.gsm) A3 two page layout

document name: export file (*.html) A4 report page

export file (*.wmf) A6 report figure

notes file (*.doc) D5 pin board

batch file (*.bat): summary file (*.pdf)

title

0 STAGE

milestone tick2 CREATE THE PLAN

Preparation, page size etc as per Equation 59

Import the working from Golden Surfer

Save as a map file and adjust the batch file (see Appendix in Equation 94)

Table 36 add other boundaries

Adjusted projection

Set the context/location plan as an inset

Altered symbols, added text and hyperlinks

Any additional information incorporated in explanatory notes

Final title and links added to the introduction file

Export full-size plan for adding to a poster via Windows metafile (WMF) format

Print the summary to A4 plaque size 1

In Acrobat Reader set to Landscape, and ‗Shrink to page‘ and print out to A4 sheet

NOTES1 To create the plaque use:

File > Export

Name: PDF

Print method:





Google Earth versus HTML links between plans

In 2007 I started using the Google Earth browser in place of Microsoft Internet Explorer. I find that conceptually Google Earthgives better background and introduction to sites than the plain ortraditional location map. That is probably too serious a subject to bediscussed fully here, for which I do have a full presentation of slides,but you can see some of the philosophy behind this in the FAQsh (Frequently Asked Questions) of my web-site. Jahshan (2009i)summarises this strength as it is ―relatively simple to integrateGoogle‘s functions into most modern applications‘.

Eventually, I will work out how to open the location map in the

HTML browser window of Google Earth at the same time I load upthe base (Keyhole Markup Language) file, so you will find both waysof introduction to a site, but in either case some preparatory work isrequired:

The C:/DATA/Earth directory needs to be mountedas a virtual directory (http://localhost/Earth) on theintranet server as per section ‗Setting up anintranet‘ . Similarly for the KML example you will need tomount the directories of photos ashttp://localhost/fr2008 and http://localhost/om2008 to allow the Google Earth browser to see thephotographs

The outcome will be an asset catalogue which will answer yourscience questions, and in which case you may find these sections

that follow this introduction of some use:

Make a location plan as the abstractMake a KML file for the introductionUse photographs as the backgroundShow your methods by local government areaPlot your results as thematic data

h Try the question ‗Why is XSL(T) technology becoming a big part of this site?‘ athttp://grantjacquier.info/about.html#q018.i Jahshan, 'Changing corporate philosophy', no.

http://localhost/om2008






Conclude with a map published to the intranet

Make a location plan as the abstract

To create any kind of index plan in MapViewer, start the programfrom the Microsoft Windows ‗Start‘ menu and do the commands inEquation 59. I use a single directory to hold the catalogue becausethis allows me to work towards an whole-of-earth model. I also keepmy file names to eight characters to assist when transferring datafiles. For example your standard DOS base ftp program willreinterpret longer files names and you will stumble along when youhave to upload these catalogue files to your web site. I also use an

A6 size page because this is ideal for pasting into reports,

embedding into web pages or using as a location diagram on ageological map. If you want to make an A0 plan to hang on yourwall, you should increase the settings suggested below by fourtimes. You may also need to add capital cities and a graticule to givesome texture to the plot. However, when I tried these on A6, it was

just too confusing.

Equation 59 making a plan in MapViewer

Start > Programs > Golden Software MapViewer 6 > MapViewer 6File > New > Map > OKFile > Page Setup > A6File > Save As > c:/data/Earth/Earth > OKMap > Base Map > D:/Boundaries/World Miscellany/World-proj > OK> OK > OKFile > SaveMap > Convert Projection > Van Der Grinten > OKMap > Scale > 1 cm:20 degrees > OKFile > SaveEdit > Select AllProperty Inspector + Pattern > Solid

Property Inspector + Fill Properties > Foreground > SandApplyFile > SaveMap > Map Collar > Default Collar Limits > OKMap > Map Collar > Collar line/Fill > Foreground > Ocean Green> OK > OKMap > Limits… > Specify rectangular limits > OK File > Save

Golden Software provides a number of data files with their program.

As for the projections I have tried to make the best suggestion foreach in Table 37. In all cases, where there isn‘t an ellipsoid attached





to the projection standard, I use an ellipsoid of WGS84 as thismatches raw GPS co-ordinates. The files for this example are:

c:\Program Files\GoldenSoftware\MapViewer6\Samples\World-proj.gsm

c:\Program Files\GoldenSoftware\MapViewer6\Samples\Australia.gsm

At each stage select one polygon, and colour it with foreground fill of ―Red‖ and then under ‗Object description‘ set the hyperlink to thenext file.

Make a KML file for the introduction

I use a KML (Keyhole Markup Language j) file world.kml to introducethe different sites that I am working on. This world.kml file I updateas new documents, that can be located geographically, are added tomy computer hard drive. The beginning of this file is a simple tableof contents, shown in Equation 60, to the other files mentioned inthis chapter which is an alternative to the geographic introduction oran HTML table based introductions (the heritage.html#gateway

reference in Equation 60).

Equation 60 the initial lines of world.kml showing the tableof contents given in the<kml><Document><description>…</description><Docu

ment></kml> element.

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><! — Put your revision notes here

--><kml xmlns="http://earth.google.com/kml/2.2"><Document>

<name>Computers in Geology research</name><open>1</open><description><p>This complements the MapViewer and table-based index

maps</p><ul><li><a href="./earth.htm">Earth</a></li><li><a href="./greece.htm">Greece</a></li>

j The KML reference I last used was found athttp://code.google.com/apis/kml/documentation/kmlreference.html#viewvolume




<li><a href="./victoria.htm">Victoria</a></li><li><a href="./australi.htm">Australian states subject

to research</a></li><li><a href="../C_IN_G/extranet/heritage.html#gateway"

>heritage table</a></li></ul>

</description>

The circumstances of the particular work described in this sectionare that I have just come back from a three week tour to France andOman in the year 2008. The photos have been developed and digitalindex prints have been returned to me on DVD which I have dumpedto hard disk in the directories C:\DATA\fr2008 and C:\DATA\om2008.

A tip I remembered to use here is that the two digit codes are thecountry standards used in URLs on the Internet thus keeping the

directory names below 8 characters making them very easy to use inscripts and perhaps transfer to other operating systems at a latertime. The intent is to add place markers giving links to the newfolders at the top of the Place marker section as shown in Equation61.

Equation 61 extract of world.kml showing the first<Placemark></Placemark> immediately below the<Style></Style> definitions

<Style id="sh_ylw-pushpin"><IconStyle>

<scale>10.0</scale></IconStyle>

</Style>

<Placemark><name>David IRVING's block, early 2008</name><description>

I used the gazetteer for world cities found in the MapViewer fileWorldCity.datk to set a <Placemark></Placemark> element withgeographic coordinates corresponding to Lyon, to represent the tourof France. The third coordinate for the entry for France, shown inEquation 62, is elevation which for Lyon is round 300 m.

Alternatively, in Equation 62, the <altitude></altitude> tags withinthe <LookAt><LookAt> tags describe the viewing height, and while

k For MapViewer version 7 I found the World.City.dat file at C:\Program Files\GoldenSoftware\MapViewer 7\Samples





I find 100 is good for a farm, a city is better represented by 10000metres, though this is too little for Lyon and too much for Muscat.For Oman, I used the coordinates for Muscat and repeated the<Placemark></Placemark> element.

Equation 62 KML entry using the geographic coordinates forLyon

<Placemark><name>France, April 2008</name><description><![CDATA[

<p>The photographs from the tour of France,centered on Lyon, for the first few weeksof April 2008 are in the folder<a href=‖http://localhost/fr2008‖ >./fr2008</a> linked here.</p>

]]></description><styleUrl>#msn_ylw-pushpin</styleUrl><LookAt>

<longitude>4.783333</longitude><latitude>45.7</latitude><altitude>10000</altitude><tilt>0</tilt><heading>0</heading><altitudeMode>relativeToGround</altitudeMode>

</LookAt><Point>

<coordinates>4.783333,45.7,300</coordinates></Point>

</Placemark>

One last thing I had to do was mount the two directories on theIntranet so that they would be loaded automatically when referencedby the HTML link. I was careful to select ‗Directory browsing‘ as anoption when sharing the folder. The commands for this are given inEquation 63 to give the result of Figure 34 in the next section ‗Use

photographs as the background‘.




Figure 34 a list of shared photographs for a location

Use photographs as the background

Photographs including terrestrial, aerial and satellite makeinteresting backdrops to any work. Since the introduction of thepainter‘s canvas, picture shows have illustrated natural history talks.

You can create your slide show using your own photographs backedup by the satellite and aerial photographs from Google Earth. Here ishow to do it, in increasing order of difficulty, so you can getsomething up quick and then increase the intensity over time as youmove to the conclusion of your work:

1. Share the folders of your digital photographs on yourintranet

2. Show your photographs as a slide show in MicrosoftExplorer

3. Mount your terrestrial photos against satellite and aerialimagery in Google Earth.

Share the folders of your digital photographs on your intranet

The first method, of sharing your folders on the web, is the result of the previous section ‗Make a KML file for the introduction‘ and is





achieved using Microsoft Explorer with the commands in Equation63.

Equation 63 sharing the folder om2008 in Windows XP ashttp://localhost/om2008

Start | All Programs | My Computer | C:\DATAom2008Sharing and Security… Web SharingShare on: Default Web SiteShare this folderAddDirectory: C:\DATA\om2008Alias: om2008Access Permissions: Read, Directory browsingApplication permissions: ScriptsOKOKFile | Close

The folder view created from Equation 63, is just a listing of all thephotographs like that shown in Figure 34, which after using the URLin Microsoft Internet Explorer (for this examplehttp://localhost/om2008), you can click each name to see thephotographs for example Figure 35. No thumbnails at this stage, that

is in the next section, but it is the quickest way to get thephotographs into your asset catalogue, and quick enough to do,before you take off your boots and make dinner, at the end of a fieldday.





case. Also described in that later section, the other folders shared onthe web, have that special permission reduced, so as to minimise theopportunity of a virus programme being injected into yourconfidential web pages. And further using a script such as angelosyou don‘t have to share your image folders at all, that is don‘t even

worry about Equation 63.

Equation 64 commands to run Microsoft Explorer in a MS-DOS bat file

REMREM initialise script variablesREMREM my_photos=c:\DATA\pictures\mavromatidiREM my_photos=c:\DATA\pictures\kyamada

SET my_photos=c:\DATA\om2008\Jacquie008325REMREM run script logicREMECHO "Starting photos batch script""C:\WINDOWS\explorer.exe" %my_photos%REMREM close down scriptREMSET my_photos=ECHO "Photos complete!"

To set the particular folder to show thumbnails you will need to pre-set the folder characteristics. This, as for Equation 63 is also done inMicrosoft Explorer with the commands in Equation 63.

Equation 65 changing the folder om2008/Jacquie008325 tobe viewed as thumbnails in Microsoft Explorer (Windows XPedition)

Start | All Programs | My Computer | C:\DATA\om2008

Jacquie008325PropertiesCustomizeWhat kind of folder do you want?Use this folder as a template: Photo Album (best for fewerfiles)Also apply this template to all subfoldersOKFile | Close

Now to add the link to the ‗Oman 2008‘ in Google Earth: adapt theKML code between the <description></description> tags for theOman 2008 <placemark></placemark> to match that in Equation




66. The full coding of the <placemark></placemark> is shown inEquation 61 (without this change) and the creation of which isdiscussed in the section ‗Make a KML file for the introduction‘.Google Earth has the feature of interpreting the <a></a> tagsdirectly while other HTML tags should be enclosed in

―<![CDATA[…]]>‖ l, both programming styles are shown in Equation66.

Equation 66 the <description></description> with areference to oman2008.bat

<description><![CDATA[<p>The photographs from the tour of Oman, centred onMuscat, in the last week of April 2008 are in the

folder <a href="http://localhost/om2008">./om2008</a>linked here.</p>]]><a href=‖http://localhost/cgi-bin/om2008.bat‖

>Picture Show for Oman 2008</a></description>

The results of Equation 66, give a HTML link in the Google Earthbrowser which starts up another window for Microsoft Explorer togive the view in Figure 36.

l I found this dual capacity of Google Earth discussed athttp://code.google.com/apis/kml/documentation/kmlreference.html#description





Figure 36 the Photo Album folder template for MicrosoftExplorer

Mount the photographs in Google Earth

The steps in mounting your photographs as objects in Google Earthare similar to the procedure for setting up a SearchCentre as per theexample ―Mak e a ‗Search Centre‘ for web-based research‖:

1. Mount a folder of digital images such as /DATA/om2008/Jacquie008325

2. Generate om2008.xml, in the EndNote XML extract file

3. Prepare an om2008.xsl XML translation filter file4. Prepare an om2008.HTM template file5. Output an om2008.txt (rollback is om2008_old.txt), then

rename the om2008.txt to om2008.kml (rollback isom2008_old.kml)

6. Cross-reference the om2008.kml file from the master KMLfile, world.kml, created in the previous section ‗Make a KMLfile for the introduction‘.

7. Cross-reference the om2008.kml file from the index of your

website, such as index.HTM#gateway




The following check lists will help with this work:

Table 96 check list for making a catalogue of filesTable 81 key aspects of an HTML file

Show your methods by local government area

In this exercise I show how to create a plan of local governmentareas shaded by their areal extent to signify the larger councils whowould be interested in remote sensing approach to monitoring landuse changes. This is typical of any plan to explain the context of research, based on existing government or other published data forregions. The classic examples circa 1990 were regions which did not

have native title in dispute, because this would allow an acceleratedexploration programme. Alternatively you may consider lineardistance issues such as the more classical distance from ports,alternatively target areas based on geophysical parameters, butneither is covered here. The steps are:

1. Create a state plan or other from Table 37 to give thegeographical context

2. Shade the polygons based on data available as an attribute.3. Add a legend

As in the exercise ‗ An asset catalogue‘ to create any kind of plan inMapViewer, start the program from the Microsoft Windows Startmenu and do the commands in Equation 59. Again I follow thesimple data management rules:

1. I use a single directory to hold all plans for the project

because this allows me to work towards an whole-of-earthmodel.

2. I also keep my file names to eight characters to assist whentransferring data files. For example your standard DOS baseftp program will reinterpret longer files names and you willstumble along when you have to upload these cataloguefiles to your web site.

3. I also use an A6 size page because this is ideal for pastinginto reports, Microsoft Powerpoint presentations, and webpages or using as a location diagram on a geological map.





You may also need to add capital cities and a graticule to give sometexture to the plot. However, when I tried these on A6, it is just tooconfusing.

Equation 67 making a context plan in MapViewer

Start > Programs > Golden Software MapViewer 6 > MapViewer 6File > New > Map > OKFile > Page Setup > A6File > Save As > c:/data/Earth/Victoria > OKMap > Base Map >D:/gis/arcview/state/administrative/municipalities > OK > OK >OKFile > SaveMap > Layers > New Layer >OKMap > Base Map > samples/oceania > OK > OK > OKProperty Inspector + Pattern > SolidProperty Inspector + Fill Properties > Foreground > SandFile > SaveMap > Convert Projection … > Albers Equal Conic > Settings Ellipsoid > GRS 1980 / IUGG 1980False Northing(m): -4500000False Easting(m): -2500000Latitude Origin: 0Standard Parallel 1: -36Standard Parallel 2: -38OK > OKMap > Scale > Scale method: representative fraction scale

Scale 1: 10000000 > OKFile > SaveMap > Limits… > Specify rectangular limits

X-Min: 140 X-Max: 152Y-Min: -41.5 Y-Max: -33.5OKMap > Map Collar > Default Collar Limits > OKMap > Map Collar > Collar line/Fill > Foreground > Ocean Green> OK > OKGraticules … > Graticule units: Kilometers > Apply File > Save

In this example the data is from the Victoria Geoscientific Data CD,which like much data from the geological surveys, who appreciatethe problems of geoscientists, is available free on application fromthe Department of Primary Industries, Victoria at the Internetaddress in Equation 68.

Equation 68 URL for Department of Primary Industries, Victoria

http://www.dpi.vic.gov.au

http://www.dpi.vic.gov.au/






Plot your results as thematic data

There are thematic databases included in the MapViewer directories.Some of the items, which I think are generally useful, are:

c:\Program Files\GoldenSoftware\MapViewer6\Samples\WorldCap.datc:\Program Files\GoldenSoftware\MapViewer6\Samples\WorldCity.datc:\Program Files\GoldenSoftware\MapViewer6\Samples\World.dat ()

The first file is geographical co-ordinates for the capitals of

countries. The second has geographical co-ordinates and populationsof major cities. Finally the third file is the 1997, 1990, 2000, 2010population; land area; population density, birth/death rates, lifeexpectancy for 1997; infant deaths, total fertility; population for1997 by children, adults and the aged.

To include additional thematic information such as Australian citiesfrom the world cities database:

1. Copy the thematic database to your work area andmake corrections to the data.

2. Make a preliminary plan and exclude informationoutside the geographical scope of your plan

3. After saving the plan, reload it as an additional Pinmap layer on your location plan.

4. Alter the symbol and text sizes to match the locationplan as per Equation 71.

Because there are so many elements in thematic data, it is never100% correct. In the WorldCity.dat database the capital city of thestate of Tasmania, Hobart, has been left out of the 286 cities listed.

Also I am careful to leave all the other cities in the database so thatI only have one place to store them. The last thing you want to haveto do is to change one co-ordinate or spelling in half a dozen files.The commands to add Hobart to the world cities database are inEquation 69.





Equation 69 adding Hobart to the cities database

Start > Programs > Golden Software MapViewer 6 > MapViewer 6File > WorksheetFile > Open > Samples\WorldCity.datFile > Save As > C:\Data\Earth\WorldCity.dat > OK > OKEdit > Insert > Hobart Australia 147.3 -42.9File > SaveWindow > Map1

The next stage is to prepare the theme layer for overlying ourexisting location plan. Assuming we have returned to the ―Map1‖ window after Equation 69 use the following commands.

Equation 70 selecting Australian cities

File > Page Setup > A6File > Save As > c:\data\Earth\Caps > OKMap > Pin Map > OKAnalysis > Query > <SID> = "Australia" > OKEdit > Invert SelectionEdit > DeleteFile > SaveFile > Close

The Caps layer needs to be added to the location map.

File > Open > c:\data\Earth\Australi.gsm > OKMap > Base Map > Caps > OK

Then you will have to adjust the symbols and position.

Equation 71 setting capital city pins

Edit > Select AllView > Managers > Property Inspector

Symbol Properties > Symbol > 12Symbol Properties > Fill Color > GreenSymbol Properties > Line Color > BlackSymbol Properties > Size > 0.05 in

Conclude with a map published to the intranet

The highest level plan you have can become the summary whenpublished to the Intranet and then by re-using the graphic file (JPEGformat file) created from the Export process you can place the samemap as the background to your Desktop. If the plan you choose tomake your summary is in A6 size, as you would be for a location




map out of a journal article, consider expanding the page size andscale to take it out to A4 Landscape (MapViewer commands aregiven in Equation 72). The resulting output image has more pixelsand the text will look smoother when displayed at full screen size.

Equation 72 MapViewer commands to scale an A6 locationplan into a A4 full-screen summary for your Intranet

File > Page Setup… Paper Size: A4Orientation: LandscapeOKMap > Scale… Scale method: Representative fraction scaleScale 1: 150000000OK

Map > map Collar… Units : Page CentimetersX Min : 1Y Min : 1X Max : 28.5Y Max : 20OKMap > Move /Size All Layers

To begin with, any plan needs to have a title and some kind of

explanation added before publishing it to the Intranet. Use theMapViewer command Draw > Text and adjust the window to matchFigure 37. Then repeat this to add a copyright clause.





Figure 37 map label for MapViewer

I prefer to expand the background to encompass these new textboxes, rather than leaving them hanging in white space above orbelow the plan. I can do this by the command Map > Map Collar andadjusting the limits. To add the specifications of the plan use theMap > Scale bar command and adjust the window as shown inFigure 38.




Figure 38 add projection details in MapViewer

After you have placed you may have to adjust the Scale BarProperties.Description (to give the projection details), Scale BarProperties.Cycle Spacing (units) and Text Properties.Points in theProperty Inspector window, to fit on your map. One extra feature it

took me half-a-dozen times to perfect is to put ―yellow pins‖ on eacharea of research, a bit like Google Eareth, as I found Greece and theUnited Kingdom polygons are not obvious even when coloured, a bigyellow pin sticking into hem solves the problem and summaries theareas of research: the number of pins equals the numbers of areas.The trick is to only copy the regions of interest to a new layer anduse that to drive a Symbol Map (theme map). For the data set usepairs of the region name (Australia, Greece etc) and some kind of research parameter, I used year-of-last-research ( 2009, 2001 etc).

The settings for the symbol are shown in Figure 39. This is a verysexy combination because the size of the pin indicates how recent





the research and the picture as a whole, tells a story. When you addmore research to the ports.txt file, copy across the particular regionsinto the research layer then in MapViewer `File > ReLoad data‘, andnot only do the new regions have pins up but the pin sizes areadjusted for any re-activated areas (providing you have altered the

year entry in the ports.txt file).

Equation 73 MapViewer commands to put little yellow pinicons on your areas of research map

Edit > Select/Deselect from List … Edit > Copy to Another Layer… New LayerMap > Thematic Maps… > Symbol Map… > Data Data source and columns:

C:\DATA\Earth\ports.txtPID : Column A: departVariable: Column C: yearGlobal DataOKMap > Thematic Maps… > Symbol Map… > Symbol Options




Figure 39 the settings for those little yellow pins on aresearch summary map

With these extra features on the map we can now publish it to theintranet. Use the Mapviwer menu command `File > Export` andadjust the Export window as in Figure 40 then take the defaults thatfollow. Use the resulting earth.jpg file from the same directory asyour Desktop background ( In Microsoft Windows XP the commandto load up the JPEG file are `Start > Control Panel > Display >Desktop > Browse`). The Desktop background is just a picture but

the intranet version (e.g. earth.htm) has active links, and if youentered hyperlinks into the MapViewer details you will now be ableto double-click the mouse on the hotspots and load into the browserthe more detailed plans.





Figure 40 MapViewer intranet publishing




A GIS for an investigation site

This exercise is about making a geographic information system for aflat, level site in Golden Software MapViewer 6. The aim here is to

manage physical objects that may move within the site area, butmaintain their shape and properties. Examples for geologists are:

slope monitoring devicespiezometerscrib rooms (toilets/lunch sheds)archaeological artefactsroadsmeteorological stationscapture cagessample frames

Compared to a raster map you don‘t have to remake the hyperlink tothe associated details page every time you move the object. Alsoyou can maintain and check suitable buffer zones (toilets fromexcavations etc, meteorological stations from roads). In thisprocedure the software you will need is:

Golden Software MapViewerMicrosoft Notepad (or Microsoft Script Editor if you boughtthe complete Microsoft Office).Microsoft Internet Explorer

The stages of the work are:

1. Survey the site2. Layout the site in the GIS3. Find and write down the objects properties4. Draw the objects5. Set the properties for each object6. Multiply the object7. Test the buffer8. Plot the outcome

The example here is one of the simplest in concept, a bunch of rectangles in a larger quadrangle. In this case the model represents





the trestles in a supper room, but it could be equally sample framesfor an environmental impact statement. The buffers in the examplerepresent the minimum amount of space required for a wheelchair,whereas in the alternative it is the minimum distance betweenframes before a bias is introduced to the sampling. The estimates for

the example are:

A square perimeter of 9m by 9m A plinth at the southern end of 2 x 4 metres and 50 cm highTrestle of dimensions 0.5 x 1.3 metres and 0.75 metreshigh.No benchmark to bring the survey into geographicalcoordinates.

In MapViewer there are a range of different formats in which youexport the picture and I have found PNG the best of the ones I haveused. JPEG made the labelling go fuzzy. However if your client isusing Internet Explorer you can re-export the objects as Atlasboundary files and use them in a Vector Mark-up Language (VML)file made as per the check list in Table 81. The following sectiondescribes these files in more detail.

Manipulating Atlas boundary files

Manipulating Atlas boundary files

To create the site boundary for the example above, any features(the plinth in this case) and an example object (the trestle) you willneed to add this data to a text file to be loaded into Golden SoftwareMapViewer. The first step is in a text editor, such as Microsoft

Notepad, type in the data shown in Equation 74.

Equation 74 coordinates for suprm01.bna

"","",50,00,99,99,00,0"","",5

3,03,27,2




7,03,0"","",51,11,1.752.3,1.752.3,11,1

Save the data shown in Equation 74 to a text file namedsuprm01.bna, where the .bna indicates an Atlas boundary fileformat. Then import the file as base map into MapViewer using thecommands in Equation 75.

Equation 75 Loading an Atlas boundary file

File > New > MapMap > Base Map … > suprm03.bna.txt > Open BNA – Atlas boundary (.bna) > OK > OKProjection: OrthographicInput data units: MetersOK





One-significant-figure company tracker

Microsoft Access is included in the professional edition of MicrosoftOffice. It is generally used for making custom databases in business.it features:

data storage in tablesautomatic report writing

Just out of the box it is not much use but with a bit of configurationas in my example one_sf.mdb, where you can produce a database totrack the performance of companies that you have shares in and

organisations for which you pay membership fees. For the scientistand builder you could also use it for:

monitoring acquisition targetsreporting on joint ventures, individual mines or constructionprojects

As an example in I update for 2006, a listing of entities, ranked by

performance; and then using Microsoft Publisher link the image fileon the ‗Computers in Geology‘ intranet on the ‗Corporate governanceand reporting‘ page.

Equation 76 producing a company rankings report

Start > All Programs > Microsoft Office > Microsoft OfficeAccess 2003File > Open > C:\DATA\ADMIN\one_sf.mdbReports > Company rankingsFile > PrintName: Microsoft Office Document Image WriterOKc:\DATA\C_IN_G\HOME\orgrank.MDISave > YesFile > ExitFile > CloseFile > ExitStart > All Programs > Microsoft Office > Microsoft OfficePublisher 2003File > Open… > C:\DATA\C_IN_G\HOME\default.pubEdit > Go To

Page: 2OKHyperlink




Address: http://localhost/C_IN_G/HOME/orgrank.MDI File > SaveFile > Publish to the Web… OKdefault.htmSave > Yes > OKFile > Exit

http://localhost/C_IN_G/HOME/orgrank.MDI







Simple cash flow model with scenarios

In the example of this exercise is the cash flow analysis needed in2006 for the disposal of the assets acquired by the South Australianbranch of the Australian Geoscience Information Association (AGIA-SA) for the salvage of the significant bibliographic database, the

Australian Earth Science Information System (AESIS). The salvage ordisposal plan depending on your point of view included fivecomponents of work:

finding other library collections which could make use of thereferences

tossing out any rubbish like old brochures stored in thematerialstake a copy of the hard drives and dispose of the computersystemtransport to Geoscience Australia library in Canberra, thephotocopies of hard to get articles, code named ‗reprints‘,that are referenced in the bibliographic database.Offer any historic material, from the now defunct AustralianMineral Foundation, to the archives in order of: history

department, the University of Adelaide; the South Australian Archives; and the Basser Library of Science and Technologyat the Australian Academy of Science, Canberra.

The cash flow analysis formed part of the business plan that at theleast, will be given to the AGIA national executive as explanation of what has happened to the assets, but also it may be required torequest funding in one of the forms:

debentures from the committeeadvance on payment by Geoscience Australiaapproach to the national AGIA committee for bridging funds

The cash flow statement has general use in development projectswhere the return is delayed with respect to expenditure, and otherexamples include:

mine developmentbuilding and construction





spreadsheet because it allows the summary to be there when youfirst open the spreadsheet and the main table entries can grow toseveral tens of thousands of entries, when you can implement the

‗Data > Filter > AutoFilter‘ to help manage the rows under the tabletitles.

Equation 78 Formulae for a simple cash flow model

title cell/s formula

BUDGET

total capital expenditure D6:D6 =SUM(D16:P16)

total operating expenses. D7:D7 =SUM($E$21:$P$21)

total income D8:D8 =SUM($E$19:$P$19)

Profit (or Loss) D9:D9 =D8-SUM(D6:D7)

minimum operating capital required D11:D11 =IF(MIN(E17:P17)>0,0,-1*MIN(E17:P17))

amount of debenture to be returned D12:D12 =IF(D11=0,NA(),D11+D9)

cents in every dollar raised E12:E12 =IF(D11=0,"",D12/D11*100)

CASH FLOW ITEM versus PERIOD NUMBER table

capital expenditure D16:D16 scenario value 1

cumulative cash flow E17:P17 =D17+E18

net cash flow by month E18:P18 =E19-E21

* MONTHLY INCOME E19:P19 =SUM(E20)

- Geoscience Australia E20:P20 scenario values 1

* EXPENSE TOTAL E21:P21 =SUM(E22:E27)

- taxation E22:P22 scenario values 1

- p-shrink E23:P23 scenario values 1

- rubbish bin E24:P24 scenario values 1

- library placement E25:P25 scenario values 1

- history archive E26:P26 scenario values 1

- AusGeoRef total E27:P27 =SUM(E28:E30)

record extraction E28:P28 scenario values 1

personal-use license E29:P29 scenario values 1

reprints E30:P30 scenario values 1 1 Changing cells are: $D$16:$P$16,$E$20:$P$20,$E$22:$P$26,$E$28:$P$30

To use the scenario tool inbuilt in Microsoft Excel, the scenarios areentered via the menu: ‗Tools > Scenarios‘. However this function hasa limit of changing cells, 32 cells as for Microsoft Office Excel 2003,and so I copied and pasted each total scenario (cells A1:Q31) in to aseparate table in the appendix of the Microsoft Word report. If Ineed to rebuild that scenario I have to be careful to only bring back the cells that don‘t have formulae as only the values are recorded inMicrosoft Word. In the AESIS project I summarised the results of the




cash flow model with a graph in Figure 41 which showed that weprobably under-priced the sub-license by about five to ten thousanddollars.

Figure 41 cash-flow analyses plotted against risk-rewardcurve

-10000

-5000

0

5000

10000

0 50 100

r e w a r d ( $ )

increasing risk

Scenario A

Scenario B

Scenario C

risk-reward ideal

Log. (risk-reward ideal)





Transfer of a computer system

Every five years, after your current computer system hasdepreciated, you will have to transfer your data and applications to a

new system. Apart from recovering a failed computer system,purchasing and setting up a computer system is the mostchallenging exercise in this book. Hopefully if you are using thissection it is not your first exercise with a computer. There are manystages to this work but in two parts before and after acceptancetesting as shown in Table 105. It also takes me three months to dothis transfer, with on average one check list per week, as I can‘t stopmy business just to change computers. You should do it in about half the time becaue you are not adjusting the check lists after the

activity, as I do.

Before you start you need to first think of a name to give to yourcomputer. Occasionally, the configuration will ask for a name, eitherfor storing settings or connecting to the network. The name shouldbe no more than eight characters long and consist only of lowercaseletters and perhaps one or two numbers at the end. Usually, in anorganisation there is a theme and you will have a name allocated by

the chief information officer. In the past I have used girl‘s names butthese days I use character names from the ‗Beauty and the Beast‘ cartoon. Any other documentation is found in Table 106, anddiscussed in the section ‗Documenting your computer‘

Other information that will be asked for during the configurationprocess will be the region you are working in, the language you aregoing to use, time zone you are going to be working in and thekeyboard type. Examples are shown in Table 107 and discussed in

the section ‗Cefore acceptance activities‘.




Table 105 the three main activities of moving to a newcomputing system

Computer given name (eg:mrspotts): date start: Date complete:

0 PART

description tick

1 BEFORE ACCEPTANCE

write the request for proposal (Table 28 is a shopping list)

review of your old system (perhaps starting with Table 20)

Compare the quotes with the exercise ‗A comparison of vendor quotes‘

final check of the winner, order and pick up the new system (Table 34)

2 ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF THE COMPUTER

print out computer details in Table 106

Table 107 check list for accepting a computer system

Table 120 check list for peripherals

for each of these ―games‖, install and try

DirectX simulator e.g. Activision Caterpillar Construction Tycoon

Adobe PDF e.g. Geological Monuments of South Australia

32 bit executable file, e.g. IL2 Sturmovik

16 bit executable file, e.g. Flight Lite

Macromedia compatibility, e.g. ―Making of Australia‖

Configure the DVD drive (PAL region 4 x 5)

VOD compatibility, play ―Planets‖ DVD Table 24 record details of driver files

3 AFTER ACCEPTANCE

transfer the system as per Table 108

finalise the basic system

prepare Microsoft Office

move application software

cut-across to the new system

test the system for sign-off

clean out old software as per Table 114deleted old data, performed security clean

Clean and box the old computer as per Table 33

dispose of the old components

Documenting your computer

The fact sheets listed in the check list in Table 109 record thenecessary facts to re-build or re-install components of your

computer. The fact sheets can be found in the sections




Table 106 facts for a new computer

Computer given name (eg:mrspotts): Date:

Model name (eg:Inspiron mini 1012): Make eg: HP

serial number:

or service tag::

Product Number:

Part Number:

Microsoft operating system Activation Key (on the bottom of your laptop)

Windows XP Windows 7 Starter other:

Vista Windows 7 Home Prem.

eg: ABCDE-FGHIJ-KLMNO-PGRST-UVWXY

warranty registration web-site (e.g. www..ap.dell.com/retail )

Technical support web-site cable lock number:

www..support.dell.com

www..hp.com/support hours of charging:

www.mytoshiba.com.au/support

other:

input power, required from transformer or inverter

other: 19.5V @ 6.5A - 120W 15V @ 4A

19.0V @ 1.58A

NOTES

Before acceptance activity

The first five items of Table 105 are considered in the section ―Where can I get a computer?‖. For item 6, checking all the bits arethere, you can use the checklist in Table 34. I do this as I amunpacking and assembling the components. There are additionalsteps for the ‗transfer and test of each application‘ and these aregiven in Table 112.

Generally, the health and safety warnings you have read in the

leaflets accompanying the new system are straightforward andobvious. The only doubtful one is in regard to heat stress and duston the computer, which you have to ignore to some extent.





Generally, be reassured the tighter the device is put together theless likely that dust, heat or humidity will affect it.




Table 107 acceptance check list for a computer system

Computer given name (eg:mrspotts): Date:

STAGE

milestone tick 1 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND SAFETY CHECKS

read warranty

notebook backpack is in working order

read security lock instructions

configured and tested security lock

written down the security lock combination

attached security lock to PC

read addendums, corrections, licence agreements, extended warranty

read the safety manualattached all warranty and warning stickers

2 CHECK THE NEW SYSTEM AGAINST THE ORDER AND ASSEMBLE

All equipment present as per equipment checklist in manual

All ports identified

Computer brochure put as cover of flip-file folder

vendor business card in inside cover of flip file

safety manual and addenda stashed in flip-file folder

licensing agreements and codes stashed in flip-file folder

computer on charger for required periodfill out Table 118 network activation details

printout and fill out details in Table 117

3 OPERATING SYSTEM ACTIVATION

started computer and completed prompts

placed network and OS details as start sheets in display folder

read operating manuals from card (stash in folder afterwards)

Use the menu option to download the manual from the card

Automatic updates occurred

played games OKplayed CD/DVD OK

checked the Internet connection

additional drivers for peripherals loaded

Make system recovery drive

NOTES





After acceptance testing

After acceptance testing, you start to personalise the computerwhich can include:

Custom data directories (see to make a Library in Equation79)

Your business processes (DOS BAT files) Your intranet Your e-mail accounts

I also like to attach all the warning and warranty stickers to the lid of the notebook. I know this makes it ugly but it helps when I am in a

panic and anything you do to make your notebook distinctive andugly will discourage someone stealing it. At some later date youshould get your driver‘s licence number (pre-fixed by the first letterof your state) engraved on the body and the screen of the laptop todiscourage thieves further and assist the police with recovering yourgoods. The full list of things I do is given in Table 108.

Equation 79 Making Libraries to speed up searches for

documents in MS Windows 7Computer > Libraries > DocumentsDocuments > propertiesInclude a folder

C_IN_G\LETTERSADMINREPORTS\regency

RemovePublic Documents




Table 108 check list for cutting across to a computer system

Computer given name (eg:mrspotts): date:

STAGE

milestone tick

1 FINALISE THE BASIC SYSTEM

Panic and other stickers on

licence number engraved on the computer

Microsoft Windows registered.

Un-install nuisance modules

Sun Java

Windows Live essentials

configure and send fax tor vendor reporting status

Set My Location on Fax

send fax to vendor reporting status

2 PREPARING MICROSOFT OFFICE

Take a copy of DATA directory (cp C:\DATA E:\. )

Take down MS Office details in Table 121

Put DATA directory on new machine (cp d:\DATA c:\. )

Put DOCS directory on new machine (cp d:\DOCS c:\. )

Set up MS Office as in Table 110

Put Table 121 in the display folder

Set up intranet as per Table 113

3 MOVE APPLICATION SOFTWARE

Check backup available on CD

DoTable 126 for each of the following applications used in RUN.BAT

Table 68 batch script software

Made Alterations to RUN.BAT

Link map into ‗Making of Australia‘

4 CUT-ACROSS TO THE NEW SYSTEM

On previous machine ‗Documents & Settings‘ make folders visisble

Make Transfer DVD of previous machine

mv C:\DATA to C:\DATA_TEST

Data files transferred (cp d:\DATA c:\. )

DOCS directory refreshed (rm C:\DOCS; cp d:\DOCS c:\. )

Make Backup DVD

Archives transferred (cp d:\archive* c:\. )

Music transferred (cp D:\MUSIC C:\.)

Holding directories transferred (cp d:\holding3 c:\. )

Make libraries for Music

Configure e-mail as in Table 111






STAGE

milestone tick

Start your journal of good and bad points on the new system

5 MODIFY WEB SUB-NET INDEX PAGES

http://localhost/C_IN_G/HOME/index.html

C:\DATA\BAT\robozeme.bat

C:\DATA\BAT\stratcol.bat

C:\DATA\BAT\saver.bas

6 TEST THE CONFIGURATION FOR SIGN-OFF

Check for presence of Oxford Dictionary (circle Yes / No)

FTP in DOS window working

Internet Information Service (intranet) working

Splash page written to intranet directory

Link between local Web Pages & Microsoft Access still working

Mail merge working OK 5

Delete C:\DATA_TEST

NOTES1 The list is given on my web-site at www.grantjacquier.info/develop.htm 2 The img2tif.pif was previously found on the Luminiere system at:

C:\PROGRAMS\GRASS\translat\img2tif.pif 5 For collecting the necessary addresses see Equation 48.

Make your own Panic sticker

The Panic Sticker is for putting on your laptop lid as a reminderwhere to find these notes:

Panic StickerSee the PANIC SHEET for this

………….. computer in thedisplay book | asset folder

(circle which are applicable)

DON‘T PANIC

Figure 42 panic sticker

Table 109 is given as an example of an emergency plan, you canmake up your own panic sheets from this matrix and these sectionshelp with specific tasks before you do have a failure:








Table 109 the Computers in Geology recovery plan

RESORATION STAGE tick

X X X X X X Table 106 hardware details

X X X X X X Table 117 … operating system

X X X X X X Table 118 … Internet connection

X X X X X Table 120 … your peripherals

X X X X Table 122 … your documents

X Table 124 … your accounting

X Table 125 … your e-mail

X Intranet operational

X Table 126 EndNote etc

DATA STORES tick

Current backups are available for restoration of:

X C:\archive1

X C:\archive2

X C:\archive3

X X X X C:\DATA

X X C:\DOCS

X X X C:\Documents and Settings

Stage of recovery tick

Computer suitable for Internet use

Computer suitable for printing documents

Computer suitable for editing simple documentsComputer suitable for regular book-keeping

Computer suitable for marketing

Computer suitable for desktop publishing

computer name date completed

Installing Microsoft Office data

Microsoft Office though ubiquitous contains an enormous amount of your day to day information and if you configure it correctly in thefirst instance it will save you lots of wasted time on trivialities. Therough steps are:

1. Load the software2. Configure general Microsoft Office options

3. Transfer data for special software





This is also time for a bit of artistry and fun. For instance for ―Computers in Geology‖ the ―blends, mosaic and wildflowers‖ corporate livery, has a symbolic significance in that it reflects theemphasis on the blending or integration of data and software toproduce a whole-of-earth data model (in speculative freemasonry

the mosaic pavement is the earth) and the wildflowers are the fieldgeologists who as seeds blow seasonally across the land, then drilltheir roots down into the substrate and then form structures andbeauty (knowledge) from what they find. It helps if you have thebottle of red wine handy. Whoops, sorry, I forgot to mention thatthe bottle of red wine is the most important instrument to have onhand, one glass per installation round. The other aids I can provide:

An installation check list at Table 110. Microsoft Outlook is probably the most intricate of theproductivity programmes and there is a separate check listat Table 111.

Table 121 a list of all the parameters you require for anemergency




Table 110 Installing and customising Microsoft Office

computer: Personal name: date:

Account name:

glj hgr krj SL other:STAGE

milestone tick

1 LOAD THE SOFTWARE

Logged on as ―Administrator eg. cing as recorded on Table 121

Check for Microsoft Office pre-load

Load Microsoft Office

Start Microsoft Word

Enter the activation key and record on Table 121

Read licence conditionsLoad Business Contact system

Download ‗Office File Converter Pack‘

2 SET THE GENERAL CONFIGURATION

Set default MS Office language, e.g. English (Australia), and recorded in Table 121

Microsoft Office speech recognition selected over hardware SR

Trial MS Office on existing documents

3 INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT CONFIGURATION

account name written above and logged in

Transfer background to C:\WINDOWS directory and recorded belowSelect custom login icon (e.g. gtoolkit/logoi.tiff) and record above

setup Document ibraries

Test implementation with Microsoft Excel

Install updates only

Microsoft Word to define Proofing tools, Microsoft General… 1

Table 55 Grammar & Style configuration in MS Office

Custom Dictionaries to be included as below:

Company styles still exist in MS Publisher or give alternative

Layout theme set and recorded (eg Blends9

):CD/DVD-ROM design identified below (eg Mosaic 9):

Font set identifed as default and recorded below (e.g. Capital - Perpetual Titling)

Colour scheme as default and recorded below (eg: Wildflowers 2):

Custom dictionaries used (see Table 78 for the check list to create these): glossary.dic c_in_g.dic PropNames.dic Other:

MS Publisher layout themes,colour scheme, font set and CD-DVD template: Blends Wildflower CAPITAL Perpetua Titling ―Mosaic‖ template

other: other: other: other:

Background file: Icon file (e.g. gtoolkit/logoi.tiff):





NOTES1 try the menu commands ‗File > Options > Proofing‘. 2 The ―blends, mosaic and wildflowers‖ are the ‗Computers in Geology‘ corporate livery.

Transferring Microsoft Outlook data

Updating Microsoft Outlook is a bit of a trial and you may want to trythe ‗Files and settings transfer wizard‘ but I like to take advantage of the improving data management features and put more of the datafiles in the c:\DATA structure and conform to my documentmanagement policy in Table 29. The checks are given in Table 111.




Table 111 Configure additional e-mail other accounts,signatures

date: From computer To computer

STAGE

milestone tick

0 PREPARATION FOR MICROSOFT OUTLOOK CONFIGURATION

Searched web-site for Business Contact Manager add-in

Marked Windows Live account details on Table 125

Downloaded Business Contact Manager Add-in

Read the instructions for migrating BCM data

Marked location of executable in new Table 125

Installalled the Business Contact Manager Add-On

Table 125 e-mail details

Identify the location of the previous working files

Table 125 for the previous computer

Make exports of the Business Contact Manager data

Make a BCM back up

Export Accounts to Microsft Outlook pst file

Export Contacts to Microsft Outlook pst file

Export Accounts to CSV

Export Contacts to CSV

Copy Accoutn etc to a new Personal Folder and save

Backup, exports and working files transferrd to new computer

1 INITIATE POSTMASTER ACCOUNT

Configure and test e-mail account for postmaster as per Table 125

User account information entered

Server information entered

Logon information entered

―remember password‖ turned off

used coresp.pst as default

Altered name of e-mail stream (Advanced Settings | General)

Tested account

Set up each supplementary folder

Table 69 check list post files vs e-mail

Journal archive set to 18 month cycle

Archiving set to file in Table 125

2 INITIATE SUPPLEMENTARY ACCOUNTS

Set up Business Contact Manager

Try restoring backup

Try loading specifc contacts exports (.pst)Try loading specifc accounts exports (.pst)

Mount Personal Folder





date: From computer To computer

STAGE

milestone tick

Copy accounts/contacts into BCM

Try loading specifc contacts exports (.pst)Try loading specifc accounts exports (.pst)

Set up each supplementary e-mail account

Table 69 check list post files vs e-mail

3 CHECK WORKING FOLDERS

The General folder should contain the following folders 1

Table 65 check list of sub-folders

Address Book looks at contacts in right order 3

Personal Folder file for copy of business contacts

CinGeol.pst temp.pst Other:NOTES1 Show All Folders

File > Import and Export > Export to File > Personal Folder File (.pst)2 For importing mail data see Equation 803 Tools > Address Book > Tools > Options …

The method for setting up the postmaster is in Equation 80. WithMicrsoft Office 2010, you need to repeat Equation 80 for all your

supplementary accounts, there is no distinction between the primaryand secondary accounts. The best way to test the completeddatabase is via a mail merge as described in the exercise ‗ Anewsletter‘ .

Equation 80 configuring Microsoft Outlook

All Programs > Microsoft Office > Microsoft Office Outlook 2010NextWould you like to configure an e-mail account : YesClick on Manually configure server settings or additionalserver typesInternet e-mailNextUser information:

Your Name : Computers in geologyEmail address : [email protected]

Server InformationAccount type : POP3 …

Incoming mail server : mail.bigpond.com Outgoing mail server (SMTP) : mail.bigpond.com

Logon information

mailto:[email protected]






Account gljacquierPassword : leave blank

De-nominate remember password Test Account settings… Deliver new messages toExisting Outlook fileC:\DATA\Profiles\default\Outlook\correspo.pst

More SettingsGeneral

Mail Account ADSL Account

Reply [email protected]

OK NextClose

business data

The Business Contacts Manager add-in provided with micrsoftOutlook is ideal for managing the sale and quote of work for ascientist. However with Office 2010, migrating the data was quiteconfusing. I found none of the export options available in BCM forOutlook 2003 any good and I had to resort to copy the contacts andaccounts into a temporary personal folder (*.pst file) and thencopying that to the new computer, and mounting it in Outlook.

After importing the folder you may like to transfer some of the sub-folders to the Business Data Manager. This is a bit ricky in theOutlook 2010 version, you can only copy the contacts across usingthe mouse menu as per Equation 81. So you first need to highlightthe particular folder you want and then transfer to the BCM folders.Unfortunately, I found with this migration, you lose all your businesshistory and the arrangements between the accounts and thecontacts. This is only commercial data and is not as critical as the

―true‖ archives of reports. If you are cautious, and make a newBusiness Data Manager database such as C_in_G (Computers inGeology) just in case the transfer is faulty, you will need to deletethe original empty one as in Equation 81.

Equation 81 – Setting up the Business Contacts Manager andremoving the supplied business database

start > All Programs > Microsoft Office > Microsoft Office

Outlook 2010Computers in Geology > Accounts{right mouse button] Copy Contacts…








Computers in Geology > Accounts{right mouse button] Copy Accounts… File > Business Database > PropertiesMB????Delete

I f everything is being kept in the BCM, the only business data Iwould keep with your personal data is your journal, of what files arebeing used and when, and this is for tax reasons. The journal inMicrosoft Outlook is an easy way to calculate how much private useyour computer has, which then affects your depreciation and otherexpenses claims. The method for doing this is given in the examplein ‗Time and expense ‘.

On the problem of Microsoft Office Outlook 2010, where theBusiness Contact Manager was left out of the release, an apology isgiven in Equation 82 and a link provided to download a compatibleBusiess Contact Manager via the Windows Live shopping website andquoting the product key.

Equation 82 URL for the apology for leaving BusinaessContact Manager out of Microsoft Office Professional 2010,and the download instructions

Business Contact manager Team Blog: Outlook 2010 with BusinessContact Manager: You Spoke, We Listenedhttp://blogs.msdn.com/b/bcm/archive/2010/09/23/outlook-2010-with-business-contact-manager-you-spoke-we-listened.aspx http://office.microsoft.com/en-us/FX102040110.aspx

correspondence received

For personal data, such as your flat-mates e-mail, you are better off

to keep it in the general Outlook area where it is easily found. WithMicrosoft Outlook 2003 you can put this folder in their section of thedata file system, so when they move out you can give them justtheir file system on CD. Whereas with the Business Data Manageryou would have to do a special dump from the database.

Equation 83 importing a personal mail folder and thenrenaming it

Go > MailFile> New > Outlook data file … > Office Outlook Personal

Folders File (.pst)

http://blogs.msdn.com/b/bcm/archive/2010/09/23/outlook-2010-with-business-contact-manager-you-spoke-we-listened.aspx








C:\DATA\HRICE\Outlook Express\Outlook.pstHelen RiceCompression encryptionOKFile > Import and Export > Outlook > Import from anotherprogram or file > Personal Folder File (.pst)C:\transfer\helen.pstHelenData File PropertiesAdvanced

Name: CorrespondenceOK

The Equation 84 above is good where you wish to agglomeratedetails from several Outlook files, but for most examples you simplyneed to mount the file, and you can move to wherever you want

before your do it. The details for mounting *.pst files are given inEquation 84 with the archive.pst example.

Equation 84 mounting an archive folder in MS Outlook

Runcp ―D:\Documents and Settings\Grant JACQUIER\LocalSettings\Application Data\Microsoft\Outlook\archive.pst‖―C:\Documents and Settings\Grant JACQUIER\LocalSettings\Application Data\Microsoft\Outlook\.‖ OK

Start > All Programs > Microsoft Office 2003 > MicrosoftOutlook 2003File > Open > ―C:\Documents and Settings\Grant JACQUIER\LocalSettings\Application Data\Microsoft\Outlook\archive.pst‖

For updating an existing folder, consider the example for the ―Personal Folder‖ in Equation 85. This is especially useful where youare carrying across your calendar and other material from an activeOutlook file.

Equation 85 restoring your Personal Folder into MS Outlook

Runcp ―D:\Documents and Settings\Grant JACQUIER\LocalSettings\Application Data\Microsoft\Outlook\Outlook.pst‖―C:\TEMP\.‖ OKRunrename ―C:\TEMP \Outlook.pst‖ ―C:\TEMP\temp.pst‖ OKStart > All Programs > Microsoft Office 2003 > Microsoft

Outlook 2003File > Import and Export > Outlook > Microsoft Outlook (*.pst)





―C:\Documents and Settings\Grant JACQUIER\LocalSettings\Application Data\Microsoft\Outlook\temp.pst‖ File > Open > ―C:\Documents and Settings\Grant JACQUIER\LocalSettings\Application Data\Microsoft\Outlook\temp.pst‖ Edit > Select AllEdit > Move to FolderTempEdit > Delete

Loading and configuring software

The following procedure applies to specialist software such as listedin www.granjacquier.info/develop.htm. The steps involved arerepetitions of:

1. load software2. configure software3. test software

The check list for this work is given in Table 112. An alternativecheck list for Microsoft Office is shown at Table 110 and onespecially for Microsoft Outlook part of Microsoft Office but requiringadditional configuration) is at Table 111.




Table 112 Checklist for transferring any science software

Application:

STAGE

Milestone tick

1 FIND DOCUMENTATION AND DISKS

For each component disk

Table 116 locations fo disks

Cartons, disks and manuals retrieved from storage

Found license number

2 INSTALL SOFTWARE

System roll back

Scanned disk for viruses

Turn off wireless link

Turned off virus checker

Used ‗Add or install programs‘

Turned virus checker back on

Turned on wireless link

Registration done

Automatic updates done

3 TRANSFER CUSTOMISATION (details in Table 126 )

Special file types allocated

File locations adjusted to local data structure

Any Add-Ins to Microsoft Office products included

Add-In preferences selected

4 TEST APPLICATION

Application on start menu

Application starts up from menu

Add-in menus present in Microsoft Office software

Links in whole-of-earth model still present

5 UNINSTALL PREVIOUS APPLICATION

Application not on start menu

Application not in file structure C:\Program Files

Application not in file structure C:\PROGRAM

Setting up an intranet

Since the Personal Web Server (PWS) was included as a specialoption in Microsoft Windows 98, I have made a trial web site andintranet on my laptop. It only starts up when you turn on the laptopand you are using all the standard configuration of your Microsoft

Windows, so any time you spend configuring, will also help solveproblems with word processing and other regular software. It





provides the flexibility to link narrative material in Word documentsand HTML pages with database material by using the links to HTMLpages that are built into Microsoft Access database that comes withMicrosoft Office professional edition. I can also now write and try outany scripts to serve data on the web, like you see on geological

survey web sites on Internet.

The PWS has been superseded by Internet Information Service (IIS)in Microsoft Windows XP, and this section is the procedure to get itall running. The stages necessary in this work are:

1. Install Internet Information Service2. Setup Microsft Access mounts

3. Mount directories4. Publish intranet splash page5. Modify web sub-net index pages

However in this list I have assumed that:

The internet firewall software has been installed. I boughtand use Norton SystemWorks, but Microsoft has a firewallfor free in their Windows XP service pack 2, which can bedownloaded as an update.The work files (e.g. C:\DATA\*.*) have been brought acrossfrom the old computer.Microsoft Internet Explorer has been installed andconfigured.Microsoft Publisher is working and the layouts, colours etcchecked and sorted out.

The checklist in Table 113 gives a clearer picture of what is requiredoverall but the sub-sections below that give details of particularlytricky parts. The following procedures from the stages in Table 113are given in the sections below:

Setting ODBC data namesMaking a splash pageCleaning out specific disk references




Table 113 check list for setting up an intranet

Machine name (otherwise use „localhost‟): Latest facts db (eg geotime4.mdb)

STAGE

Milestone tick 1 INTERNET INFORMATION SERVICE (IIS) INSTALLATION

Logged on as Administrator

All IIS options nominated 1

IIS (intranet) start page present at http://localhost/iisHelp/

http://localhost/ registered as intranet site in MS Internet Explorer

Security at most ‗medium-low‘ in MS Internet Explorer for ‗intranet‘ role

2 MOUNT DIRECTORIES

Mount C:\DATA\C_IN_G\ as http://localhost/C_IN_G/

Mount C:\DATA\BAT as http://localhost/cgi-bin/ 2 Mount C:\DOC\ as http://localhost/library/

Mount C:\DATA\Pictures\ as http://localhost/Pictures/

Mount C:\DATA\HRICE\ as http://localhost/HRICE/

Mount C:\DATA\FAMILY\ as http://localhost/Family/

Run the MS-DOS terminal tp test c:\DATA\BAT\grimoire.bat

Set up the MIME type for bat files

3 MOUNTING MS ACCESS DATABASES

Read the Microsoft Access documentation for IIS mounts

4 PUBLISH THE INTRANET SPLASH PAGESplash page previously created (C:\DATA\C_IN_G\webpub\Default.pub)

Intranet home page (Default.html) present in root page as below

Addresses working in link page (http://localhost/ )

C:\inetpub\. ( Intranet root page i.e. http://localhost/)

.\wwwiinet .\wwwroot .\wwwroot\default Other:1 Start > Control Panel > Add or Remove Programs > … Windows Components > Internet InformationService … and then as per section ―Installing the IIS service‘ 2 For this directory don‘t tick ‗Directory browsing‘

Installing the IIS service

The Internet Information service has to be started first. WithWindows XP the commands went something like Equation 86.

Equation 86 initiating Microsoft IIS (Internet InformationService) in Windows XP

Start > Control Panel > Add or Remove ProgramsAdd/Remove Windows ComponentsInternet Information Service

http://localhost/

http://localhost/

http://localhost/

http://localhost/

http://localhost/

http://localhost/

http://localhost/





Details > FTP Services > Next.

For Windows 7 this was more like Equation 87. However, I couldn‘tset up the permissions correctly so that when I use the DeveloperTools and save a HTML file back to disk it keeps general ownership

so that the nominal guest user acting from IIS web-browser can stillsee the file.

Equation 87 initiating Microsoft IIS in Windows 7

Start > Control Panel > Add or Remove ProgramsTurn Windows features on or offInternet Information ServicesFTP serverWeb management Tools

World Wide Web Services

Also for Windows 7 you have to configure the IIS as in Equation 87.Specifically setting the the root of the web site over the directorywith the existing templates. In Windows XP I used to publish theweb page (to wherever IIS put it) but in Windows 7 it is moresophisticated.

Equation 88 specifying the base directory for Microsoft IIS

in Windows 7Start > Control Panel > Security… IIS ManagerSites > Default Web SiteActions > Basic SettingsPhysical Path: C\DATA\C_IN_G\webpubOK

Mounting directories on the intranet

The method to mount directories on the Intranet for Windows XP isgiven in Equation 89

Equation 89 mounting a directory on the Intranet inWindows XP

Start > My Computer > C:\DATA\FAMILYShare this Folder > Web SharingShare on: Default Web Site

Share this folderAddAlias: FAMILY




Read: tickDirectory browsing: tickApplication permissions: ScriptsOKOK

The method to mount the ―Virtual Directories‖ in Windows 7 is inEquation 90:

Equation 90 mounting a directory on the Intranet inWindows 7

Start > Control PanelSystem and SecurityAdministrative ToolsInternet Information Services (IIS) Manager

Add Virtual DirectoryConnectionsMITZI – sites- Default Web SiteAddAlias: FAMILYRead: tickDirectory browsing: tickApplication permissions: Scripts

The tricky thing with Windows 7, and shown in Equation 91, was tocreate a MIME type for the Microsoft DOS batch files so that thesewould start up from the web.

Equation 91 creating a MIME type for bat in Windows 7

Start > Control PanelSystem and SecurityAdministrative ToolsInternet Information Services (IIS) ManagerMIME Types[Left mouse button] > Add

File name extension: batMIME type : application/cmd

Mounting Microsoft Access databases on the intranet

With Windows 7 I lost the ability to mount a Microsoft Accee datapage on the Intranet. This previously had been accounted for bysetting up an ODBC driver, and then publishing that link as what was

called a DSN. Originally in Windows 98 this was like:





1. Logon as administrator.2. Run the ODBC administration toll with Start > Control Panel

> Administrative Tools > Data Sources (ODBC) > SystemDSN > Add

3. Pick the ‗Microsoft Access (*.mdb) driver‘ and then choose

the file C:\DATA\FAMILY\geotime3.mdb

Later for Windows XP I had the alternative data access pages:

1. Log on as Administrator2. Set up system DSN for Family from e.g.

c:\DATA\FAMILY\geotime4.mdb3. Test file available (e.g. http://localhost/FAMILY/index2.htm)

4. FactFict.asp published on web site.5. Test the connect with http://localhost/FactFict.asp

In transferring to Windows 7 I had to remove data access pages asin the steps below as well as converting to a new Micross Accessdatabase format. Unfortunately at this stage I can‘t see how web-pages from this format can be mounted on the IIS-type intranet, asthese new web-pages are inteded for a new multi-computernetwork system using Windows Sharepoint. One of the services of

Windows Live is to provide a mount point for a databse if you areinterested in that service. The conversion was helped by the Wizardgiven in Equation 92.:

1. Default values altered2. Distinguish conversion confusion3. Nominate primary indexes4. Alter complex data types like convert OLE to Attachments

5. Change List to Combo boxes6. Delete data access pages

Equation 92 converting geotimes4.mdb databse (Access2000 format) to a geotimes5.accdb (Access 2010 format)

File > Save & Publish > Access Services > Check webcompatibilityWeb compatibility services

http://localhost/FactFict.asp







Making a splash page

The steps in making the splash page are given below with thenecessary commands in Equation 93.

1. Use the Microsoft Publisher program to open the splash pagemaster file Default.pub.

2. Make any changes, remembering to have all relational linksin the form of ..\C_IN_G\HOME\index.html, rather than anyabsolute reference to the drive name.

3. Also the standard Publisher links page sits in thehttp://localhost/Default_files/ directory level so a double dotis needed to reference files at the http://localhost/ level, for

example the Active Server help page for IIS has the URL of ../iishelp, so double-check these references.

4. Save the changes to the master document.5. Publish the document to a ―Web Page‖ format file to be

referenced at http://localhost/Default

Equation 93 creating a splash page for the Intranet

Start > All Programs > Microsoft Office 2003> MicrosoftPublisher 2003File > Open > c:\DATA\C_IN_G\webpub\Default.pub

File > Save Publisher File > Publish to the Webhttp://localhost/Default.htmOK

Cleaning out specific disk references

In Microsoft Wordpad open up the index page from the originallocation on disk, because any changes you make there will be

reflected on the intranet. Use the Edit > Replace … command toreplace any disk based references such as inFigure 43. This willcause these links to work on both the intranet and in the disk basedfile system. Then with Microsoft Internet Explorer don‘t forget torefresh the page before trying these links.





Figure 43 the Find and Replace screen from MicrosoftWordpad

On the subject of Microsft WordPad in use with the intranet, whenusing Microsft Office 2003 a very good editor, the Microsoft ScriptEditor, came with it. In Windows 7 this was superceded by theDeveloper Tools in Microsft Internet Explorer 8, which are superiorfor debugging HTML scripts as I quickly found several mistakes, butunfortunately the save option removes the commenting and layoutof the commenting that I have previously enjoyed. I use these

comment sections as a work journal keeping track of anythingoutstanding. Therre are alos some minor automatic changes to theHTML coding, whereas the Micrsoft Script Editor kept everything asyou made it. So for the future we can see us continuing to useMicrosoft Wordpad. Other changes include going from Microsft Word97-2003 documents to OpenDocument Text files.

Preparing a computer for disposal

Even if you are going to throw your old system out, you should gothrough the process of deleting your data, clean and de-fragmentingthe disk to keep your client records safe from being accidentally readby a scavenger. And don‘t forget to throw out the packaging youhave been keeping in case you had to ship the computer for fixing.




Table 114 check list for tidying up after a new computer


STAGE

milestone tick 1 PRODUCTIVITY SOFTWARE

For each user account

Table 115 cleaning out Microsoft Office

Re-prepare Microsoft Office

Re-install missing Microsoft Office modules

2 REMOVE THE SYSTEM SETTINGS (as Administrator)

Logged in as administrator

Rescue any odd templates, and then uninstall from the system

Table 68 browsers used on the systemRemove all entries from start menu

Turn off the IIS internet system (deselect IIS from Windows Components)

Take a final CD-ROM copy of these:

Your templates and other IP (e.g. C:\DATA\ C_IN_G\ )

Missed working documents (e.g. glj/My Documents )

Your guest‘s missing documents (e.g. hgr/My Documents )

Any special data sets (e.g. C:\FAM )

Any bespoke programs (e.g. C:\TOT )

3 REMOVE THE CUSTOM FILE SYSTEMSDelete these folders

Archive1

Archive2

DOCS

Any bespoke program directories

Any special data sets

Holding3

Delete the entries in the TEMP directory

Delete all folders in DATA directory4 CLEAN THE DISK (as Administrator)

Logged in as administrator

Make a new account with administrator privilege ( e.g. mrspots )

Reset home directory in Internet Explorer

Log in and inspect the new account

Delete all previous users from system

Log out and inspect the new account a second time

Used Microsoft Disk Clean Up

Used Analyzed diskas per the anlayzer belowDefragmented disk with Microsoft Defragmenter






STAGE

milestone tick

5 CLEAN OLD SYSTEM (as Administrator)

Shipping cartons isolated for this system

System packaged then dumped or sold (see Table 33 for list of components)

Invoice or disposal request issued as record

Depreciation table adjusted

Remaining cartons returned to storage

Choose a disk space anlayzer

Microsoft Scan with ‗Thorough‘ setting Microsoft Scan

Microsoft Defragmenter with Analayze other:

NOTES

Removing Microsoft Office data

When it comes to de-installing the Microsoft Office software, I dostick to coffee, as you want to do this as quickly as possible, and youdon‘t want any false steps. This is part of the framework of Table107 ‗Check list for transferring a computer system‘ but there is a

supplementary check list in Table 115 for the three steps of:

1. Clean out the data2. replace any modules left out of the original install3. change all the folder references to the neutral c:DATA in

preparation for removing the DATA folders

The intent is to remove all references that might give a hint of whatprospects you have been working on. The only thing I haven‘t yetworked out how to do, is to remove the list documents previouslyaccessed.




Table 115 cleaning out Microsoft Office before resale

Computer name: Computer account date:

STAGE

milestone tick 1 MICROSOFT OUTLOOK

In the Mail view, Delete all the items in each of the special mail folders

Inbox

Drafts

Journal

Pending

Sent items

Contacts

In the Folders view, close all extra mail filese.g Table 69 check list of sub-folders

Show then delete the Business Manager entries ( Edit > Select All > Delete)

Business Tools > Accounts

Business Tools > Contacts

Business Tools > Opportunitess

Display Calendar items and delete all 1

Remove e-mail accounts 2

Empty the deted items in the Delete folder

2 MICROSOFT WORDTools > Options… > File locations

Documents to C:\DATA

Templates to C:\DATA

AutoRecover files to C:\DATA

Tools > Options… > User information

Name to ―your name‖

Initials to ―abc‖

3 MICROSOFT EXCEL

Tools > Options… > General General: ‗Default File location‘ to C:\DATA

Save : ‗Autorecover save location‘ to C:\DATA

4 MICROSOFT POWERPOINT

As for the Word section

5 MICROSOFT PUBLISHER

Tools > Options > General

‗File Locations‘ to C:\DATA

Edit > Personal Information

Name to ‗your name‘





Computer name: Computer account date:

STAGE

milestone tick

NOTES1 Calendar items are tabled by ‗View > Arrange By > Categorie`2 E-mail accounts are edited by ‗Tools > Email Accounts > View or change existing e-mail accounts`




Recovery from a computer failure

This is the section you need to take note of, if like me you go towater, when your computer doesn‘t run exactly the way you won‘t itto. There are several sections:

Glossary: words you should weave into any wild raving whenyou talk to technicians, relatives or members of your lodgeComputer details: what you told Microsoft before, and whatyou need to do say again, so the web-site won‘t refuse yourre-registration details and other things you are sure to haveforgotten like the administrator password.

Do this if you are panicking! This is a prioritised list of double-checks to minimise the damage you do to yoursystem as well as to try and identify the problem to find thenecessary person to fix it.Panic sticker: this is a sticker you can put on your computerto remind you not to panic, but also it has written out thename of your computer and where to find these PANICINSTRUCTIONS so you can panic properly.

The computer details section has an added advantage in that itallows you to document the important files in your business, inpreparation if you should you get killed or incapacitated. It is theideal place for your spouse, or in my case my parents, to startworking through the process of handling my estate. This has alwaysconcerned me since I was an engineering geologist on a workingmine, perhaps one of the most dangerous peacetime professions,but those people working in agriculture and construction are also in

environments more dangerous than the average, and will make useof these forms.





Table 116 the disks for the recovery in the order they areneeded

A description of the box for your application software:

eg: cardboard box covered in ‗Australia‘ contact film in the sideboard, with glass

Software disk mine yours tick

Microsoft Windows XP CD R

Norton Internet Security 2007 USB D

Microsoft Office 2003 CD X

Thompson Endnote X CD S

Oxford Dictionary CD X

LEGEND

CD: CD-ROM, can be found in a jewel case, sleeve, a cardboard booklet/envelope or a DVD or CD folder

USB : the USBs are stored in the display foldersDVD: DVD, can be found in a jewel case, sleeve, or a DVD folder

S: SHELVED, the current software disk is in the book case in a DVD or CD folder,

R: RACKED, the current software disk is in a ―jewell case‖ in the CD rack

X; BOXED, the current software disk is found in the box of application software

D: DESKED, the software disk is on the desk in its cardboard booklet folder (usually virus software)

Glossary of panic

These are some particular phrases that you will need to know whenhaving a PANIC about your computer not working.

asset folder

The file where you keep the receipts from the purchase of thecomputer, your original functional specification, your software licenseagreements, your warranty and any other commercial information,especially that which would be relevant to depreciation calculationand a tax auditor.

diagnostics

This is a program pre-loaded by the computer manufacturer, which

gives you a bit more information about where the problem lies withyour computer. On two occasions, in 2002 and 2007, I had memory




chip failures, unfortunately in the second instance I didn‘t run thediagnostics and I erased my disk when I needn‘t have because Ithought I had a device, virus or BIOS chip error. The Toshibadiagnostics would have ruled out at least one of those, and wouldhave shown up the real culprit, the add-on Legend memory.

display folder

A display folder costs a few dollars, but it is one of the bestcomputing investments you can make. You stick all the salebrochures, manuals, warning notices or any other documentationthat comes with your computer and peripherals or devices. It is all inone place and it is the type of thing you pull out when you have a

more technically minded friend come over and help you customisethe computer.

However, don‘t send it with the computer to be repaired becauseyou won‘t get it back. These original technical documents are likegold to technicians trying to bring back to life old equipment. Makesure you hand the whole folder over to whoever takes over thecomputer when you are finished with it, then go out and buy a newdisplay folder for the new computer.

DSL

DSL is the broadband connection to the Internet. In Australia we callit ADSL and I have a Siemens Speedstream modem, which providesthe ADSL2+ protocol. In Windows prompts they call it DSL. TheSpeedstream modem has wireless, USB and 100baseT Ethernetconnections so it is quite versatile. The Ethernet connection is moresecure so I sit on the dining room table next to the stereo where themodem sits and use it to configure the computer until at least I havethe virus checker in place and then I can switch across to wirelessfor more flexibility where I work.

OEM

Original equipment manufacturer, the people who have made your

computer and have purchased special licenses of Microsoft Windowsand other software to come pre-loaded on your computer.





recovery disk

The disk in shrink-wrap that comes with a computer that has thesoftware pre-loaded such as Toshiba, HP and Dell laptops so if youhave a disk crash you can reload the pre-loaded software.

universal serial bus (USB)

The universal serial bus (USB) is the connection system from yourcomputer to your Apple Ipod or mobile phone. You can also findhard disk drives, floppy disk drives, keyboards, track balls and othercomputer mice with this fitting. The hook-up connector is flattishwith a thin white insert inside. If you use an extension, as with a hubof other connectors, the device end of the cable has a square fitting.

Do this if you are panicking!

These are the items you should do in priority to solve a problem withyour computer:

1. DON‘T PANIC 2. Read PANIC STICKER for location of your PANIC SHEET, whichhas your computers details3. Run the OEM diagnostics from the location given in the

PANIC SHEET4. Run OEM recovery disk from the disk drive only, that is

after boot up. This will give you a chance to restoredamaged drivers. Toshiba and HP recovery disks bothhave this option as well as Windows XP software

purchased separately.5. Run the recovery disk from a boot start, eg for Toshiba

Satellite M30: you put the disk in, turn off, turn back on andthen push F12 to select that ‗boot comes from the CD disk‘ and then it re-formats your disk to enable to you begin fromscratch (and of course deleting all your data and carefullyconstructed configurations). Check your manual in yourdisplay-book that you made up when you received yourcomputer. The Japanese enjoy a good panic; they invented

the word kamikaze, so they always have instructions onwhat to do in the worst case, but nothing about what to do




in the intermediate cases. But this is the last entry in the ―Dothis if you are panicking‖ section, so it is time for your ownpersonal sacrifice.

If you have panicked do this!

These steps are for when you have had the computer sent to theworkshop and it has been returned. This process is intended toreturn you to full working capacity as quickly as possible. There areseveral stages:

I. Return the computer to Internet useII. Return the computer to document printing use

III. Return the computer to standalone document updating useIV. Return the computer to regular commercial use V. Return the computer to marketing use

The following sections give the information and steps you willrequire, a checklist is shown in Table 117.





Table 117 operating system activation details

activation date: computer name

PC-cillin Norton Internet Security other:

Virus software licence key (eg: ABCD-EFGH-IJKL-MNOP-QRST):

your nuisance email address (eg: [email protected]):

category of questions

respone tick

Microsoft or manufacturer Windows registration details

supplier updates (prefer Yes): Yes No

usage to supplier (prefer No): Yes No

First Name(prefer Sir):

Mr Sir other:

Last Name (e.g. JACQUIER):

item mine yours

Address: Computers in Geology

40 St Anns Place

City: PARKSIDE

State: SA

Post code: 5063

work e-mail address added (as above):

support updates and drivers (prefer Yes): Yes No

automated PC tune-up (prefer Yes): Yes No

usage to supplier (i.e beta-testing, No): Yes No

use manuafacturers desktop (prefer Yes): Yes No

Virus software registration

First Name Computers

Last Name In Geology

turned off the file sampling

Anti-virus software activated and updates downloaded.location of diagnostic software (usually : Start | All Programs | make of computer )

Utilities | PC Diagnostic Tool other:

… Support Assistant

Return the computer to Internet use

This stage is intended to allow you to use the Internet and browsedocuments, perhaps check your web-mail or logon to your client‘s




computer. The details you require for this section are in the Table117 but the process comprises:

1. Check the rebuild computer system, if you can printout thenotes and check lists from the Grimoire of Geological

Computing.2. Locate your specification list for the computer (that is the

section ―Computer details‖ of this section. 3. Re-read your description of the problems you had on the initial

installation of the software. I like to put together a fax or e-mail to the supplier just to give them some feedback on whatto tell future customers and how I liked the product. I think if you treat salesman as professionals then they will react as

professionals. I file the fax or e-mail in the asset folder.4. Plug in the modem telephone jack 5. Run the recovery disk, using the details in Table 1.6. Set the Language in Microsoft Windows XP and reboot

afterwards. Set the colour quality on the driver to the highesteg: ‗Start | Setup | Display | Settings | Color quality | highest32 bit‘.

7. Check and change the date and time if necessary. Thetechnicians if they removed the battery or reset the computer

they may well have altered the time. The Microsoft Updateprogram requires that your computer uses the current dateand time.

8. Plug the Ethernet cable from your computer into your DSLmodem. I don‘t load the wireless modem at this stage becausewith Windows XP it is important to load Windows XP servicepack 2 first, which is a normal part of the upgrade process.Microsoft ‗Windows XP service pack 2‘ has the major fixes thatprevent people breaking into your computer while you are

using the wireless network.9. Run the ‗Internet and Networking Wizard‘ to check your

internet settings10. Update Windows and then re-boot11. Update it again and reboot. Some of the updates have to be

layered so keep running the update- reboot cycle until you getthe message that all current updates have been loaded exceptthe ones that you don‘t want to have such as the ―Genuine

Advantage‖ which is a callous misnomer as it has noadvantages at all to you and just clogs up your computer.12. Turn-off and disconnect your Ethernet connection from the





computer to the DSL modem.13. Load your virus software, including at least one restart to

implement the software.14. Turn-off the system, and reconnect the Ethernet cable to the

DSL modem

15. Restart the computer and update the virus software.16. Register the virus software17. Scan the disk with the virus software18. Set up the WiFi link




Table 118 network activation details

activation date: computer name network domain name

Administration account name

glj cing other:Wi-Fi WEP key (26 characters = 128 bit decryption):

eg: ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ


respone tick

basic IO system prompts

item mine yours tick

region: Australia

language: English (Australia)keyboard: US

Computer as a network node prompts

entered administration account name:

Computer name e.g MRSPOTS:

Computer description: eg: mother for ‗Computers in Geology‘

Administrator password (leave blank):

domain: (eg. compsingeology)

Read the licence terms:

Use recommended settings (try ‗Yes‘)

Local Area Network details

Mobile phone netwok options in Table 119

timezone eg: Adelaide:

Chosen network name (e.g. SpeedStream9671)

Entered in network key

Network type (Work network)

Work Network Home Network Public Network

Mobile phone network

For the future we can look at distributing data over the mobilephone. In increasing complexity you can consider:

1. Wireless application protocol (WAP) services2. GPRS services





The Table 119 following gives the critical settings to set up theseservices.




Table 119 check list for configuring a mobile phone for datasharing

manufacturer model

settingsRecommendation provided by service provider (eg: Telstra) 1

Recommendation provided by mobile phone maker (eg: LG)

component

variable value tick

enable the phone for wireless application protocol – WAP (GSM only)

Home page www.telstra.com X

Connection type temporary X

Secure setting off X

1 These details taken from ‗A quick guide to our mobile services‘ Telstra. 2 These details taken from ‗GPRS Phone, user‘s manual Model: G1500‘ LG.

Return the computer to printing documents use

This stage is intended to allow you to print off documents from disk

and web sites. The details you require for this section are in Table120:

1. Make a TEMP directory and other configurations2. Set up the additional user accounts3. Set up the devices for example, floppy disk drive,

mouse, and printer hub.4. Set up the printer and printout the specifications from

the ‗PC Diagnostics‘ and the setup for the WiFi





Table 120 peripherals and plotting software details

work date: computer name


respone tick

1 OPERATING SYSTEM FINE TUNING

MS Windows updates downloaded

Refine MS Windows regionalisation 3

Numbers > Digit grouping symbol is blank

Currency > Digit grouping symbol is blank

Find DVD eject button

TEMP directory made

2 WHO WILL USE THIS COMPUTER?

For each account

Print out Table 110

User account nominated on Table 110

3 USB CONNECTIONS

driver file source

III web-site

II. load from supplied disk as per Table 24

I. attempt to use supplied Windows driver

device

mousetrackball

disk drive

hub

modem

tape drive

joystick

4 PRINTER CONNECTION

HP Designjet HP Deskjet EPSON LX

HP Photosmart HP Officejetseries: driver version: network name:

NOTES3 To change the regional settings try either (Start > Control Panel …):

Regional and Language Options

Regional and Language

…> Customise > …

Clock Language and region

Change the date,time or number format; Format > Additional settings…




5. Install Microsoft Office 2003 from the disk recorded inTable 116 and reboot.

6. Install Business Contact Manager for Outlook 2003 andreboot

7. Set the language settings for Microsoft Office 2003

8. Run the Microsoft upgrade (in 2007 it was three time)until there are no more upgrades to be had, rebootingafter each set. This will pull down the security upgradesfor Microsoft Office 2003 as well.





Table 121 Microsoft Office installation details

Computer name:: region (eg Australia): date:

language:

English (Australia) Greek French other:Microsoft Windows Office Activation Key (inside the case)

OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer MLK Media-less licence key

FFP Retail licence of

eg: ABCDE-FGHIJ-KLMNO-PGRST-UVWXY

Technical support web-site, http://

support.microsoft.com/office2010 answers.microsoft.com/office

www.office.com/officesetup other:Product key support web-site, http://

support.microsoft.com/kb/2002262 other:

Microsft Outlook support web-site, http://

support.microsoft.com/kb/2002261 other:

Damaged DVD web-site, http://

www.office.com/backup other:

Extra configuration, http://

www.office.com/compatibility other:

www.office.com/language

NOTES

Return the computer to editing documents use

This stage is intended to bring your computer to the stage whereyou can edit stand-alone or simple documents such as Excelspreadsheets, and Word documents not linked into ThompsonEndNote bibliographic databases or particular style sheets. Thedetails you require for this section are in Table 122. The reference toarchives is where you have enough data to full a complete CD_ROMor DVD disk, but you are not using that data any more, so I take itout of the standard DATA structure where it could be accidentallymodified and setup separate folders which I lock down and backup

every time I open a new packet of CD-ROMs or DVDs. I do thisbecause the amount of time that an image will remain on the disk




before getting corrupted has more to do with the disk manufacturer‘s process, than it has to do with the media you areusing. By putting copies across different manufacturers and processbatches I minimise the chance of losing the data.

9. Bring down the data directories from latest backup asper Table 122.

10. Transfer any relevant data from the latest backup of ―Documents and Settings‖ as per Table 122.

11. Run a backup of the DOCS, Documents and Settings andDATA directories.

For the best guess on what should be recovered from the

―Documents and Settings‖ directory see Table 123.

Table 122 restoring your documents

activation date: computer name

category response

question mine yours

Data directories to be restored from backup

Backup date 7 March 2007documents D:\DATA

First archive D:\archive1

Second archive D:\archive2

Third archive n/a

Fourth archive n/a

Settings directories to be restored from backup

Backup date 7 February 2007

Administrator Administrator

All Users All Users

Your name Grant JACQUIER

2nd User Helen RICE

3rd User Santos Limited





Table 123 checklist for recovering critical data from thedefault folders

Computer name date

recommendations to recover data



folder system

Documents and Settings/…/. ½

Cookies N

Desktop N

Favourites N

Shared Documents 1 N

Start Menu N

?????? ‗s Documents as per Table 94 ½

user account 1. N

user account 2. N

user account 3. N

user account 4. N

UserData 2 ½

3XSVG3V6 N

4BRI43JA N

ETIJLVOZ N

VW0XQOJK N

Index.DAT N

WINDOWS 2 ½

system ½

NTUSER.DAT 1 N

LuResult.txt N

LEGEND

N : nothing copied from this folder

½ : some things copied from this folder

Y : whole folder copied to C:\Documents and Settings\ on rebuilt diskX : copied to that particular persons data directory e.g. c:\DATA\HRICE\.

NOTES1 Found only in ‗C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\‘ folder system 2 Not found only in ‗C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\‘ folder system 3 Found only in ‗C:\Documents and Settings\Administrator\‘ folder system4 If you have purchased Microsoft OneNote, to use as an exploration journal, you will need thisdirectory as it has the OneNote database.




Return the computer to book-keeping use

This stage is intended to bring your computer to the stage whereyou can carry on the commercial side of your business in the manneryou were, previous to the computer failure. The exception to this iswhere the accounts are coming by e-mail, so in the future it will bemore important to restore the e-mail system first.

The steps, in bringing the commercial system up, are as follows:

12. Open the expenses journal as per Table 124 and enterany expenses, not recorded. That is the differencebetween the last entry in the journal and the latest

receipt held.13. Update the expenses journal with any outgoing

payments14. Open the income journals specified in Table 124 and

again reconcile the latest entries with your existingpaper record.

15. Update the income journals with any receivables youhave been holding over.

16. Check that the backup register is not corrupted, add anyoutstanding backups. Then do anything else that youraccountant requires to meet your accounting standard.

17. Run a backup of the DOCS, Documents and Settings andDATA directories





Table 124 restoring your accounting system

category of questions response

question mine yours

Accounts for payment 1

payments journal jour0607.xls

Last entry #2007-02-03

Last receipt #2007-02-03

Accounts receivable

services income ./AMS/payslips/*.MDI

last invoice 1 t2007034.MDI

fees journal ./AMS/payslips/*.pdf

last payment 1 20070222.pdf

Investment income ./ADMIN/SHARES.xls

Last number used 1 100115

latest advice filed1 100115

Financial statements 1

Latest statements Bal0506.xls

Last updated 5/12/2006

Last printed 7/11/2006

Accounting standard compliance

Backup register ./ADMIN/backreg.xls

Location of the digital certificate for authenticating macros 2:

NOTES1 These will need to be filled in at time of failure2 I haven‘t quite worked out how to keep a certificate available. I seem to go through the processeach time for every spreadsheet, when really I should just have one for ‗Computers in Geology‘ asthe publisher.

Return the computer to communications use

OK, this is where you get e-mail running again. The steps, inbringing the communications system up, are as follows:

16. Setup the initial base user account in Microsoft Outlook 17. Copy and mount your outlook archive files as per the

commands in Equation 84 from the details in Table 125.18. Copy your personal folder into the C:\TEMP holding

directory, and import objects into the new Personal

Folder stub as per Equation 85.19. Mount the backup personal folder in C:\TEMP and moveany other items which weren‘t imported in the first go.




20. Mount the remaining folders in Table 125 as perEquation 84.

21. Create a Business Contact Manager file. Turn off orunplug any network activity (wireless LAN or Ethernet),and restart the computer so it doesn‘t lock the dummy

business manager files. Copy the backup up businessmanager files over the dummies.

22. Run a backup of the DOCS, Documents and Settings andDATA directories

23. Double check the system with ‗8. TEST THECOMPONENTS‘ in ‗Checklist for transferring a computersystem‘ in the ‗Grimoire of Geological Computing‘ andthen continue as for the initial installation.





Table 125 restoring your e-mail system

date machine

region.

Australia Other:

language.

English(Australia) Other:

Time zone.

Adeaide Other:

incoming mail server type and address, in my Telstra case POP3.

POP3 mail.bigpond.com (Telstra)

IMAP Other:

outgoing mail server type and address, in my Telstra case SMTP.

SMTP mail.bigpond.com (Telstra)Other:

News server server type and address (in the Telstra case SMTP).

NNTP news.bigpond.com (Telstra)

Other:

category of questions response

question mine yours

Your basic e-mail account

name post-master

Email address [email protected] each of your report and archive folders

e.g. Table 69 e-mail address versus file

SUPPORT

Windows Live e-mail:

[email protected] Other:

Windows Live Personal mnemonic:

first artificer in metals Other:

WORKING FILES

/ : e-mail working files; O : business working files; X : both sets of filesRoot directory:

C:\Documents and Settings\. Other:

C:\DATA\Profiles\.

account:

Grant JACQUIER Other:

Default

subdirectory:

.\Local Settings\Application Data\Microsoft\.. .\. (none)

other

application:




date machine

.\Outlook\. Other:

.\Business Contact Manager\.

Files (select as many as you are using )1:

Outlook.pst archive.pst Personal Folders.pst archive1.pst CinGeol2.??

Corresp.pst Archive.pst CinGeol.mdb; CinGeol.ldf

X16-55886.exe Archive2.pst

other

Technical support

Telstra help desk 133 933 Office.com

Telstra dial-up number 0198 308 888

other

Windows Live:

[email protected] Other:

First artificer in metals

NOTES1 The X16-56886.exe file is the downloaded Business Contact Manager add-in and is stored with theOutlook working files for emergency use in re-installing Business Contact Manager.

Restart the science data processing

This is where you get the automatic batch files working. The keysoftware here is the Microsoft command batch files, which startMicrosoft Office programs and several scripting programs. You canuse the general checks inTable 112 with the specifics of Table 126.





Table 126 science data processing software customisation

date machine

EndNote version details

X2 X4Other:

XXXXX - XXXXX - XXXXX - XXXXX - XXXXX

- - - -

1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 0

Previous serial number 5

This serial number 5

Golden Software scripter details Packaged with

Ver.4.0.9 Ver. 10 Surfer disk

Other: Other: MapViewer disk

A X 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 a a

serial number - -

0 SCIENCE SOFTWARE

aspect tick

1 THOMPSON ENDNOTE

Specifics of the diskwritten above

Updates occurred

‗do nothing for default library‘ (Edit > Preferences > Libraries)

Alter the Folder locations (Edit > Preferences > Folders)

C:\DATA\EndNote other

Style Folder

Filter Folder

Connection Folders

2 GOLDEN SOFTWARE SCRIPTERLogged on as administrator:

Update done

3 MS-DOS COMMAND FILE

Follow discussion in RUN.BAT (something like Equation 94 )

1 Special file suffixes in use are: *.img, for ERDAS Imagine files, manually set to be viewed byGeomatica Freeview; *.dat, various data files, automatically set to Golden Software products.




Chapter 5 – CONCLUSION

Since beginning to write this book I have made advances in the work such as rewriting the preface of this manual to match the format of

the computer help books that you can buy in any bookshop. Thischapter considers the future direction that geocomputing may takeby considering:

1. significant texts that have not been incorporated in thebook;

2. programming tasks that have been identified during thepreparation of these examples.





Further research

These other references I have found inspiring to read but I have yetto weave them into the narrative:

ABERCROMBIE C. M. 1989. Computer-based ore resource/reserve estimates – trapsand pitfalls. In: Computers in exploration , pp 45-48. Australian Institute of Geoscientists Bulletin No. 9. ANONYMOUS 1996. Oil and gas info on line. The Miner . September 1996 pp 54. ANONYMOUS 1998a. Living with the Super Pit. GIS user . Issue 28 June-July 1998 pp42- 43. ANONYMOUS 1999a. A tool for asset teams. PESA News . February/March 1999 pp66 - 69. ANONYMOUS 1999b. Data management continues to improve. PESA News .

December/January 1999 pp 30. ANONYMOUS 1999c. PIMS Nos 1 & 2 now on the web. PESA News . August/September 1999 pp 68.BELPERIO A. P. 1993. Advances in geoscience data access using GIS. In: GatehouseC. eds. Geoscience Computing Update . Australian Geoscience Information Association, Adelaide, South Australia.BENNET T.1988 The hidden costs of CAD!. Drafting Reprographics and Typesetting . April 1988, pp 24-25.BOLT R. C. 1992. Transaction processing vs decision support? A three tieredarchitecture provides a compromise between decision support and transactionprocessing. DBMS . September 1992.

BOWLER J. 1987. Why the Macintosh? A case study. Geobyte . Vol. 2(4) .BRITTEN C. 1994. PANCON: Getting down to business. Computers In Mining Catalogue . October 1994 pp 8-9.CLOUGH B. 1993 Geoscience Data Standards - a draft proposal for standard formatfor drillhole and rock sample /geochemical data. In: Gatehouse C. eds. Geoscience Computing Update . Australian Geoscience Information Association, Adelaide, South Australia.CLOUGH B., JENKINS G. & NICHOLS G. 1993 South Australian Exploration InitiativeDrillhole / Geochemistry Data capture Project using PC Paradox. In: Gatehouse C. eds.Geoscience Computing Update . Australian Geoscience Information Association, Adelaide, South Australia.

CHIMBLO R. D., DASGUPTA S. N. & FOOTE J. T. 1992. E & P informationmanagement: a user‘s view. Journal of Seismic Exploration . No 1 1992 pp 337- 345. D‘ANGELO J. & TROY B. 2000. Managing your assets. Hart‘s E&P . June 2000 pp 337-345. DOWNEY W. M 1998. Predicting the future, should we learn from astrology orastronomy. PESA News . August/September 1998 pp 21.EGGO A. J. & HARVEY B. E. 1989. Field computing strategy in a large explorationcompany. In: Computers in exploration , pp 17-22. Australian Institute of GeoscientistsBulletin No. 9.FROST M. A.1997. Information technology - leverage to add value. PESA Journal . No25 1997 pp 112- 120.JAMES R. J. , WINSOR C. N. & CLARK I. 1993. Computer aided learning (CAL)software used to enhance the presentation of structural geology to tertiary level




students. In: Gatehouse C. eds. Geoscience Computing Update . Australian GeoscienceInformation Association, Adelaide, South Australia.GASMIER D. 1987. The use of computers in modern mineral exploration programs.Equipment in the Minerals industry: Exploration, Mining and Processing Conference.

Kalgoorlie, WA October 1987. AUSIMM, Kalgoorlie, Western Australia.GERDES L., & EBERHARD B. 1993. RMLS - a new system for managing records in the

Department of Mines and Energy South Australia. In: Gatehouse C. eds. Geoscience Computing Update . Australian Geoscience Information Association, Adelaide, South Australia.HEYMINK B. 1988 Micrographics: the cure to your records management problems? Drafting Reprographics and Typesetting . April 1988 pp 20.HOLLOWAY 1999. Australia to be moved 200 metres Northeast. PESA News .February/March 1999 pp 44 - 46.JONES T. A. 1988 Modeling geology in three dimensions. Geobyte . February „88 pp14-20.L‘OSTE-BROWN S., GOODWIN L. & SCRIFFIGANO J. 1998. Miners and greenies. GIS User . Issue 28 June-July 1998 pp 33-38.

LAUGHTON C. A. 1994 Exploring in hyperspace: Getting more out of your database.4 th National Conference on Geoscience Information and Management . AustralianGeoscience Information Association, Adelaide, South Australia.MCCORMACK S. 1994 Why ‗orange‘ DOS beats durian Unix. The Australian . TuesdayMarch 1 1994 pp37.MADIGAN T. & MAYNARD M.1999 Managing exploration industry reports in theNorthern Territory. The Great Australian Byte . Volume 5 Part 1.MILLER B. M. 1988 Future applications of expert systems for the evaluation of energyresources. The Journal of Petroleum Technology . March 1988.MITCHELL G. 1989. Integration of CAD systems into an exploration computingenvironment. In: Computers in exploration , pp 67-69. Australian Institute of

Geoscientists Bulletin No. 9.MORRIS P. H. 1988 Application of statistics in geotechnical engineering – an examplefrom earthquake data. 9 th Australian Geological Convention, GSA Abstracts . No 21.MORRIS W. G., BETTENAY L. F., & DUDLEY R. J. 1989. Computer-based oreresource/reserve estimates – traps and pitfalls. In: . Computers in exploration – Where we are now and where we are going , pp 23-30. Australian Institute of Geoscientists Bulletin No. 9.PEARSON D.1999 The hidden costs of data integration. CIO . June 1999, pp 64-69.PEEBLER R. P. 1999. Leveraging knowledge through information technology. The Leading Edge . October/November 1996 pp 1132 - 1140. ROCK N. M. S. 1989. Statistics and data analaysis in geology: Problems, progress, and

prospects. In: Computers in exploration , pp 71-75. Australian Institute of Geoscientists Bulletin No. 9.RUTTAN D.1994 When do you hire a computer specialist?. Australian PC World . July1994, pp 10, 14.RYBURN R.1994 The Pros and Cons of corporate geological databases – charting acourse through the minefield. AGIA lecture series . 1994. Australian GeoscienceInformation Association, Adelaide, South Australia.SCHULZ Y., FISHER D. & CURTIS T. 1999. PPDM manages oil & gas data better,faster. PESA News . October/November 1999 pp 45 - 48.SNOWDEN V. 1989. Estimating recoverable reserves – Developments in appliedgeostatistics. In: Computers in exploration – Where we are now and where we are going , pp 31-34. Australian Institute of Geoscientists Bulletin No. 9.





SUGDEN S. 1999. GIS document and metadata management. GIS User . Issue 36October-November 1999 pp 26-27.WALTHO A.1999 Preparing personal computers and data for the Year 2000. The

Australian Geologist . Newsletter No 110, March 31, 1999 pp 24-25.WEST L. J. 1999. IHS achieves milestone in effort to integrate Petroconsultants‘andIEDS‘E & P databases. PESA News . March/May 1999/2000 pp 32.

WHITFIELD S 1993. Trade off. PESA News . March/May 1993 pp 18.WHEATLEY M. 1989. Expert systems for geologists. In: Computers in exploration , pp57-60. Australian Institute of Geoscientists Bulletin No. 9.WINSHIP J. 1989. Computer-assisted learning in education. In: Computers in

exploration , pp 49-55. Australian Institute of Geoscientists Bulletin No. 9. YOURDON E. 1995 When good enough is best: The design for client/server systemsshould be a realistic – and ongoing - process Byte . September 1996, pp 85-90.

Orphaned references

The references below have yet to be incorporated as footnotes and

the citations remain in the narrative. It is sorted by the first author‘sname and has more extensive details. It is also a demonstration of the automatic bibliography generation provided by ThompsonEndNote.Ross Ackland and Simon Cox, 'Markup mapping.', GIS User no. 47 (2001),

pp. 28-31.

Elinor Alexander, 'Geothermal energy exploration in South Australia',

PESA News no. 73 (2005), pp. 39-52.

Julian F. H. Barnes, 'Exploration computing in a small company

environment. ,' in Computers in Exploration - Where we are now

and where we are going, Seminar No. 7 , Australian Institute of

Geoscientists Bulletin No 9 (Perth: Australian Institute of

Geoscientists, 1989).

S. J. D. Cox and K. D. Covil, 'Accessing Australian geodynamic

information: the AGRC website', Australian Journal of Earth

Science vol. 49, no. 4 (2002).

Aston Embry, 'Coming to grips with sequence stratigraphy', The Australian

Geologist no. 128 (2003), pp. 21-22.

Jon Fairall, 'Mobile mapping: What is it good for?', GIS User no. 47 (2001),pp. 27-31.

William Featherstone, 'An updated explanation of the Geocentric Datum of

Australia (GDA) and its effects upon future mapping', The

Australian Surveyor (1996).

T A Gouldie, 'To tender, re-negotiate or partner: Strategies for contracting

service companies. ,' in APOGC 94 SPE 28745 (Houston, Texas:

Society of Petroleum Engineers, 1994).

R. D. Hilton et al., 'Comparison of digital elevation models over Australia

and external validation using ERS-1 satellite radar altimetry.', Australian Journal of Earth Sciences vol. 50, no. 2 (2003).




A. L. Jaques, S. Jaireth, and J. L. Walshe, 'Mineral systems of Australia: an

overview of resources, settings and processes', Australian Journal

of Earth Science vol. 49, no. 4 (2002).

Michael Jenkins, 'Managing Data with Topology', Position no. 12 (2004),

pp. 63-64.

Joseph Leach, 'Stages of a remote sensing investigation,' ed. Grant LeslieJacquier (Parkville, Victoria: 2001).

D. R. Mason, 'Thermodynamic modelling of lode gold deposits in Archaen

granitoids: Woodcutters and Lady Bountiful mines, Kalgoorlie

region, Western Australia.', Australian Journal of Earth Sciences

vol. 51, no. 3 (2004).

Fred R. McFadden and Jeffrey A. Hoffer, Data base management

(Redwood City, California, 1991).

Venessa O'Connell, 'Surveying in paradise', Position no. 7 (2003), pp. 49-

50.Merrin Pearse, 'The Third Dimension', Position no. 6 (2003), pp. 75-77.

G. P. Price and P. Stoker, 'Australian Geodynamics Cooperative Research

Centre's integrated research program delivers a new minerals

exploration strategy for industry', Australian Journal of Earth

Sciences vol. 49, no. 4 (2002).

D. Pullar, 'Using VRML to visualise landscape change and process',

Cartography vol. 31, no. 1 (2002).

M. H. Tagestani, 'Landslide susceptibility mapping using the fuzzy gamma

approach in a GIS, Kakan catchment area, southwest Iran.', Australian Journal of Earth Sciences vol. 51, no. 3 (2004).

R. M. Tennant (ed.), Science data book (Edinburgh, 1971).

Andrew. H. White, Management of mineral exploration (Moggill, Qld.:

Glenside, S. Aust., 1997).





Future scripting or purchases

In this section there is outlining of applications that would addressthe most immediate issues in improving the data flow between thesoftware and speed up the work in general. The most pressingdevelopments for me are:

1. I keep purchasing upgrades to MapViewer because I needthe extract to HTML to limit to the mapped extent not theextent of the database files.

2. I have found that I need an asset database which includesnot only amortisation and depreciation but also has forms for

inventory of myriad cultural artefacts and physical recordssuch as cores, microscope slides, rock samples, digital mediaand books.

3. I need to sort out a separate style sheet to make a webpage suitable for using on the small screen of mobiletelephones, so my clients can view my existing web pages inthe field as well as the office.

4. I need to write a larger compendium of existing cartographicspecifications for commonly available maps so that I can

easily generate land use and geological overlays for roadand geographic maps in atlases.

5. I hope that there will be continuing development of thereporting aspects of EndNote perhaps to the extent that itwill be a document server. Some of this facility is availablewith the EndNote Web option which I haven‘t hadopportunity to test.

The following Table 127 indicates how these particular developmentswould affect your business, by compiling the improvements it wouldmake to each of the methods given in Chapter 4 and 5. Finally thereare the longer term goals, which are discussed as themes below thattable, that may be solved by future purchases:

1. Generating a catalog file2. Converting image files to Grid files




Table 127 the impact of proposed development on the work flow

development

Data cropping in MapViewer HTML export

More extensive compendium of cartography specifications

Revised preface to the ‗Grimoire of Geological Computing‘

More sophisticated reporting from Thompson EndNote

Methods from Chapter 5

A minimalist bibliography system Y Y - -

Mailing newsletters - Y - -

Make a ‗Search Centre‘ for web-based research ? Y - -

Making a catalogue of files Y Y - -

Time and expense allocation - Y - -

Make an asset catalogue for the built environment ? Y - -Make an asset catalogue for the natural environment Y Y Y Y

Making a GIS for an investigation site - Y Y ?

Legend:

Y: this method will be improved by this development

N: this method will be made more difficult by this development

?: this method may be improved by this development

-: this improvement will not improve the method

Generating a catalog fileReplace Geomatica FreeView browser with a catalog file (*.cag or*.mmc) from Microsoft Clip Gallery 5.0. This will allow a farmer orother client to download thumbnails via the catalog file and use themdirectly in Microsoft PowerPoint, rather than having to preview,download, upload and then review again. The Windows XPequivalent Microsoft Clip organiser may do this.

Converting image files to Grid filesThe conversion of Imagine (*.img) or GeoTIFF files (*.tif) to gridfiles (*.asc) for loading into Golden Software Surfer will allow themto be treated as a plane of measurements and incorporated withother ground measurements rather than just as a drape. It will alsoallow the use of kriging to either predict soil moisture levelmeasurements (co-kriging) or summarise several pixels into faciesfor bushfire prediction.





Appendix – SCRIPTS

The scripts written in full and ready to be used are:

poster.bat(Equation 94 ) MS-DOS batch file for project management

projlib.xsl

(Equation 95)

an XSL script to compile a table of references hyperlinked to digital files

The steps to get these scripts running are:

1. open a blank Notepad document,

2. cut and paste the script in total into the Notepad3. then save it as a file called delme.txt,4. before renaming delme.txt to the file name given above,

taking special care to get the suffix correct.





REM * GLJ 21 Mar 2006REM - copy grimoire.bat to poster.batREM - MyBiography=C:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2006025.docREM - replace j2006025.doc with c2006026.docREM - c2006022.enl (j2001209.enl + partc2006021.enl)REMREM * GLJ 21 Mar 2006REM - copy grimoire.bat to poster.batREM - add c2005061.doc with c2006018.docREM - replace j2002092.ppt with c2006019.pptREMREM****************************************************************REMREM initialise script variablesREM

REM MyLetter=c2005061.docSET MyLetter=c2006018.docREMREM MyDatabase=C:\ARCHIVE\REPORTS\UNIMELB\j2001209.enlREM MyDatabase=C:\DATA\REPORTS\AMS\j2002133.enl (part only)REM MyDatabase=C:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2006021.enl (upgrade ofj2002133.enl)SET MyDatabase=C:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2006022.enlREMSET MyJournal=numbat.pptREMREM MyBiography=C:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2006025.doc

SET MyBiography=C:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2006026.docREMREM MyPoster=C:\DATA\C_IN_G\NUMBAT\Modelc\j2002092.pptREM MyPoster=C:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2006019.pptREM MyPosterDraft=C:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2006027.pubREM MyPosterDraft=C:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2006028.pubSET MyPosterDraft=C:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\c2006031.pubREMREM run script logicREMSTART "C:\Program Files\EndNote 8\EndNote.exe" %MyDatabase%

START "C:\Program Files\Microsoft Office\OFFICE11\POWERPNT.EXE"C:\DATA\C_IN_G\HOME\%MyJournal%REM START "C:\Program Files\MicrosoftOffice\OFFICE11\POWERPNT.EXE" %MyPoster%START "C:\Program Files\Microsoft Office\OFFICE11\MSPUB.EXE"%MyPosterDraft%START "C:\Program Files\Microsoft Office\OFFICE11\WINWORD.EXE"%MyBiography%"C:\Program Files\Microsoft Office\OFFICE11\WINWORD.EXE"C:\DATA\C_IN_G\LETTERS\%MyLetter%REMREM close down script

REMSET MyLetters=SET MyDatabase=




SET MyJournal=SET MyPoster=SET MyPosterDraft=SET MyBiography=ECHO "Poster alterations complete!"

projlib.xsl

The projlib.xsl script reformats an EndNote XML extract to give acatalogue of electronic documents in an HTML page, see the section

‗Making a catalogue of files‘ .

Equation 95 an XSL script to compile a table of referenceshyperlinked to digital files

<?xml version="1.0"?><xsl:stylesheet

version="1.0"xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"><xsl:template match="/">

<h3>All projects cross-reference</h3><table border="1"><tr>

<th title="This has the value of the

Research Notes that don't qualify">check</th><th title="Project Fruit Bat">FB</th><th>electronic document</th>

</tr><xsl:for-each select="xml/records/record">

<tr><xsl:choose>

<xsl:when test="research-notes='Project Fruit Bat'">

<td>-</td><td>X</td></xsl:when><xsl:otherwise>

<td>X<xsl:value-ofselect="research-notes" /></td><td>-</td>

</xsl:otherwise>




</xsl:choose><td><xsl:element name="a">

<xsl:attributename="href"><xsl:value-of select="urls/related-urls/url"/></xsl:attribute>

<xsl:attributename="title">Reference is found in record <xsl:value-ofselect="rec-number" /> of <xsl:value-of select="database"/>.</xsl:attribute>

<xsl:value-ofselect="titles/title" />

</xsl:element></td></tr>

</xsl:for-each></table>

</xsl:template>

</xsl:stylesheet>





Appendix - GLOSSARY




0. Preface

USEThis work, The glossary of geological computing, is intended to provide aresource of definitions, explanations and contact addresses for ordinarygeologists.Each description has the following:headword (category) description. c.f. related head words .The categories are:association - A non-profit organisation.file format - The layout of data in secondary storage.hardware - Computers, printers, sensors, instruments and the measuresused to judge the performance of those devices.

industry - Government surveys, research organisations and servicecompanies.mathematics - The logic or alogorithm used in an application.software - Computer software.system - A method or organised work to achieve a certain outcome.COPYRIGHTCopyright 1994, 1996, 2002 and 2004. Computers in Geology.

All rights reserved. This publication may be reproduced and distributed freeto any individual, institution or corporation provided that this preface is also

reproduced. It is also published in ISI Research Endnote to allow easycustomisation.Computers in Geology is the registered name of Grant Jacquier - ComputerGeologist,registered office: 14 Third Street, Wilmington SA 5485, Australia.WARNINGThese definitions are not taken from other references but rather mypersonal experience and perceptions. Hence, many of these DEFINITIONSwill be INACCURATE and more suitable alternatives have been OMITTED.Please note any opinions expressed here are assuming general conditionsthat will not be valid for all cases. Therefore readers should seek professional advice on their particular situation before implementing anysuggestions.

ADVERTISEMENTGrant Jacquier - Computer GeologistConsulant for the design, integration, and support of geoscientific computersystems.

[email protected], compatible (hardware) c.f: IBM PS/1.386, compatible (hardware) c.f: IBM PS/2.





3rd National Conference The third national conference and tradeexhibition on the management of geoscience information and data. Held atthe Australian Mineral Foundation, Adelaide, 18-20 July 1995.486, compatible (hardware) c.f: IBM PS/2.

9 track tape (hardware) A tape format used for secondary storage. c.f:secondary storage.

access life (mathematics) The maximum average time you can expect tobe able to read data from an archive media. Here are some examples:floppy disks - 5 years9-track tape - 10 yearsQIC tapes - 5-10 yearsExabyte tapes - 10-15 years*DAT tapes - 15-20 years*

CD-ROM (WORM) - 20-25 years*CD-ROM (stamped) - 50 years** guess, haven't been invented that longadvanced very high resolution radiometer (hardware) The Advanced

Very High Resolution Radiometer is a five band multi-spectral sensor,mounted in a TIROS platform and launched as a satellite with an orbit of 102 minutes (14 orbits per diem), re-imaging the same area every 12hours. The intended use is for cloud mapping with pixels of 4 x 4 km. Thebands are:

1: 580 to 680 nm2: 730 to 1100 nm3: 3550 to 3930 nm4. 10 000 to 11 500 nm5. 11 500 to 12 500 nm AESIS (system) Australian Earth Science Information System, The Australian geoscience bibliographic database run by the Australian MineralFoundation and distributed on CD-ROM. Anno Mundi (mathematics) The father of flood studies, Archbishop JamesUssher, the Anglican Primate of all Ireland,published in 1650 in his famousbook "Annales veteris testamenti a prima mundi origine deducti", the originof time at the creation of the earth, Anno Mundi. Assuming he worked inthe Julian calendar this corresponds to 12 midday October 4 (Julian), 4 004BC. However, he was an advocate of the millenia and believed importantevents occurred on the roound 1000 years. c.f: Gregorian calendar; Julian (original) calendar; Julian calendar; French 1792 calendar; Microsoft Excel

date number; Mayan calendar; Islamic calendar; Jewish calendar; Metonic

Cycle. Source: , 89. Apple Macintosh A personal computer initially using the Motorola 68000processor, 64Kbyte of RAM and 3.5 inch floppy disk drive. This machine




evolved through a series of phases to the Mac Plus with 1Mbyte RAM and ahard disk drive.application (software) A computer program and a use for it. ie application= software + use. Applied Terravision Systems Software vendor producing a series of petroleum exploration and production applications based on the PublicPetroleum Data Model.archiving Putting away data that you may need in an emergency. Forcomputers this is downloading your old files to a tape then shipping themto Brambles for secure storage. Alternatively it could mean microfiching alldocuments before you burn them, or making a CD-ROM of all your oldgeophysical data before the original tapes fall apart (about 10 years by theway).

arrow keys (hardware) These are keys of the keyboard usually situated tothe right of the letters or as part of the numerical keypad. They are used tomove the cursor around the computer screen and position the cursor overthe required command or object. The command or object is started bypressing the enter key. Many of the functions of the aarow keys have beensimplified with the use of a mouse. c.f: mouse; stylus.

Ashton Tate dBase III (software) The database software produced by Ashton Tate that became the default standard for PC based databases andbusiness software. It was so popular in the late 1980's that it became the

mostly wide used application in the world. See also Xbase. AT An IBM DOS computer c.f: IBM AT (compatible); IBM PC.

AT, compatible c.f: IBM AT. AT&T UNIX One of the two major variants of the Unix operating system,the other being SYSTEM V. The AT&T standard was refined at the AT&TBerkeley Research Laboratories in the United States. Hence, it is alsoknown as Berkeley UNIX. c.f: UNIX.

ATS See Applied Terravision Systems. Australian Earth Science Info. System c.f: AESIS.

benchmark A standard test that is applied to a range of computersystems to determine which is superior. There are benchmarks forprocessor speed, disk access speed, screen clarity and you can make yourown. Popularised by the magazines devoted to computing as it makes themappear unbiased. Their major advertisers are still satisfied because by goodfortune the benchmarks chosen show their products to advantage.Berkeley UNIX c.f: AT&T UNIX.

CAD c.f: Computer Aided Drawing.

Carpel Tunnel Syndrome An inflammation of the tendons inside yourwrist that takes many years of rest to get back to what it was. It is thoughtto be due to bad typing technique. It can be prevented by having the





keyboard at the right height and doing stretches every 15 minutes. seealso RSI.cassettes c.f: secondary storage.CGM c.f: Computer Graphics Metafile.

CGM+ A version of the Computer Graphics Metafile graphical programmingstandard that uses binary rather than ASCII files. For further informationsee Computer Graphics Metafile.character c.f: file.Codd Ted Codd, the inventor of relational theory, has 12 rules that definethe degree that a database is relational. It relies heavily on thenormalisation theories developed by Boyce and the usual form of data thatis ready for a relational database has been normalised to what is known asthe Boyce-Codd normal form.

Computer Aided Drawing Alternatively Computer Aided Drafting orDesign. A program used by a drafter to draw a plan. It is computer aidedbecause there often features to create little sub-drawings that representparts of the house or machine. These then can be counted a price attachedand the cost of the article determined automatically. Or alternatively onepart may be substituted for another in one action.Computer Graphics Metafile A programming language for graphicalimages. Generally known as CGM it is the primary graphics file used inSunOS and IRIX operating systems. The images are stored as a series of

vectors (objects) within an ASCII file though a binary file equivalent CGM+is available.computer system The programs, the computers, the people fixing thecomputers, the people using the computers, their supervisors, and theprocedures that connect all these together.computing power This refers to the speed at which programs are run. Itis dependent on at least three things, the processor clock speed eg100Mhz, the data bus size ie AT 16bit, IBM PS/2 32bit, Sun SPARCserverhas 64bit, and often overlooked but especially vital to database applicationsis the disk access time eg: 9 nanoseconds. To compensate for slow disk read/writes, programs use paging, in which case memory becomes afactor.confidence map a plan of the project area showing regions of differentaccuracy eg: air photinterpretation only, air photo interp plus sometraverses, fully mapped. c.f: metadata.consistency (mathematics) The degree of conformity of data collectionand processing attitudes or practices over the whole data set collection

period. c.f: relevance; continuity; timeliness. consistency.Consolve Incorporated c.f: SiteManager.

continuity (mathematics) The actual area of coverage of a spatial data set




compared to the area that could possibly be covered. c.f: relevance; consistency; timeliness. continuity.controlled conditions When you archive stuff to tape or microfilm, it willsurvive longer if it is in an air conditioned, dust proof room at the optimumtemperature and humidity. This is what you pay for when you send it toBrambles or other secure data services (well if you don't count the fireproof rooms).coverage diagrams where a particular survey has been run a little sketchis provided to show the area covered with respect to the whole projectarea. See also metadataCrimson A multi user mini computer, built by Silicon Graphics, using theIRIX operating system. Intended as a server (mother computer) for theSilicon Graphics range of workstation type computers.

CSIRO (industry) An Australian government, semi commercial, appliedscientific research, authority. CSIRO is an anagram of CommonwealthScientific and Industrial Research Organisation. c.f: SARAT.

data c.f: data base.

Data Administrator (person) The person responsible for defining andmaintaining the standards and general philosophies required for anefficient and practical data base.data base (system) A formal collection of indexed data though notnecessarily on a computer. This can be digital data, documents, images,

drawings, records or computer files. If the data is stored and indexed by acomputer the data base can be more specifically termed a database.data base management The rules and techniques used to maintain a anefficient and practical data base. It can be broken into two major tasks -Data Administration and Data Base Administration. c.f: also Data Base,Data Administrator,

Data Base Administrator.

data dictionary c.f: metadata.Data Manager c.f: Data Administrator.

data security service Security companies like Brambles and Mayne-Nickles offer a service where a guard will drive to your office, collect a copyof your data either on tape or disk, and then take it to a locked, fireproof warehouse where it is properly catalogued and stored. Then if there is afire at your office which destroys your records, you ring them and theyquickly retrieve the copy you gave them so you can replace the lost data.database A computerised data base. c.f: data base.

Database Administrator (person) The person responsible for running a

database, including program maintenance, user access and data security.Database Integration To combine one or more databases into a singleentity. However, the unified database may (and should) be made up of





physically discrete databases. The integration is the elimination of duplicatedata, application of a consistent model or philosophy (see Data

Administrator) and linked access to all databases simultaneously (seeDatabase Administrator).Database Manager c.f: Database Administrator.

DEC The company that makes VAX, VAXstation and DECstation computers.They also develop the VMS and ULTRIX operating systems.DECstation A computer by DEC (Digital) that uses a UNIX variant ULTRIXas its operating system.Department of Natural Resources and Environment, Victoria(industry) Department of Natural Resources and Environment, Victoriaincludes the divisions of Agriculture; Minerals & Petroleum; and Land

Victoria.

desktop PC A computer for use by a single person on their own desk. PCor Personal Computer used to mean this but now with portable PCs, laptopPCs, palmtop PCs, workstation PCs and PC servers the original meaningneeds to be qualified. See also mobile computing.differential flow meter An instument to measure the velocity of a fluidflow in a pipe. It is particular useful in mine monitoring because it isabrasion resistant and can be read electronically.digitise The process by which lines on a plan, map are chart are convertedto coordinates so that a computer may process the lines. Originally done on

a digitising board with a puck. Now the article is scanned, the resultingimage file is loaded into the program as a backdrop and then the releventfeatures traced on the computer screen using a mouse.digitiser (hardware) A table like apparatus on which a geologist places amap or figure and then places a puck over the point of interest. Thecoordinates of the puck are determined electronically and scaled to aposition relative to the coordinates of the map or figure. c.f: digitise.

DLIS c.f: LIS.DOS The operating system used by IBM PCs and compatible computers.There have been 6 versions as of 1995. Some classic vintages were Version3, which became the standard system for text based programs and led tothe PC boom. DOS 5 was the base for Windows 3.1 which led to the boomin Windows style computing. Finally there was 6.2 which was the lastbefore Windows95 replaced DOS altogether (but it is still under the hood).download The process by which data is summarised and transported fromone computer to another by electronic means rather than retyping theinformation.

downtime The amount of time that is lost when a piece of equipment isbroken.EDGE Environmental Data Grab and Export. A database application




developed by the environmental consultant group Woodward-Clyde to storeanalyses and hydrological records. This was the prototype for thecommercial program SiteManager.entity c.f: schema.

ERDAS Inc (company) The manufacturers of the image processingsoftware Imagine. Part owned by Leica Geosystems. c.f: Leica Geosystems.

Ethernet (hardware) The electrical, electronic and signal standard forcables connecting two or more computers so that they appear to be onebig computer. When added to the basic software standard TCP/IP it formsthe standard for the interconnection of computers using the UNIXoperating system. c.f: network; UNIX.

ETM+ (hardware) A hyperspectral sensor used on the, National Aeronautical Space Agency of the United States of America, Landsat 7

satellite. c.f: Landsat; MSS; Thermal Mapper.EXABYTE (secondary storage) c.f: secondary storage.facies (mathematics) General appearance or nature of one part of the rock body as contrasted with other parts. c.f: radio-facies. Source: , 155.fax/copier/printer (hardware) A facsimile machine, a printer and aphotocopier share some of the same components. So manufacturers havebeen producing machines which have all three built in. The more expensiveis for home-office use and uses laser printing technology. The second typeuses thermal printing and is for portable use.

field (mathematics) A sub-component of a record in a file. The physicalequivalent of an attribute in a tuple of a relation (logical) or the cell in aspreadsheet (implementation). c.f: file.file (mathematics) general: The smallest amount of data that can be reador written to secondary storage.data base management: Physically a database is considered to becomposed of FILES which comprise RECORDS which have FIELDS whichhave CHARACTERS. c.f: data base; field.floppy disk (hardware) c.f: secondary storage.

French 1792 calendar (mathematics) The calendar used by revolutionaryscientists. Declared in 1792. The rules are:- 12 months of 30 days each- five special days at end of the year- extra special day every four years c.f: Gregorian calendar; Julian

(original) calendar; Julian calendar. Source: , 140.geographic information system (system) A Geographic InformationSystem is a program which does geographical operations on data such as

'Show me all mines which are in this permit?', 'Show me all oil storage siteswithin 50 kilometres of this well head?', 'Show me all factories that areupslope of this river system?'





A GIS often has a map like screen presentation which has symbolsrepresenting items of interest displayed in the context of a cartographicprojection. Each symbol has related to it properties usually text or numbersbut it can also be figures. Mathematical algorithms can then referencethese properties. What is peculiar is the mathematical algorithms areprincipally spatial and questions like which two items are closest? and howfar to the next one? are easily answered as compared to other types of software.It is based on strings of points which can be linked to give lines andpolygons. Each point is given a location in terms of two coordinates and aprojection. These points have additional information attached such as'upstream point' or 'inside fill' which allow vector mathematics to beapplied.

Geolog Log processing software developed by MINCOM Pty Ltd. It wassold in the late 1990s to an Israeli company, Paradigm Geophysical. seeMINCOMGIS in Geoscience The GIS in the geosciences conference run by the

Australian Geological Survey Organisation and held in Canberra in March of 1995.G.I.S. or GIS c.f: Geographic Information System.Global Positioning System A computer that uses military navigationsatellites to calculate the position, in three orthogonal geodic coordinates,

of the attached receiver.GPS c.f: Global Positioning System.

Gregorian calendar (mathematics) The calendar generally used forscientific purposes. A new calendar to replace the Julian calendar wasproposed by Christopher Clavius which Pope Gregory XIII proclaimed inFebruary 24 (Julian), 1582 AD .Rules are:1. 365 days in the year2. Months in order are January (31 days), February (28 days but 29 in leapyears), March (31), April (30), May (31), June (30), July(31), August(31),September (30), October(31), November(30), December(31).3. A leap year every fourth year except those which fall on the centurieswhich are not divisible by 400.4. The origin is the night of December 31, 1 BC/ morning of January 1, 1

Anno Domini (AD).Features of the calendar are:- departs from the solar year by 25.96 seconds per year

- The Catholic world, changed from the Julian calendar on the evening of October 4 (Julian) 1582, resulting in 10 days, October 5 to 14 , not beingused, the next day being October 15 (Gregorian).




- Adopted by the British Empire, in the evening of September 2 (Julian) /morning of September 14 (Gregorian) 1752, from the Julian calendar whichleft 11 dates, September 3 to 13, not used. There is a possible exceptionthe island of Foula? which retains the Julian calendar.- Abandoned temporarily by the French Republic from 1792.- Adopted by the Russian Republic in 1918 from the Julian calendar. c.f:Julian calendar; Julian (original) calendar; French 1792 calendar; Anno

Mundi; Jewish calendar; Islamic calendar; masonic calendar; Metonic Cycle.Source: , 140, 144-150.grouped response unit (system) The grouped reponse unit (GRU) isseveral zones of a water catchment which are modelled as having the samehydrological behaviour. c.f: RMU. Source: ,hard disk c.f:: secondary storage.

hardware The computer and associated equipment including powersupplies, screens, keyboards, printers, telephone connections, cabling andrepeaters to other computersháute resolution visible The multi-spectral sensor Háute Resolution

Visible (HRV) is found on the SPOT series of satellites numbers 1 to 4. Theband combinations are:X1: 500 to 590 nmX2: 610 to 680 nmX3: 790 to 890 nm

P: 510 to 730 nm c.f: SPOT.heat stress (safety) Heat stress is the technical name for the failure of anelectronic component due to over heating or repeated over heating.Domestic electronic components are designed to operate betweentemperatures of 15 to 25 Celsius. They can tolerate for short periods (anhour) of time temperatures outside that range in the range of 0 to 35Celsius. In Australia this is a significant problem for field equipment.HTML c.f: hypertext mark-up language.hypertext (software) A type of database that uses ordinary pages of text.Rather than being one page after another, a highlighted keyword in thefirst page is clicked on to go to the next. This allows a very flexiblestructure that is very useful in conveying information. The Help in MicrosoftWindows programs and World Wide Web pages on Internet are examplesof hypertext. c.f: HTML.

hypertext mark-up language (file format) A annotated text file used fordisplaying text and images, such as on the world wide web. Files in thisformat are usually suffixed with HTM or HTML. c.f: world wide web.

IBM AT The term IBM AT ( or compatible) refers to a computer with one5.25 inch floppy disk drive, 640 kbytes of RAM, an Intel 8086 processor, aMonochrome Display (MDA) or Colour Graphics (CGA) Adapter.





IBM PC The term IBM PC ( or compatible) refers to a computer with oneor two 5.25 inch floppy disk drives, 32 to 512 kbytes of RAM, an Intel 8088processor, a Monochrome or Hercules Display Adapter driving the screen.c.f: also PC.

IBM PS/1 The term IBM PS/1 ( or compatible) refers to a computer withone 5.25 inch floppy disk drive, 1 Mbyte of RAM, an Intel 80286 processor,a Colour Graphics (CGA) or Extended Graphics (EGA) Adapter to drive thescreen. This machine had a choice of operating systems either PC-DOS(MS-DOS) or OS/2.IBM PS/2 The term IBM PS/2 ( or compatible) refers to a computer withone 3.5 inch floppy disk drive, 2 - 16 Mbytes of RAM, an Intel 80386 orIntel 80486 processor, an Extended (EGA) or Very Extended (VGA)Graphics Adapter driving the screen. This machine had a choice of

operating systems either PC-DOS (MS-DOS) or OS/2. Unix variations suchas Xenix and SCO Unix could also be run on this machine.IBM XT The term IBM XT ( or compatible) refers to a computer with one5.25 inch floppy disk drive, a 10 Mbyte hard disk, 512 kbytes of RAM, anIntel 8088 processor, a Monochrome Display (MDA) or Hercules Adapterdriving the screen.IEEE (organisation) Pronounced Eye Triple Eee, this was formerly theInstitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, a professional body of scientists and engineers based in the United States. IEEE promotes

standardisation and has a specialist group, Geoscience and RemoteSensing Society, concerned with geophysical equipment, satellite sensorsand associated processing. c.f: JPEG. 217.information super highway (system) The Bill Clinton, the formerpresident of the United States of America publicised this phrase whentrying to comercialise the Internet which until that time had been mainlyresearch and defence oriented. It implies a great resource of informationon computer and freely available to ordinary peopleInformation Technology (management practice) A broader term thanMIS it refers to all forms of new technology for information storageincluding microfiche, scanning, bar coding etc. Information technology isthe generic name for computers and the use of them. Historically, calledManagement Information Systems (MIS) and Data Processing (DP) beforethat. Technically speaking there are specific differences between theseterms but this is not necessarily appreciated even by the people who labeltheir own work as such. For the geologist there is no practical difference.Unfortunately, it has been used to rebadge unsuccessful MIS departments

in the belief that a new name will resolve the department's narrowmindedness. This is not a new concept many unsuccesful MIS departmentswere originally called Data Processing.




inkjet printer A printer which uses fine nozzles to squirt ink fromdisposable cartridges on to paper. It produces a very nice finish and colourplots take the same time as black and white because the colour nozzlessquirt at the same time as the black one. Lighter and cheaper than laserprinters but not as robust as dot matrix printers. Ideal for geologicaldrafting.Internet Explorer c.f: Microsoft Internet Explorer.

Iris Indigo An entry level version of the Personal Iris. c.f: also Personal Iris, IRIX.

IRIX The operating system for the Silicon Graphics Personal Iris, Crimsonand Indigo machines. See also AT&T UNIX, UNIX.Islamic calendar (mathematics) The Islamic calendar, based on lunarorbits rather than the solar orbit is used by Muslim scholars.

The rules are:- Months include Ramadan- origin is associated with the life of Mohammed and the Christianequivalent falls within the 7th century of the Gregorian calendar. c.f:Gregorian calendar; Julian (original) calendar; Julian calendar; French 1792 calendar; Microsoft Excel date number; Mayan calendar. Source: , 154.IT c.f: Information Technology.Jewish calendar (mathematics) The Jewish calendar, based on lunarorbits rather than the solar orbit is used by Talamud scholars.

The rules are:- The year is of 354 days, 384 in a leap year, 385 in a special leap year.- There are 12 months to a year except in a leap year when an extra leapmonth (30 days) is added.- leap months are added based on the Metonic Cycle, after the fifth centuryB.C Athenian astronomer, Meton, which adds a the leap month in sevenout of nineteen years. For the Jewish calendar this third, sixth, eighth,eleventh, fourteenth, seventeenth and nineteenth years. Five of those leapmonths have 31 days to count for the five day shortfall in the originalMetonic Cycle. c.f: Gregorian calendar; Julian (original) calendar; Julian calendar; French 1792 calendar; Microsoft Excel date number; Mayan

calendar; Islamic calendar. Source: , 153-154.JPEG (standard) A computer file formatting standard, designed by theJunior Pictorial Engineering Group of the IEEE, for raster images that allowsmultiple layers and is read by most Internet browsers. This makes itespecially useful for geological maps and satellite images. c.f: Netscape

Navigator; Mosaic; Microsoft Internet Explorer; IEEE; raster.

Julian calendar (mathematics) The calendar used by Eastern Orthodoxmonks, Renaissance, and medieval scientists. Based on the originalcalendar declared by Julius Ceasar in 45 BC (Gregorian) but with a





redefined origin, based on a chronology of Pope St John, by the sixthcentury monk, Dionysius Exiguus at the night of December 31, 1 BC/morning of January 1, 1 Anno Domini (AD).The rule is:January 1, 754 ab urbe condita (AUC) = January 1, Anno Domini (AD) c.f:Gregorian calendar; Julian (original) calendar. Source: , 106.Julian (original) calendar (mathematics) The calendar used by Romanscientists. Julius Ceasar declared the new calendar in 45 BC (Gregorian).Rules are:1. 365 days in the year2. A leap year every fourth year.3. The origin year is 1 ab urbe condita (AUC), the foundation of Rome.Features of the calendar are:

- over-estimates the solar year by 11 minutes that is seven days every1000 years- 1 BC = 753 AUC, 1 AD = 754 AUC c.f: Gregorian calendar; Julian

calendar. Source: , 106, 141-144.keyboard The keyboard is the usual means of entering data into acomputer. There are several styles, the standard one on a PC is a QWERTY keyboard. Other styles include Dvorak, which has been optimised for typingspeed; custom or theme keyboards. for specialist computers in drafting, orat the supermarket checkout; and keypads, used by clerks for high speed

entry of numbers. See also QWERTY keyboardskriging (mathematics) The geostatistical technique of calculating a gridvalue by summing the values of weighted surrounding measurements. Theweights are inversely proportional to the distance from the grid point andproportional to the distance between measured points. In this way the"nugget effect" of is countered.Landsat (hardware) An earth resources series of space satellites launchedby the National Aeronautical Space Agency of the United States of America.The first was launched as Earth Resources Technology Satellite (ERTS-1)on July 23 1972 using the Nimbus platform. After a succesfulimplementation it was renamed Landsat-1. The series continued on Nimbus(1 to 3) and modified TIROS (4 -7) chassis. Sensors carried include returnbeam vidicon cameras (1,2), multispectral scanner (1 to 5), thematicmapper (4 to 6) and the expanded thermatic mapper (7) . Though it wasdeveloped with monitoring Russian wheat crops in mind, it has become avery successful geological tool. c.f: MSS; ETM+; Thematic Mapper. Source: , 59.

laptop computer (hardware) A computer which is small enough to restcomfortably on your lap while you are travelling in a plane or train andallow you to work on it in that position. To allow this it has a mouse and




keyboard built in to the housing, an adjustable tilt screen and batterypower. See also "mobile computing" and "desktop PC".LAS (file format) Log Ascii Standard. A standard for wireline geophysicalborehole logs. It is a public domain standard developed by the Society of Professional Well Log Analysts (SPWLA) and being ASCII it has become thedefault standard for PC based log processing prgorams.least squares method compare with: kriginglegacy systems IT and MIS jargon for obsolete computer systems thatare too expensive or difficult to replace.Leica Geosystems A United States company specialising in survey gradesoftware and technology for capture and presentation of 3D spatialinformation. A spin off, in 1998, from the acquisition of civilian GPStechnology from Magnavox by the Swiss firm Leica Group in 1994. c.f:

Geographic Information System.linear voltage differential transducer (hardware) A device used inmine monitoring for measuring rock movement. It has the advantage of measuring acceleration rather than displacement so can be used wherelarge displacements would destroy displacement based meters.LIS (file format) The wireline geophysical borehole log standard developedby Schlumberger SEACO. It is proprietary binary standard and has recentlybeen superseded by the DLIS standard which has been adopted by POSC.See also LAS and POSC.

listserver (software) Software which re transmits an e-mail message togroup of people. Used for special interest groups to provide a bulletinservice.LVDT c.f: Linear Voltage Differential Transducer.

Mac c.f: Apple Macintosh.Mac II (hardware) The Macintosh range of computers followed the samepattern of personal computer until the Mac SE which proved to be atransitional machine, using the Mac II 68030 processor, a colour monitorand an IBM PC type case. This evolved to the Mac II and Quadra which aremore of a workstation and multi user server than a personal computer. c.f:personal computer

server

workstation Apple Macintosh.

Management Information Systems (management practice) Aphilosophy of computer system development which involves the premisethat all computing can be most efficiently done by a properly constructed

database. It requires an enormous amount of systems analysis andgenerally is not cost effective for scientific groups. Often used as the namefor the computing department which is like calling Exploration, the Plate





Tectonics Department.mapping packages A computer program designed for cartographers. Itwill allow for symbols to be assigned to points, have some contouringalgorithms and a way of handling coordinates and logitude and latitude.masonic calendar (mathematics) Freemasons use a calendar which isessentially what the British used but with Bishop Usshers Anno Mundi asthe origin, but notated as Year of Light (YL) and the Latin month namesreplacing the English.Rules:- As for the Julian calendar until the evening of September 2 (Julian) /morning of September 14 (Gregorian) 1752.- The Gregorian calendar from then on. c.f: Gregorian calendar; Julian

(original) calendar; Julian calendar; French 1792 calendar; Microsoft Excel

date number; Mayan calendar; Islamic calendar; Jewish calendar; Metonic Cycle; Anno Mundi.Mayan calendar (mathematics) The calendar used by the Mayan people.The rules are:- 18 months of 20 days each c.f: Gregorian calendar; Julian (original) calendar; Julian calendar; French 1792 calendar. 140.metadata The data that describes the structure and layout of a data base.It includes such tools as data dictionaries and table definitions but can alsobe geological like coverage maps, or index diagrams on traditional

geological maps.Metonic Cycle (mathematics) The Metonic Cycle, after the fifth centuryB.C Athenian astronomer, Meton, adds a the leap month in seven out of nineteen years. It doing so it matches the lunar cycle to the solar cycle.However there is still a short fall of five days. This cycle was discoveredindependently by the Egyptians and Babylonians before Meton. c.f:Gregorian calendar; Julian (original) calendar; Julian calendar; French 1792

calendar; Microsoft Excel date number; Mayan calendar; Islamic calendar; Jewish calendar. 152-154.Microsoft Excel date number (mathematics) The time system used inthe software Microsoft Excel. The rules are:- counts the days and hours as decimal real numbers from Saturday,January 0, 1900 at 0000 hrs that is 12 am (Gregorian) in the time zone,designated in the computer settings. Saturday, January 0, 1900 (December31, 1899) is the old standard mean solar day, as compared to the siderealday which is measured from the rotation of the planets.- NO NEGATIVE NUMBERS (blast!!!)

Features are:- conversion to Gregorian calendar and hours, minutes seconds system isprovided. c.f: Gregorian calendar; Julian (original) calendar; Julian




calendar; French 1792 calendar; Mayan calendar.Microsoft Internet Explorer (software) An Internet browser softwarethat includes interfaces for World Wide Web, listservers and news fromnewsgroups. c.f: Mosaic; Netscape Navigator; world wide web; newsgroup.

MINCOM (company) MINCOM Pty Ltd a software company based inBrisbane Queensland. Has developed Geolog. See Geolog.mine monitoring (management practice) The techniques and philosophyof remotely observing a mine. Examples are slope alarms, robot theodolitesand SCADA. c.f: SCADA

Programmable Logic Controller Polytron gas measuring head

differential flow meter

Oval flow meter.

M.I.S c.f: Management Information Systems.MIS c.f: Management Information Systems.mobile computing (management practice) Any style of work whichinvolves carrying around a computer. It includes car faxes and computers,laptop computers, pen based computers, palmtop computers, personalorganisers, and the old portable computers about the size of a briefcase.Mosaic (software) Open source software, moderated by the University of Illinois???, for viewing World Wide Web documents in Hypertext MarkupLanguage. c.f: World Wide Web; Hypertext Markup Language.

mouse (hardware) A mouse is a hand sized plastic object with two orthree buttons that is used to control the position of the cursor on thecomputer screen. There are two types of construction, electro-optical andmechanical. If you turn the mouse upside down, the mechanical has arubber ball inserted in it or alternatively the electro-optical has a diodeshining red light. An electro-optical mouse also needs a reflectingmousepad to work.MS DOS (software) MS DOSMicrosoft Disk Operating System c.f: DOS.

multi spectral scanner (hardware) A four band sensor, multi spectralscanner, used by the National Aeronautical Space Agency of the UnitedStates of America for the Landsat satellite series 1 to 5. c.f: Landsat;

ETM+; Thematic Mapper. Source: , c2001003, 59.National Mapping (company) The national mapping agency in Australiathat provides base map data in digital form like drainage, topography andcultural features.Netscape Navigator (software) Internet browsing software, now owned

by the Novell Corporation which includes e-mail, listservers, news, FTP andWorld Wide Web browsers. c.f: World Wide Web; listserver; newsgroup.

newsgroup (software) Software which is activated by a universal resource





locator serial number, and returns an hierachical filing system of annotatedtext files. Links are made form the subject that a new file is submittedunder. In this way a thread of conversation on a topic is built. c.f: universal resource locator.

nugget effect (mathematics) An artefact of a data set where the majorityof samples (measurements) have been collected from the same localitytherefore biasing the data set mean towards the value of that locality. c.f:kriging.one to many relationship (mathematics) This a relationship betweenentities in a relational model where one entity like SAMPLE which has theunique deetails of a soil sample has associated with it many analysesstored in the entity RESULTS. therefore for every sample there are manyanalyses. c.f: relational database.

operating system The fundamental level of software used to manage thebasic operations of a computer such as memory access, storage access,printer, screen and keyboard control. The person who develops andmaintains an operating system is known as a Systems Programmer.Oval flow meter (hardware) A very low volume flow meter that givesoutput as an electric signal. This makes it suitable for mine monitoringespecially lubrication and possibly depressurisation systems.paper tape c.f: secondary storage.

paperless office An office where all tasks are done by computer and so

there are no books, filing cabinets, letters, memos or even paper printouts.Paradigm Geophysical An Israeli company specialising in petroleumexploration software. c.f: Geolog.PC Personal Computer. Originally a model name for the first IBM desktopcomputer. Now a generic name for all computers that are principally can beonly used by one person at the same time. c.f: also IBM PC, IBM XT, IBM

AT, IBM

PS/2.PC DOS The operating system for original IBM personal computers. It isidentical to MS DOS which was licensed to IBM PC compatibles. see DOS.PCMIA card c.f:: secondary storage.

PD54 (mathematics) A satellite image processing algorithm developed bythe Australian, Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial ResearchOrganisation, Land and Water Division. In principle green and red reflectedlight for each pixel are plotted in a cross plot. The cluster of pointsoccupies a rough rectangle with the long axis at 45 degrees. The long edgeof the rectangle closet to the red axis is thought to be the limit decided by

the pure soil or rock colour. The opposite edge is the limit of the fullvegetation response. Therefore, pixels between the parallel edges areexpected to have a vegetation density equivalent to the perpendicular




distance from the soil edge divided by the separation of the edges. It isparticularly suited to arid and semi arid regions as the response is inert toseasonal variation in vegetation moisture content. The acronym is from theperpendicular distance for band 5 and 4. The original Landsat mulitispectralscanner had red as band 5 and green as band 4. c.f: Landsat; MSS.

Source: ,pen based computer A mobile computer which is designed to use astylus rather than a mouse and keyboard. Used extensively for warehouseand workshop applications in the United States. Would be ideal forgeological field computing when costs go down, and local suppliers startcarrying them.peripherals other associated machinery that is connected to a computer.Examples are printers, plotters, fax machines, digitisersand external

secondary storage devices.Personal Iris A brand of UNIX workstation with advanced graphicscapabilities especially modelling surfaces in 3 dimensions. It is made bySilicon Graphics and uses the IRIX operating system.Petroseis A software program by Petrosys Pty Ltd. It stores the location of seismic lines, the interpreted horizons for those lines. Incorporatedmapping and contouring utilities can be used to produce horizon maps.Petrosys Petrosys Pty Ltd has developed a seismic interpretation plottingprogram called Petroseis.

Petrotechnical Open Software Corporation A non-profit organisationbased in Houston, Texas. It is a consortium of mainly American petroleumexploration companies. The object is to define a series of standardsincluding hardware, operating systems and data formats so that companiesusing different programs in their work can use the same data set for eachprogram thus preventing errors and saving on computing costs. It is oftenrefered to by its anagram - POSC.pixelThe smallest point on a video screen or image.plane (hardware) Used by workstation manufacturers to describe thenumber of bits allocated to a video screen pixel. Eg: a 4 bit plane screenhave each pixel described by 4 bits (binary digits) and this would result in16 possible shades for a pixel. An 8 bit plane screen would have 256shades per pixel.PLC c.f: Programmable Logic Controller.plug and play This is where you stick an extra bit, eg: CD-ROM videocamera or disk drive, on the computer and when you turn it on the

computer knows its connected and does all the setup for you automatically.It is still a wish at the moment but some industrial computers in factorieshave it so it can't be too far away for the home or office user





polygonal method The method of gridding a surface by connecting linesof equidistance between measurement points.Polytron gas measuring head A device used for measuring gasconcentrations of nitrous oxides and carbon monoxide. It has no movingparts and produces an electrical output which makes it particular suitablefor mine monitoring.portable computer See mobile computing.POSC c.f: Petrotechnical Open Software Corporation.

post processing The computing that is required after data has beendelivered from the field or field contractor.PPDM c.f: Public Petroleum Data Model.

processor independence (software) Until recently, every major

commercial program had been converted to the native language of thecomputer brain (processor) it was going to be used on. This was known ascompiling, and one program that had been compiled on a computer with aparticular processor it could only be used on computers with that samemake and model of processor. Put it with another processor and theprogram would not work. A different option is for the software developersto write programs which conform to published programming standardssuch as JAVA , Tcl/Tk or MAC. Programs done this way can be run on anycomputer which has had an extra piece of software loaded (eg Netscape

Navigator, Tcl/Tk interpreter) or a special computer chip that understandsthe standard. This is not a new principle, there have been BASICinterpreters on PCs for years and the famous BBC home computer had aBASIC interpreter computer chip. What is new is major softwarecompanies adopting it as their standard.Programmable Logic Controller (hardware) An industrial computercharacterised by many input and output plugs. It is used to automaticallycontrol machinery.programmer (person) A person whose job is to type in a computerprogram. This is known as "coding" and involves knowledge of the syntax,spelling and grammar of the programming language used. Examples of programming languages commonly used in geoscience computing areBasic, Visual Basic, FORTRAN, C, and C++.proprietary format (standard) A file format that is owned by thesoftware company. If other software companies use that format the firstcompany simply changes it slightly to make the competing software unableto use the files. If this standard were to be published it would become

open and this is a better situation for the owners of the data in those files.prototyping (system) The program development method which involvesmaking a quick rough version and then involving the people who are going




to use the program to improve it in many small steps, at each stepincreasing the amount the program is used in real practice.PS/1 (compatible) (hardware) c.f: IBM PS/1.Public Petroleum Data Model (standard) This is an organisation of petroleum exploration and production data types in the form of normalisedtables (flat files). The PPDM standard is administered by a non profitsociety based in Canada. This model has significant support from Canadianoil companies but has not yet been adopted elsewhere. The much broaderFinder data model uses PPDM for its well tables.QWERTY keyboards (hardware) The most common style of keyboard.There are several types, the standard one on a PC is known as the "IBM101 key keyboard". Other computer manufacturers such as DigitalEquipment Corporation and Sun have their own version but they are all

variations on the original typewriter keyboard and are known as "QWERTY"keyboards, named from the top line of letters on these keyboards. See alsokeyboard.radio-facies (mathematics) a) interpretive/abstract: A radio-facies iswhere a pixel in a satellite image is expected to be related to neighbouringpixels on the basis of relationships in the geology, land use, andatmospheric conditions of the land pictured. The term is a label for thegeneral concept of inter-relatedness, using the prefix radio to designatesatellite imagery as the source, and is adopted from earth science, in which

discipline they are also aware of the continuity and inter-relatedness of objects within the same time or space plane, and have the formal term:facies. The relationship of the pixels is confined by Walther's law and thatthe sequence of images used for the observations does not contain asignificant hiatus.b) physical/descriptive: A radio-facies is defined as an areally restrictedgroup of reflected radiation whose appearance and characteristics aredistinguished from those of adjacent groups. Various attributes may beused to define facies: reflection configuration, continuity, intensity andfrequency spectra, absorption, internal geometrical relations (as with thereflection of near infra-red from the mesophyll layer of living plant leaves),and external three dimensional form (texture mapping). c.f: continuity;

facies; seismic facies. 283.radius of influence (mathematics) The maximum distance from a samplepoint that a similar sample can be expected to produce the same result.RAM drive (hardware) A section of random access memory set aside forsecondary storage of files just like a super fast disk. c.f: secondary storage

RAM.record (mathematics) c.f: file.

relational database (software) A database that uses key words in each





table to link the tables together. The inventor Ted Codd has 12 rules thatdefine the characterisitics of a relational database, but there has neverbeen a commercial product that meets all 12. One of the best is the PCproduct RBase. Xbase databases have some relational attributes but ODBCcompliant databases are considered the practical relational standard.relevance (mathematics) The degree to which the data "has bearing on orhaving reference to the matter in hand" (The Concise Oxford Dictionary,Ninth Edition). c.f: consistency; continuity; timeliness. relevant.repetition strain injury (safety) An injury caused by many repetitions of the same movement. Computer operators are prone to this problembecause computers having a serial intelligence require everything to bedone the same way each time, unlike humans who like and are designedfor variety.

reservoir management unit (system) A reservoir management unit(RMU) is a group of petroleum reservoir zones that have similar reservoirproperties. c.f: GRU.

RSI (safety) c.f: repetition strain injury.

RTU (hardware) This is an anagram of remote terminal unit. These lesspowerful computers located in the field to collect information from nearbyinstruments and relay this to a central collecting station.ruggedness (mathematics) The ability of a computer, especially aportable computer, to withstand dropping, heat, cold, prying toddler

mouthes, dust, Terex trucks, explosions, rain, field hands fat jabby fingers,Coca Cola, coffee, crumbs, glue. Basically there hasn't been a computer yetthat could handle a day at the supermarket without coddling let alone amine. So treat them all delicately no matter what the salesman told you.SARAT

A commercial software program developed by the CSIRO Division of Geomechanics to design rock support in underground and open cut mines.SARAT is an anagram of Structural and Reinforcement Analysis ToolkitSARAT (software) A commercial software program developed by theCSIRO Division of Geomechanics to design rock support in undergroundand open cut mines. SARAT is an anagram of Structural and Reinforcement

Analysis ToolkitSCADA (hardware) System Control and Data Acquisition. see also: MineMonitoring.scanned image (mathematics) A scanned image is a computer picture.The original picture is drawn in colour by hand or a photograph is taken.This is then placed on a scanner which looks like a small colour

photocopier. This device uses a laser to determine the shade at an array of points across the picture. The greater the number of points the greater thefidelity of the reproduction. Screen icons are done in this way on a 32 x 32




array.schema

A tool of the Database Administrator which shows an integrated picture of the data that a particular database user will see. It is composed of anumber of ENTITIES which are discrete portions of data. In reality theportions of data may be from different sub databases but to the user of theschema they appear to be in one database.scanner (hardware) An electronic eye that "scans" over maps and figuresto give an electronic image.schema (mathematics) A tool of the Database Administrator which showsan integrated picture of the data that a particular database user will see. Itis composed of a number of ENTITIES which are discrete portions of data.In reality the portions of data may be from different sub databases but to

the user of the schema they appear to be in one database.SCSI (hardware) Small Computer Serial Interface used to connect externaldisk drvies, CD-Rom drives and other intelligent peripherals to a PC.secondary storage (hardware) This is the generic name for floppy disks,hard disks, 9 track tapes, cassettes, EXABYTE cartridges, PCMIA cards,paper tape, RAM drives. The name is derived from the requirement thatmost computer systems have of reading/writing data directly from themicroprocessor to the computers memory (primary storage) and thendown/up loading to secondary storage at another time.

SEG-Y A standard storage file for processed reflection seismic data. It is a binaryfile developed by the Society of Exploration Geophysicists based inHouston, USA. There are related standards for files of raw data.seismic facies (mathematics) "A seismic facies is defined as an areallyrestricted group of seismic reflections whose appearance andcharacteristics are distinguished from those of adjacent groups.....Variousattributes may be used to define facies: reflection configuration, continuity,amplitude and frequency spectra, internal velocity, internal geometricalrelations, and external three dimensional form." c.f: radio-facies; facies.Source: , 283.SiteManager (software) A database application for storing hydroligicaland geochemistry with an environmental bent. It is a joint venture betweenthe environmental consultants Woodward-Clyde and the software firmConsolve Incorporated. see also EDGE.software (software) A computer program c.f: system.

Solaris (software) c.f: SPARCstation.

Solaris 2 (software) c.f: SPARCstation.SPARCstation (hardware) A Sun workstation using variants of Unix as anoperating system- SunOS initially, then Solaris and finally, the System V





release 4 compatible, Solaris 2.spreadsheet (software) spreadsheets or worksheets are the favouritecomputer program of engineers and accountants. Ideal for freetyle columnby column calculations, the original was SuperCalc but you would be morefamiliar with names like Lotus 123, Microsoft Excel and Borland's, QuattroPro.SQL (standard) See Structured Query LanguageStructural and Reinforcement Analysis Toolkit (software) Acommercial software program developed by the CSIRO Division of Geomechanics to design rock support in underground and open cut mines.SARAT is an anagram of Structural and Reinforcement Analysis Toolkit c.f:CSIRO.

Structured Query Language (standard) SQL - The standard language

used to access "Open System" databases built using database programslike Rdb, Sybase, and Microsoft SQL Server but not Dbase III or otherXbase programsstylus (hardware) The "pen" in a pen based computer. Looks like a penbut has no ink. Generally is just a piece of sharpened plastic that makes iteasy for you to exert the necessary pressure on the computer screen andmake an electrical connection beteen two conducting layers separated by aflexible insulating sheet. These are built into the computer screen substrateand are so thin the underlying image shows through them.

Sun A manufacturer of Unix workstations. Products inlude the SUN andSPARCstation series. c.f: also Unix, workstation.Sybase (software) A relational database utility that links PC, Mac , UNIXand IBM mainframe databases together. The advantage of Sybase is that itlinks in to normal software on each machine. In the case of Mac's and PC'sthe user the retains the full friendliness of their programs even though theyare attached to unfriendly computer systems (IBM mainframes etc.) alsosee: Oraclesystems analysisThe discipline of determining the logical structure, processes and necessarydata used in a particular part (system) of a physical business, departmentor research group with the intent to computerise some of those processes.system The computer program, the data, the hardware and a use for it allie: system = application + hardware.systéme probatoire de l'observation de la terre (hardware) February1986 marked the launch of a new satellite series the Systéme Probatoire de

l'Observation de la Terre to an elevation of 830 km above the earth. Theywere designed to be complimentary to the Landsat series and primarily forEuropean agriculture. The satellites (1 to 4) are fitted with two haute




resolution visible (HRV) sensors. Each sensor has a swathe of 60 km, withpixels of 10 x 10 m for panchromatic and 20 x 20m for multi-spectral. Theearth is re-imaged every 26 days. c.f: Landsat; HRV.systems analysis (person) A study of the procedures, computing anddocuments used by a business.systems programmer (person) c.f: operating system.

table (mathematics) A table is a group of fields (types of data) that have acommon factor (technically known as the index field). Several fields make atable and several tables make a database. It is an equivalent structure toan ASCII flat file in Fortran/Basic programming.template (mathematics) A blank form, document, spreadsheet or mapwith special features already drawn or typed in. Examples of specialfeatures include standard formulae, standard title blocks and graticules,

form letters, letterheads and addresses, field form blanks. The geologistneeds only to type in the uniqe details for that particular job rather thandoing the document from scratch.Terra Search (company) A company of contract geologists based inTownsville, Queensland that developed the database product EXPLORERII.Using this product they did a lot of good work integrating variousgeochemical surveys into the one regional database on behalf of the statesurveys. c.f: EXPLORER II.

Terra Search EXPLORERII (software) A database application developed

by the company Terra Search, that is exceptionally good for integratinggeochemical data. See also Terra Search.Thematic Mapper (hardware) A seven band sensor used on the, National

Aeronautical Space Agency of the United States of America, Landsatsatellite series 4 to 6. c.f: Landsat; MSS; ETM+. 59.timeliness (mathematics) The degree to which the data "has bearing onor having reference to the matter in hand" (The Concise Oxford Dictionary,Ninth Edition). c.f: consistency; continuity; timeliness. Source: , timely.TOSline (hardware) A signal system set up by Toshiba to allow theirindustrial computers to talk to each other over a couple of pieces of roughwire. Ideal for mine sites where old blasting wire or lighting flex can beused. c.f: PLC.

transcription (mathematics) The keying of the data from a geologist'snotebook into a computer. This leads to many errors and eventually will bemade redundant by geological field computers.Twisted pair cable (hardware) Special but relatively cheap cable (compared with co-axial) to allow computers to talk to each other. Has one

source and one return wire. Like TV ribbon cable it has the advantage thatany external interference tends cancel out. Where the computers havegood error checking of the communication signals (eg TOSline), you can





use lighting flex instead. See PLC, TOSline.ULTRIX (software) The operating system for the computer calledDECstation. See also AT&T UNIX, DECstation and UNIX.universal resource locator (standard) A self contained serial number foraccessing files from a remote computer. Used especially for Internetprotocols.It is composed of four parts. The first is an indicator of the typeof reponse required (http, ftp, e-mail), the second is the unique computeraddress (www.microsoft.com, 128.136.54.76), and the third the filespecification(/, /index.htm, /dealers/ms-word.cgi). The fourth optional partcan be parameters (?search=Austl!order=alpha) for where the file is adatabase and the response can be summarised. The full address may look something like this:http://www.microsoft.com/dealers/msword?search=Austl!order=alpha

UNIX (software) A family of operating systems derived from a prototypedeveloped by AT&T Bell Research Laboratories in the United States. It wasspecifically designed for running many programs at the same time and hassuch features as process spawning and recursion. It was given by theresearch labs to universities generally, who, not having to pay royalties,assigned lots of students to work on developing it. Hence the manyvarients (Irix etc).URL (standard) c.f: universal resource locator.

user (person) The person who uses a computer program purely as a tool

to complete an independent task. Examples are the Mine Geologist usingSARAT to design a rock bolting plan, and a Petroleum Explorationist usingGeoQuest to define seismic horizons.variogram (mathematics) See radius of influence. VAX (hardware) A mini mainframe computer originally designed forscientific computing. It is built by DEC and uses the proprietary operatingsystem VMS. It is quickly becoming outmoded by the graphics orientedworkstations using the UNIX operating system. c.f: DEC. VAXstation (hardware) A workstation by Digital Equipment Corporation(DEC) which has a type of Windows in which you can run VMS applicationsand also X-Windows applications. VMS (software) The operating system for a VAX computer. see VAX. VORTEX meters (hardware) meter using the decreasing sonic velocity of disturbed flow within a pipe to estimate the velocity of the fluid.Subsequently, clibration is very important as sonic velocities vary with fluidtype and viscosity.Windows This is a kind of operating system that allows different programs

to run in different sections of your screen. There is two major types - X-Windows for UNIX systems and Microsoft Windows for DOS systems.workstation (hardware) A computer which in capacity and power sits




between a personal computer (standard PC's and Macintoshes) and minicomputers. Workstations were originally developed for drawing packagesand have the best graphical capabilities of any type of computer. Theyrange from cheaper beefed up custom PC's, through Macintosh II's, Suns,Hewlett Packards, RISC computers and at the top the specialist SiliconGraphics machines.World Wide Web (system) The network made with computers connectedby dedicated telephone lines using the Internet protocol with special webserver software. This software automatically transmits hypertext mark-uplanguage (HTML) format files when a request with a serial number, inuniversal resource locator format, is forwarded to the particular computerwhich holds a copy of the file. HTML readers such as Mosaic, NetscapeNavigator and Microsoft Internet Explorer will display the returned file on

your local computer. c.f: hyper text mark-up language; universal resource locator. Xbase (standard) The generic standard database used by proprietarysoftware FoxPro, dBase III etc. c.f: data base.

XT, compatible c.f: IBM XT.





Index0

*.cag........................ 300

*.doc ....................... 291*.mmc...................... 300.\convert\. ............... 139 .gif ........................... 292.jpg .......................... 292.tif............................ 2920. Preface ................. 4124D GIS ....................... 52C

/DATA/Earth .......... 315\DATA ................... 357

http //localnet/Earth ..... 315

3 3rd National

Conference ......... 4139

9 track tape .... 413, 432

A A0 ............................ 316 A6 ............................ 316academic institution....... 52access life .............. 413

Accession Number..... 294 Adaptec DirectCD Writer

............................ 227

Adaptec Easy CD Writer............................ 227advanced very high

resolutionradiometer.......... 413

AESIS .............. 413, 414 AGCRC ..................... 188airborne laser scanner . 62amount .................... 171

angle, solid ............... 171 Anno Mundi.... 413, 420,

425

Apple Macintosh ... 413,424

application 412, 414, 417,432, 433, 434

application-side script 143 Applied Terravision

Systems .............. 414archive........................ 55archive system .......... 225archiving ................ 414

ArcView, ESRI ... 146, 147,167

arrow keys ............. 414

ASCII ....................... 190 Ashton Tate dBase III............................ 414

assett inventory ........ 142 AT .... 414, 415, 420, 422,

435 AT&T UNIX ..... 414, 422,

435 ATS ......................... 414

Auckland .................. 172 Australia ..... 15, 116, 142,

158, 172, 313 Australia.gsm ............ 317 Australian Earth

Science Info.System ................ 414

Australian Taxation Office............................ 308

Bbackreg.xls ........ 227, 228backup system .......... 225ball_geology ............. 146ball_structure ........... 146Ballarat ............. 140, 183Ballarat GIS Data ..... 139,

146, 167

BCD ......................... 190benchmark ............. 414Berkeley UNIX .......... 414




bibliographic database294binary ..................... 190 birth rate .................. 328block diagram ........... 142bores ........................ 147British ........................ 15Broadview Freemasons

Centre .................. 142Business Data Manager

............................ 360C

c2003001.doc ........... 277c2003004.doc ........... 277

CAD ........................ 414Carpel TunnelSyndrome ........... 414

cartographic database 142cartographic office .... 278cassettes......... 415, 432catalogue .. 292, 300, 312CGI .......................... 188CGI Geology Data Model

............................ 188CGM........................ 415CGM+ ..................... 415character................ 415check ....................... 228Codd ................ 415, 431Commision for the

Management of Geoscience Information............................ 188

Computer Aided Drawing

..................... 414, 415Computer Graphics

Metafile ................. 415computer system ..... 412,

414, 415, 424, 432,433

computing power .. 415confidence map ..... 415

consistency.... 415, 416,431, 434

Consolve Incorporated..................... 415, 432

continuity . 415, 430, 431,432, 434

controlled conditions............................ 416

Cooper Basin ............ 142copper ....................... 84coverage diagrams 416Crimson........... 416, 422cross-section ................ 55

Crown, the ................. 15CSIRO ..... 416, 431, 433current ..................... 171

D data .. 412, 413, 414, 415,

416, 417, 418, 423,425, 426, 427, 428,429, 430, 431, 432,433, 434, 436

Data Administrator..................... 416, 417

data analysis ................ 50data base . 416, 418, 425,

436data base

management416, 418data collection ....... 50, 190data dictionary ...... 416

data filesmaster.txt ............. 170

data management policy............................ 225

Data Manager ........ 416data mining.................. 50data preparation............ 50data security service

............................ 416database ...... 55, 413, 414,415, 416, 417, 418,





420, 424, 430, 432,433, 434, 435, 436

Database Administrator .... 416,417, 432

Database Integration............................ 416

Database Manager 417date ......................... 228datum, geodetic 151, See

spheroid AGD66 ........... 151, 162 AGD84 ... 151, 160, 162

GDA94 ... 159, 162, 165GDA94 substitutes . 166ITRF92................. 162 NAD27 ................. 162 NAD83 ................. 162 NZGD2000 ........... 162 OS(SN)80 ............. 162 OSGB36 ............... 162 WGS84 155, 162, 166,

167datum, height ...152, See

also grid, mapping AHD ...... 159, 162, 163,

166, 172 Auckland 1946 Datum

......................... 172DBF.......................... 146death rate ................ 328DEC.................. 417, 435decimal ................... 190 DECstation ........ 417, 435delme3.txt ................ 276description................ 228desktop PC...... 417, 424development geology 143differential flow meter

..................... 417, 426digital elevation model

........................... 172

ACE ...................... 172ETOPO5 ................ 173GEODATA ............. 172GLOBE .................. 172GTOPO30 .............. 172JGP95E ................. 172TerrainBase ........... 173

digitise ................... 417digitiser ............... 60, 417disaster recovery plan 225DLIS ................ 417, 424document management

policy .................... 357

dole ........................... 79DOS .. 414, 417, 421, 426,427, 435

DOS, Microsoft .......... 316download ............... 417downtime............... 417Dublin Core .............. 188

E Earth ........................ 158

earth model ....... 138, 190EDGE ............... 417, 432e-mail ...................... 278emergency service......... 52EndNote, ISI

Researchsoft ......... 226EndNote, ISI

ResearchSoft ......... 275EndNote, ISI-

ResearchSoftFile > Export ......... 294

EndNote, Thompson . 292entity ........ 416, 418, 427ERDAS Inc.............. 418ESRI ........................ 143Ethernet ................. 418ETM+418, 423, 426, 434

EXABYTE ......... 418, 432Excel, Microsoft ........ 142exploration ............... 312




Exploration and MiningMarkup Language .. 188

exploration company ..... 52Extensible HyperText

Markup Language .. 188Extensible Markup

Language .............. 188F

facies....... 418, 430, 432fax/copier/printer 418field . 418, 420, 428, 429,

431, 434field geologist ........53, 85

field guide .................. 10file .... 412, 415, 417, 418,420, 422, 424, 427,429, 430, 432, 434,435, 436

file descriptions ......... 291file names ................ 316file, data

amggrid ................ 167

financial institution ....... 51floppy disk 413, 418, 420,

421, 432French 1792 calendar 413,

418, 420, 422, 425,426

ftp .................... 143, 316G

G.I.S. or GIS .......... 419Gellibrand Marl ......... 209geodetic monitoring

network ITRF .................... 157

geodetic network ...... 161geographer ................. 53geographic

information system

............................ 418geographic informationsystems ................ 230

geographical informationsystem .................. 312

Geography MarkupLanguage .............. 188

geoid model AusGeoid98 ........... 163EGM96 .................. 163

Geolog..... 419, 426, 427geological history ........ 52geological map ......... 316geological survey.......... 52Geological Survey of

Victoria .......... 139, 170

geologist ... 10, 15, 50, 84geophysical data ....... 229GeoSciML ................. 188GIS ..... 52, 142, 167, 170,

312GIS in Geoscience . 419global positioning system

......................... 60, 62Global Positioning

System................ 419GML ......................... 188Golden Software ....... 142Google Earth .... 142, 313,

315GPS .......60, 62, 419, 424Grapher, Golden Software

............................ 142Greece 2001 expedition

............................ 143Gregorian calendar .. 413,

418, 419, 422, 423,425

grid, mapping ...........152 AMG .............. 159, 167 AMG replacement .. 160 AMG66 .................. 162

AMG84 .................. 162MGA ..................... 159MGA ..................... 162





South Australia Atlas......................... 162

VICGRID ............... 162 VICMAP................. 162

groundwater monitoring............................ 161

grouped response unit............................ 420

GSV ........................ 139 Paradigm Geolog ...... 231

H./hylandhwy/. .......... 300 hard disk .. 414, 420, 421,

432hardware .. 412, 413, 414,417, 418, 420, 423,424, 426, 427, 428,429, 430, 431, 432,433, 434, 435

háute resolutionvisible ................. 420

heat stress ............. 420

helen.pst .................. 362Hewlett Packard ........ 228hexa-decimal ............ 190historian file ............. 229Hobart...................... 328HTML 188, 190, 291, 292,

294, 300, 313, 315,420, 436

hyland ...................... 300hyperlink .................. 312hypertext ........... 420, 436hypertext mark-up

language ........ 420, 436HyperText Markup

Language .............. 188I

IBM AT ...... 414, 420, 427

IBM PC ..... 414, 417, 421,424, 427IBM PS/1 ... 412, 421, 430

IBM PS/2 .. 412, 413, 415,421

IBM XT .... 421, 427, 436IEEE................. 421, 422IIS, Microsoft ..... 143, 291infant deaths ............ 328information super

highway .............. 421Information

Technology .. 421, 422initial prospectus offering55inkjet printer ......... 422insurance company........ 51

International Union of Geological Sciences 188Internet.................... 291Internet Explorer .. 422Internet Explorer,

Microsoft ............... 315intranet

confidential ........... 291IPO ............................ 55

Iris Indigo.............. 422IRIX ... 415, 416, 422, 428ISI-Researchsoft EndNote

............................ 292Islamic calendar 413, 420,

422, 425IT..................... 422, 424

J j2000080.xls ............. 139

j2002001.enl ............ 276Jewish calendar 413, 420,

422, 425Johnson Geodetic Station

........................... 157 journal ........................ 55JPEG ................. 421, 422JPEG format ............. 291

Julian (original) calendar ..... 413, 418, 420, 422,423, 425




Julian calendar.. 413, 418,419, 420, 422, 423,425, 426

K Kambalda ................... 79keyboard .. 414, 415, 423,

424, 427, 428, 430Keyhole markup

Language .............. 315Keywords: ................ 301King Island ................. 79KML ......................... 142kriging 142, 423, 424, 427

L L 313label

value = 040810_1443......................... 228

Label ........................ 294land area .................. 328land manager ............... 52Landsat .... 418, 423, 426,

428, 433, 434land-use ................... 291laptop computer... 423,

426LAS ................... 229, 424least squares method

............................ 424legacy data ............... 190legacy systems ...... 424Leica Geosystems .... 418,

424length ...................... 171life expectancy .......... 328light computing system 10linear voltage

differentialtransducer .......... 424

Linux ........................ 117LIS .................... 417, 424LIS, Schlumberger .... 230

listserver......... 424, 426location

value = bag .......... 227value = home........ 227value = retrieve ..... 227value = vault ......... 227

location diagram ....... 316Log ASCII Standard .. 229Long .......................... 79luminous intensity ..... 171LVDT....................... 424

MM.I.S....................... 426

Mac........... 414, 424, 433Mac II .................... 424machine

value = cogsworth . 228value = geocadasta 228value = luminiere .. 228value = mrspotts ... 228value = sarah ........ 228

Macintosh, Apple ...... 116

mail merging ............ 278Management Information

Systems . 421, 424, 426map..................... 55, 291

7623, ANZLIC code 139 Atlas of Victoria ..... 165Ballarat ................. 139Geology of Victoria 146,

154South Australia Atlas

.........................155 mapping grid

AMG ..................... 167MGA ..................... 167

mapping packages 425MapScript ................. 188MapViewer, Golden

Software 142, 143, 313Edit > Select All ..... 316File > New > Map . 316




View > Go > Journal......................... 302

Microsoft Outlook View > Arrange By >

Current View > EntryList .................... 302

Microsoft Outlook Import and Export . 302

Microsoft Outlook Tools > Options >

Preferences >Journal Options .. 304

Microsoft Outlook

AutoArchive JournalEntries… ............ 304Microsoft Outlook ...... 357Microsoft Outlook

File > Import andExport > Outlook >Import from anotherprogram or file >Personal Folder File

(.pst) ................. 362Microsoft Outlook File >

Business Database >Properties ............. 361

Microsoft Powerpoint 281,292

Microsoft Publisher .... 278Microsoft Windows ... 116,

142, 316start > All Programs >

Microsoft Office >Microsoft OfficeOutlook 2003 ..... 360

Microsoft Windows XP 300Microsoft Word ... 85, 226,

275, 278, 291, 304File > Properties .... 301

MINCOM ........... 419, 426mine monitoring 417, 424,426, 427, 429

mineral production ........ 55mining industry ........... 15MIS ........... 421, 424, 426mobile computing .... 417,

424, 426, 429mobile phone 60, 63, 291Mosaic ...... 422, 426, 436Mount Bute Adamellite

............................ 209Moura ........................ 79mouse ...... 414, 417, 423,

426, 428MS DOS ........... 426, 427

multi spectral scanner............................ 426multi-variate analysis..... 50

NNA ...........................157 National Mapping .. 426native title boundary . 312nedit ........................ 313Netscape Navigator .. 422,

426, 429, 436newsgroup ............... 426Newstart .................... 79northern hemisphere ... 15Notes ....................... 294nugget effect ..... 423, 427

O octal ........................190 OGSB .......................158

one to manyrelationship ........ 427

open file report ............. 55operating system ..... 414,

415, 416, 417, 418,421, 422, 427, 428,432, 434, 435

ore system .................59

organisation ANZLIC ................. 139Land Victoria ......... 164





Outlook.pst ............... 362Oval flow meter . 426, 427

P angle, plane ............. 171paper tape ...... 427, 432paperless office ..... 427Paradigm Geophysical

..................... 419, 427PC ..... 414, 417, 421, 423,

424, 427, 430, 431,432, 433, 436

PC DOS ................... 427PCMIA card ..... 427, 432

PD54....................... 427PDF .......................... 291pen based computer 426,

428, 433peripherals...... 428, 432Personal Iris ...... 422, 428Petroseis ................ 428Petrosys ................... 428Petrotechnical Open

SoftwareCorporation ........ 428

plane......... 423, 428, 430PLC .... 229, 428, 434, 435plug and play ......... 428polygonal method . 429Polytron gas measuring

head .............. 426, 429population ................ 328

population density ..... 328portable computer ... 426,

429, 431Portable Document

Format, Adobe ...... 291POSC ........ 424, 428, 429Position Magazine ..... 142post processing ..... 429

Powerpoint, Microsoft 291PPDM............... 429, 430presenter.................. 300

printer ................. 60, 278problem

Allocating your work time to differentproject accounts . 301

displacement of boundaries after re-projecting. ......... 153

entropy analysis ........ 62monitor coastal change62recreate old landscapes

........................... 62surface temperature

history.................. 62processorindependence..... 429

Programmable Logic Controller 426, 428, 429

programmable logicconverter .............. 229

programmer........... 429project management ...... 55

project work ............. 291projection ................ 147

Albers Equal Area Conic.................. 154, 163

borehole trajectory,use .................... 154

Lambert ConformalConic ................. 165

South Australia ...... 155

transits, use .......... 154Transverse Mercator

......................... 164UTM 154, 159, 161, 162

Van Der Grinten .... 316 VICGRID 155, 162, 165 VICMAP . 155, 162, 165 VICMAP (ANS) ....... 165

VICMAP-GEOL250 .. 163 VICMAP-TM .......... 164 Victoria .......... 155, 167




projects .................... 305proprietary format 429prototyping............ 429PS/1 (compatible) 430Public Petroleum Data

Model .... 414, 429, 430Q

QWERTY keyboards . 423,430

R region, geographic .... 163region, geographic .... 163ISI-ResearchSoft EndNote

File > Export ......... 299radio-facies 418, 430, 432radius of influence 430,

435RAM drive ....... 430, 432record ............... 418, 430region, geographic

Great Britain .......... 158New Zealand ......... 172

North America ....... 158relational database ... 415,

427, 430, 433relevance .. 415, 416, 431repetition strain injury

............................ 431report, internal.............. 55reservoir management

unit ..................... 431rhetoric module ............ 55Rich Text Format ...... 276role (months)

value = "-" ............ 227value = 1 .............. 227value = 12 ............ 227value = 120 .......... 227value = 2 .............. 227

value = 24 ............ 227value = 6 .............. 227value = 60 ............ 227

RSI ................... 415, 431RTU ........................ 431ruggedness ............ 431

SSAR ........................... 61SARAT 416, 431, 433, 435satellite imagery ....... 291satellite images ......... 291SCADA .............. 426, 431Scalable Vector Graphics

............................ 188scale

1

10 000 ............... 167100 000 ..... 139, 146,161

500 000 ............. 167scanned image ...... 431scanner .... 423, 426, 428,

431, 432schema ............. 418, 432scientist .............. 15, 117

Script Editor, Microsoft............................ 313

SCSI ....................... 432secondary storage ... 412,

413, 415, 418, 420,427, 428, 430, 432

SEG-Y ...................... 229seismic facies .... 430, 432semi-desert ................ 84sequence stratigraphy . 49service level agreement

............................ 225set, data

geol100 ................ 146SGML ....................... 188SHP ......................... 146SiteManager ..... 415, 418,

432social security ............. 79





software ... 412, 414, 418,419, 420, 424, 425,426, 427, 428, 429,430, 431, 432, 433,434, 435, 436paradigm Geolog ... 213

Solaris .................... 432Solaris 2 .......... 432, 433South Australia ........... 84SPARCstation ..... 432, 433spheroid 151, See datum,

geodetic ANS 152, 160, 164, 165

Clarke 1866 .... 151, 165GRS80 .................. 166used for GPS ......... 166

spouse, geologist's ...... 85spreadsheet418, 433, 434SQL ................... 230, 433standard

FORTRAN .............. 213MID ...................... 146

MIF ....................... 146SQL ...................... 213

Standardized GeneralMarkup Language .. 188

Strater, Golden Software............................ 142

stratigraphic columns 143streaming data ......... 229Structural and

Reinforcement AnalysisToolkit ........... 431, 433

structured querylanguage ............... 230

Structured QueryLanguage .............. 433

student ...................... 15stylus ........ 414, 428, 433

Surfer, Golden Software............................ 142surveyor ..................... 53

SVG ......................... 188Sybase ..................... 433synthetic aperture radar

.............................. 61system412, 413, 416, 417,

418, 420, 421, 425,427, 429, 431, 432,433, 434, 435, 436analysis module.........55 CAD ................ 55, 147cartography module ...55 GIS.. 55, 138, 139, 170,

213

GPS ............... 155, 162history module ..........55 logic module.............55 plan ........................ 55species chart ...... 55, 138stratigraphic column.. 55,

139system tract ............... 49systéme probatoire de

l'observation de laterre .................... 433

systems analysis424, 433,434

systems programmer............................ 434

Ttable .. 417, 425, 431, 434table server .............. 190tablet computer .... 61, 63tape format .............. 229tape image format .... 231tape library ............... 229tape2dsk .................. 230Tasmania ................. 328temperature ............. 171template ................ 434

Terra Search .......... 434Terra SearchEXPLORERII ....... 434




Text Format ............. 276Thematic Mapper ..... 423,

426, 434TIF .......................... 231time ......................... 171time line

2001techniques for

cataloguingdocuments begins..................... 292

2004/06New technique for

cataloguing tried..................... 294time series ............... 143timeliness . 415, 416, 431,

434Title ......................... 294TOSline................... 434total fertility .............. 328transcription .......... 434

Transferring a computersystem .................. 291

Twisted pair cable . 434type

value archive1 227

user .. 416, 424, 428, 432,433, 435

Vvariogram .............. 435

VAX .................. 417, 435 VAXstation......... 417, 435VICGRID .................... 167

VICMINE .................. 170 Victoria .................... 183 Virtual Reality Markup

Language .............. 188 Visual Basic .............. 142 VMS .................. 417, 435

VORTEX meters ..... 435 VRML ....................... 188W

web page ................. 316web site ................... 278web-site ................... 291weights of evidence....... 52WGS ........................157 WGS84 ..................... 317

whole-of-earth model ... 52,138, 316

Windows ... 417, 420, 435work journal ............. 294workdump: 299

GRIMOIRE OF GEOLOGICAL COMPUTING

Documents

Transcript of GRIMOIRE OF GEOLOGICAL COMPUTING